Home

Canto Single User - manual (English)

1. Thumbnail view Assign rating 1 star Ctrl Alt 1 Alt Cmd 1 Assign rating 2 stars Ctrl Alt 2 Alt Cmd 2 Assign rating 3 stars Ctrl Alt 3 Alt Cmd 3 Assign rating 4 stars Ctrl Alt 4 Alt Cmd 4 Assign rating 5 stars Ctrl Alt 5 Alt Cmd 5 Assign rating no stars no value Ctrl Alt N Alt Cmd N Start quit Palette Mode Shift Ctrl P Shiftt Cmd P For Thumbnail display use next larger size use next smaller size rotate 90 clockwise Ctrl Alt R Alt Cmd R rotate 90 counterclockwise Ctrl Shift R Shift Cmd R rotate 180 Ctrl Alt Shift R Shift Alt Cmd R Change to next window Ctrl Tab Ctrl F6 KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS Windows Mac OS X Go to previous record arrow left arrow left Go to next record arrow right arrow right Go to record above arrow up arrow up Go to record below arrow down arrow down Details view Go to previous record arrow up arrow up Go to next record arrow down arrow down Go to first page unmarked Alt Home AlttHome Go to previous page unmarked Alt arrow left Alt arrow left Go to next page unmarked Alt arrow right Alt arrow right Go to last page unmarked Alt End Alt End Go to first page marked Home Home Go to previous page marked PgUp PgUp Go to next page marked PgDn PgDn Go to last page marked End End Assign categories Ctrl Shift 5 Shift Cmd 5 Detach categories Ctr
2. s s c sssssssseeerezeseee 131 Print Templates 006 132 Creating and Editing a Print Template 132 Setting A Default Print Template 4 133 OVERVIEW PRINT TEMPLATES OVERVIEW PRINT TEMPLATES MARGIN SETTINGS OVERVIEW PRINT TEMPLATES ADVANCED PRINT SETTINGS 136 Record Printing to PDF with Cumulus s 138 Sub Pane Filters 139 Creating and Editing a Sub Pane Filtev 139 Setting A Default Sub Pane Filter 140 Managing Catalogs 141 Catalog Settings j j j j j j 142 OVERVIEW CATALOG SETTINGS s sseeezttettzeten 143 Employing a Central Asset Location 144 Customizing Field Properties OVERVIEW FIELD PROPERTIES ninemnemmnnennnnnnnennnnn Field FOPMULAS sasona Field kin KIRO 4uye nen betal n n Adding FICIAS sn ko ee kene nn ene N N Creating a CUSTOM Field y y 4 nan n Editing a String List Field clan Securing Cataloos Journaling CatalOdS u ereesssseseseseeseessseneeseeeneee New Catalogs ej Creating Catalog 5n u 442 4xo a2nn dison k an Catalog Templates w csssssssessssssassessusssessmssses Catalog Maintenance Catalog Size and Performance Compressing Catal
3. TIP You can easily access the preferences of Record View Sets by selecting the Customize entry in the list for selecting Record View Sets This entry opens the preferences for the current Record View Set Field Types EXPLORE CUMULUS ASSETS RECORDS 19 To change to the Information View click EJ on the toolbar To open the Asset Information window for an asset 1 Select the record of the asset of which you want to see the information 2 Select Metadata gt Information or click Ki on the toolbar The Asset infor mation window opens Once the Asset Information window is open you can use the arrow buttons to load other records into the window For more details on the Information win dow see Information Window p 28 Information on assets can be viewed and accessed via record fields and informa tion on categories can be viewed and accessed via category fields Cumulus can store different kinds of information Consequently Cumulus features many dif ferent field types for storing information The different field types are the exam ples are drawn from the default record fields String Can be used to store textual information e g Notes Boolean Great for on off yes no options Displays as a check box e g Don t Delete Record Integer Any non fractional number up to 32 bits e g non decimal num bers as a price of 2 Real Any number up to 64 bits e g a decimal number suc
4. I need all records in the Photographs category that have tree somewhere in their names Translated into Cumulus speak this becomes Category is Photographs and Record Name contains tree Now let s break it down into separate search statements called conditions Category is Photographs In our first condition Category is our search criterion is our operator and Pho tographs is the value we re searching for This tells Cumulus that the records we want are all in the Photographs category This alone would find the records we re looking for but if our catalog contained thousands of images in the Pho tographs category we d spend quite a bit of time browsing through them all and This next little bit is very important This is a Boolean operator that tells Cumulus how to consider the previous and next search conditions By selecting and we tell Cumulus that the records we want must match both conditions of our com pound search Another option here is or which would tell Cumulus that the records we want only need to match one of the conditions Record Name contains tree In the second condition of the search we help Cumulus narrow the search results by giving it part of the record name that we want We use the operator contains instead of is because we re looking for records that have tree any where in their names Is would require that the record be called exactly tree with no variation
5. The Fields tab displaying a list of all category fields contained in the catalogs of the active collection that are not yet included in the Category Info window The Modules tab displaying the nodes Catalogs Modules and Lan guages The Catalogs nodes expands to a list of all catalogs open in the active col lection Clicking the plus sign in front of a catalog s name displays all fields contained in that catalog but not yet included in the Category Info win dow Either select the name of a catalog to add all fields contained in that catalog or select the individual fields you want to add The Modules node expands to a list of all Cumulus modules that provide fields Clicking the plus sign in front of a module s name displays the fields supported by the respective module but not yet included in the Category Info window Either select the name of amodule to add all fields supported by the module or select the individual fields you want to add The Languages node expands to a list of all languages configured for string field values Clicking the plus sign in front of a language name dis plays the fields that support values in the respective language but are not yet included in the Category Info window Either select the name of a lan guage s to add all respective fields or select the individual language spe cific fields you want to add Additionally all language independent fields that are not yet included in th
6. ing Catalogs p 158 Sharing 12 Opens a dialog for selecting the mode for copying asset to the 7 No function with Single User Central Asset Location 8 No function with Single User As Set in Asset Handling Set the Asset Handling Set Copy Asset to Central Location employed for cataloging decides if assets are copied to the 9 If activated newly cataloged assets can or will be selected Central Location copied to the selected Central Asset Location Always Assets are always copied to the selected Central depending on the selected mode Location regardless of the Asset Handling Set settings 10 Displays the selected Central Asset Location NOTE Duplicates control with Central Asset Location 11 Opens a dialog for selecting the Central Asset Loca FOr controlling duplicates with Central Asset Location activated tion the record fields Original Asset Identifier Original Asset Name and Original Asset Reference are required You have to add these fields to catalogs with Central Asset Location activated if you also want duplicates control Record and Category Fields Section 1 Field name Record Fields i NERE 2 Field type Name Type Indexing User Editable Has Validators value Mode C0 3 Overview on how the field is used for sorting and n Dem gt searching
7. General Display Search amp Sort Printing Asset Handiing Print Quality E Print entire assets as thumbnails General Display Search amp Sort Printing Asset Handling Asset Handing For all catalogs Asset Handling Set for cataloging Standard gt Permissions Template for cataloging 7 Show dialog when cataloging Asset Handling Set for Asset Access Standard X For each catalog individually Catalog Name Ask Cataloging Asset Handing Set Cataloging Pern A Statistics Iz 7 SUsers iv S Sample Catalog l A Test2_CAL1 iv 7 TestCAL Ea TestCAL_Subfolder iv 4 m CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS OVERVIEWS ON USER SETTINGS 103 Overview User Settings 2 Display Tab The Display Tab provides access to general display options options for transparency display and the display options for the different view modes General Thumbnail Size General Display search amp Sort Printing Asset Handing 1 Defines the sizes of small medium and large thumbnails The sizes a defined here for thumbnails are those displayed when the respec Man a ke tive size is selected g Large 256 pixels Galaton VARE akan oe change affects all windows and panes 2 When selecting another View Set the settings for all windows and H IF Hghlghtacive pene EE panes will change to those of the newly selected set If the option is Info
8. u numeeee 111 Changing the Category Pane Display 112 Asset Handling Sets 113 Editing An Asset Handling Set 113 Creating An Asset Handling Set 114 Setting A Default Asset Handling Set 114 Thumbnail Size and Quality 115 OVERVIEW ASSET HANDLING SETS s seeeeseseseeeeee 115 Asset Handling Modules 118 De activating Asset Handling Modules 118 Asset Storage Modules ecssssssssssssessussesnsseenneeeen 119 Asset Processor Modules cscssssssssssussssessenseesen 121 Metadata MOUleS cssssussessssssasssesseuusssees 121 Asset Format Support 122 Adding Formats to the Asset Formats List 123 Changing Format Opti OrS uuu eee 123 Extending Generic Filter Optiones 123 Cumulus Asset Actions 124 Creating an Asset ACTION wesesssssssssessnsnseseeeee 125 Editing an Asset ACtiON cscs 126 Setting A Default Asset Action 126 OVERVIEW CUMULUS ASSET ACTIONS ssssereseeeezz 127 Metadata Templates 129 Creating A Metadata Template 129 Editing A Metadata Template 130 Setting A Default Metadata Template 130 OVERVIEW METADATA TEMPLATES
9. A window featuring two panes Category pane and Record pane that function as the central user interface Compound search A search query consisting of two or more search conditions Context menu Also called shortcut menu A menu that opens when clicking the right mouse button Control key mouse button The available options are related to the selected object Cumulus An indispensable digital asset management system for organizing and manag ing digital assets See also Asset 210 CUMULUS GUIDE There are different editions of Cumulus designed to meet the needs of anyone who wants to keep track of their digital media Cumulus application window The main Cumulus window containing the menu bar the toolbar the statusbar and as child window s the Collection window s with various panes Cumulus Action See Asset Action Cumulus Catalog File A special file with the extension ccf that Cumulus creates to manage cataloged assets digital media Cumulus Category Exchange File A file A with the extension cce that Cumulus creates when exporting category information Cumulus Collection File A special file with the extension cfe that Cumulus creates to manage saved collections Cumulus Record Exchange File A special file J with the extension cre that Cumulus creates when exporting record information Details view Each record appears in the Record pane as a text listing that
10. Display Search amp Sort Printing Asset Handling m Category List Search Finds Records BBD Matching at least one selected category Srn Bly Matching all selected categories Category Search Also Finds Records of Categories above the selected Categories below the selected 4 and related categories Quicksearch Fields Use the default fields for Quicksearch Record Name Document Text Notes Keywords Categories Also search in all additional languages of these fields e Use the following fields for Quicksearch Additional Options Keep selection j7 Keep sorted after search Sort newly opened catalog by Use sort direction Additional Options 9 Selected records remain selected even when the collection is sorted with a different criteria or order or when a search is performed and they appear in the search result or when a filter is applied NOTE After a search sort filter operation the collection automatically scrolls to the first selected record i e the first record displayed is not necessarily the first record in the col lection in this case use the scrollbar to scroll to the top 10 Sorting criteria are kept for the result of a search 11 Enables the selection of a record field s contents as sort cri teria when a catalog is newly opened If you use a record field s contents as sort criteria you can select ascending A Z 0 9 or descending Z A 9 0 sort order for it
11. pe aS 5 Enter a name for the new set and optionally e Activate the Allow Sharing option if you want this set to be available to other users Activate Copy display names only if you also want to take over the lan guage specific display names from the original not recommended for new sets e Activate Copy description only if you also want to take over the descrip tions specified for other languages from the original not recommended for new sets 6 Click OK 7 Define the new set See Overview Asset Handling Sets p 115 for an over view of the options available 8 Click Apply to save your changes Setting A Default Asset Handling Set You can define one Asset Handling Set to be the default set This default set will be used when the set defined in the User Settings is not available when records are imported The default set is denoted by bold characters in the list for selecting a set To determine the default set Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Asset Handling Sets Under Set select the set you want as default Click the Set as Default button a WSS CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS THUMBNAIL SIZE AND QUALITY 115 5 Click Apply to save your changes Thumbnail Size and Quality The thumbnail size and quality that you select when setting up an Asset Han dling Set influences the size of a typical record and thus Cumulus overall perfor mance Since Cumulus uses JPEG compression for g
12. 5 Catalogs created with Cumulus 6 or 7 can be easily migrated to Cumulus How ever Canto recommends you always make a backup catalog and then use this backup version of the catalog for migration To migrate a Cumulus 6 or 7 catalog 1 Select File gt Administration gt Migrate Catalog A dialog for selecting a cat alog appears 2 Select the Cumulus catalog you want to migrate and click Open Select a name and location for the migrated Cumulus catalog and click Save A progress bar appears to indicate the status of the conversion Once the progress bar disappears your catalog has been migrated to the current Cumulus catalog format and saved in the location you selected NOTE f problems occur during a catalog migration try repairing the catalog using your former Cumulus version Choose the Repair option under the Administration menu and then try the migration again Archiving Information 5 Many organizations maintain several catalogs one catalog for production assets and a second catalog to manage archives With Cumulus you can also take your assets off line update the file references and still be able to search and retrieve them In general archiving assets involves the following steps 1 Copy and or move the assets you wish to archive to the other media 2 Merge the records you wish to archive into an archival catalog by first copy ing the categories and then the records 3 Update all asset referen
13. Ad na 13 Things You Can Do with Cataloge 13 Adding Assets to CatalOgS ieee 14 Collections e Working with Collections u u u EmEEmeeee Things You Can Do with Collections Assets Records eeeee 18 Asset lnlor na Oe 18 Field Ti DO 555a yay Karen b y e erebey at 19 Asset Types Supported iiiiiremreeeeeree 20 Editing Asset Information 20 Record SIZE j ace eeneccllananba nina 21 Renaming RECOMKS ussesssssseessssesssssessseesssssessnesesneessen 22 Editing a Record s Category Assignments 22 Things YOU Can Do with Recorde 23 Things YOU Can Do with AsS tS uE eeee 23 CaleQOnleS icaiesetasinawenadarncnnaee 24 Category I Ss clayu sa nak an nine Al n e h 24 Creating Categories weeeseesssssssssesssseesssseesunessesnassee 25 Custom Ordering of Categories 25 Category Fields i s yaebubhel nekl din n ka 26 Category Information Windovi 26 Editing Category Information 27 Categories and Auto cataloging 27 Things You Can Do with Categories 28 User Interface Visual Overview Page Information Window 28 THE INFORMATION WINDOVV c se
14. Canto Cumulus Single User User Guide Canto Copyright 2012 Canto GmbH All rights reserved Canto the Canto logo the Cumulus logo and Cumulus are registered trade marks of Canto registered in the U S and other countries Apple Mac Macintosh and QuickTime are registered trademarks of Apple Com puter Inc registered in the U S and other countries Microsoft Windows Windows Vista and Windows NT are either trademarks or registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation in the U S and other coun tries Other third party product and company names mentioned in this document are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders Feedback Tell us what you think about this manual We welcome all of your comments and suggestions Please e mail comments to techdoc canto com or via fax at 49 30 390 48 555 CU SU 860 MN Z 1 Intro 7 Canto Cumulus Single User 8 Cross Platform Issues Understanding Cumulus 8 ASSO SO sr en Ren a EAO E 8 al lO0 Settee n eee e de ne O a den 9 COMSCT OMS su A ac wl i anda A n k Zana din 9 al 0O ES Keye b e nata n bin ayn d t Giya 9 RECOM N rr r oo _ er 9 Explore Cumulus 11 OVERVIEW THE CUMULUS USER INTERFACE c e ezaz 12 Catalogs e kk k 13 Catalog Size and Performance 13 Catalog SCOPE cy elkldde da s n badan
15. Click Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window is displayed If the active collection window contains more than one catalog select the catalog you want to edit under Catalogs Click General This tab includes the options on central asset location Three situations are possible The following describes the actions necessary for each situation When the Central Asset Location Option is active and only its settings need to be changed you can continue with step 5 below When a Central Asset Location is defined but not active enable the desired option and continue with step 5 below 90 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE When configuring a Central Asset Location for the first time enable the desired option The Select Asset Storage Module dialog opens and you can skip step 5 5 Click Browse to choose the location The Select Asset Storage Module dialog opens which lists all available Asset Storage Modules 6 Select the URL AssetStore and click OK A window for entering an URL opens 7 Enter a valid URL of an existing FTP directory and click OK 8 Click Apply to save your changes Working with Images Editing Images Image Editor Cumulus provides special functions for users who work with images The Cumulus Image Editor makes self service image processing easy for any one The IPTC Information window lets you easily view and edit metadata The Digital Camera Raw Filter enables Cumulus to capture information wh
16. FIND ASSETS USING THE FIND WINDOW 37 In the Find window the field values will construct a sentence similar to the one we just broke down When you can see each condition on a line by itself it s eas ier to visualize the results of the request Setting up each condition in a compound search is the same as setting up a sim ple search The only additional steps are adding a new line of search fields and specifying the Boolean connector between each condition Here s how e 1 Click Find gt Find Records to open the Find window 2 Set up the first condition of the search as Find Records in Sample Catalog EEE EI xi Categories zl fs Photographi J Find Method p Found Records Find in All Open Catalogs Update Current Collection Find in Current Collection Create New Collection Find and Add to Current Collection Help Advanced Mode Find All 3 Click to reveal a second set of fields 4 Select and from the Boolean list if it s not already selected 5 Set up the second condition of the search so that the window looks like this amp Find Records in Sample Catalog 5 xj Categories zi is gt Photographs 7 and Record Name contains ted ys S X r Find Method Found Records Find in All Open Catalogs C Update Current Collection Find in Current Collection Create New Collection Find and Add to Current Collectio
17. HIGH 8 bit grayscale less com pression Color NORMAL 24 bit color more compression HIGH 24 bit color less compression NOTE High quality thumbnails make records larger thumbnails the size of individual records varies depending on the thumbnail content Higher quality thumbnails typically create larger records For example a catalog containing 4 000 records and normal thumbnail quality i e 128 x 128 pixels yields a catalog that is approximately 50 MB in size The same catalog with high thumbnail quality i e 192 x 192 pixels is 70 MB in size To find out how much space thumbnails take up in a catalog first select the size and thumbnail quality on the General tab As you make your selections the disk space required for each thumbnail in bytes is displayed in Create Thumbnail from Stored thumbnail when available Stored thumbnail if large enough Entire asset Thumbnail Preview 128 x 128 3 600 Bytes Small 64 pixels Medium 128 pixels pixels pixels Large 256 Other 128 Optimize Thumbnail 7 Optimize brightness and contrast Quality Normal High Line Art Grayscale Color g Thumbnail Preview 7 Displays the thumbnail quality and the disk space required for each thumbnail in bytes according to the selected options 116 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview Asset Handling Sets Cataloging Tab When Cataloging 1 Cumulus adds new records but doesn t upda
18. If checked the delivering module will display dialogs e g for choosing properties when the action is performed CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS CREATING A METADATA TEMPLATE Metadata Templates etadata Templates are used to add information to the metadata information that is stored on an asset To make use of such a template you can either use it while cataloging along with an Asset Handling Set or the Prefiller Utility or apply the metadata information to records of already cataloged assets For a descrip tion on how to use Metadata Templates to apply metadata information to the records of already cataloged assets see Using a Metadata Template p 21 For a description on how to use Metadata Templates while cataloging see Employ ing the Metadata Editor p 172 For defining a Metadata Template you can select record fields that should be filled when the Metadata Template is employed These record fields can be all available field types except Binary fields Clicking the Add button reveals a list of all available fields provided by filters or by currently opened catalogs For each field added to the template you can enter a value For String fields you can also define whether you want the new text to replace the existing value or to be appended to the existing text Clicking in a String field s entry in the column Fill Mode allows you to select the desired mode For all other field types the entered value will replace the existing va
19. Layout Definitions advanced print settings Output using jew Set Output using Record View Set View 11 Ifactivated a Record View Set is used for the layout O Advanced Print Settings Define Layout If Record View Set Defines Layout is activated you can TE choose 12 The current Record View is used for layout E Grid Inset Margins 13 A specific Record View from a a specific Record View Set is used for layout You can select the Record View Set and the view to be used NOTE If a Record View Set defines the layout and if you have activated the print option Print Entire Assets as Thumb B Addtional Options nails in the Printing tab and set the thumbnail size to 1024 in the Display tab of your User Settings the records thumbnails 1 will be printed in high resolution so the printouts can serveas ii Spacing between Cells contact sheets This may take a while as each of the thumb nails has to be created For an overview on the Advanced Print Settings see Overview 14 Ifactivated you can define Advanced Print Settings for Print Templates Advanced Print Settings p 136 the layout j R H if Advanced Print Settings Define Layout is activated Foran overview on the margin settings see Overview Print Tem you can plates Margin Settings p 135 15 Select the item you want to define for layout CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS SETTING A DEFAULT PRINT TEMPLATE 1
20. Page Up Next Record Group Page Down Last Record Group End First Page Shift Alt Up Arrow Previous Page Alt Up Arrow Next Page Alt Down Arrow Last Page Shift Alt Down Arrow Select Next Panel Tab Select Previous Pane Shift Tab Select Deselect Panel 1 6 0 Select All Panels Ctrl A Zoom ln Zoom Out Show Original Size Ctrl Alt 0 Assign Rating w ssssssssssssssesseessees Ctrl Alt N Assign Rating 1 5 arna Ctrl Alt 1 5 Remove Record from Collection Del Remove Record from Catalog Ctrl Del Open Information Window sss Ctrl I Compare Two Selected Images Ctrl Shift C Select Panel Select Deselect Panel Select Panel Range Context Menu Left Mouse Click Ctrl Left Mouse Click Shift Left Mouse Click Right Mouse Click Previous Next Page or Record Shift Mouse Wheel Start Stop Loop Mode Quit Fullscreen Preview ae EN N ne Spacebar Esc F1 Preview Comparison Cumulus provides a smart option that allows you to compare two image assets A visual representation of the comparison result as well as the previews of the compared assets are presented in fullscreen preview The comparison is done on a pixel by pixel base i e any pixel in the preview of an asset is compared to the according pixel in the preview of the other asset The 58 Using the Window CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE c
21. Unlike deleting records deleting catalogs is not undoable Unless you have a disk utility program that makes recovering deleted files possible Cumulus has no built in mechanism for deleting catalogs Delete catalogs as you would any Dividing Catalogs At some point you may wish to divide the contents of one catalog into smaller catalogs Reasons for doing so include MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG MAINTENANCE other file on your computer Remember that assets are not deleted with catalogs Catalogs must be closed to be deleted The catalog has grown close to its maximum size e g 4 gigabytes Your computer can no longer accommodate the number of records in the catalog effectively processor or RAM limitations The contents of the catalog have become too diverse to be usefully catego rized in one catalog Like many operations in Cumulus there is more than one way to divide a catalog The first way is best suited to smaller numbers of records To divide a catalog using drag and drop Make sure the catalog from which you wish to divide is the active window in Cumulus Create or open the catalog you wish to move records into in a separate win dow Arrange the catalog windows so that you can see both Search for the records you wish to move to the new catalog using any of Cumulus search options See Searching p 32 Click on or near a thumbnail in the original catalog and select Edit gt Select All to selec
22. With regard to file formats Cumulus can catalog any type of digital asset and offers enhanced support for the most popular formats The term enhanced sup port means different things depending on the file format in question For exam ple Cumulus offers enhanced support for Adobe InDesign and QuarkxPress files by enabling you to preview individual layout pages right from within Cumulus Enhanced support for Microsoft PowerPoint files enables you to actu ally generate new PowerPoint presentations right from within Cumulus using assets and PowerPoint slides cataloged in Cumulus Enhanced support for Microsoft Word Excel Illustrator and PDF files includes extracting text that s included inside the files and making it searchable catalog metadata So not only can you find the files in Cumulus based on metadata file name modification date production status etc you can also find some files based on their actual contents When you catalog digital assets Cumulus performs a number of behind the scenes tasks in order to generate an asset record that best represents the asset It s easiest to think of these tasks as a series of steps through which the asset flows during the cataloging process They are Filters Metadata Extraction Field Linking Metadata Templates Filters EXPLORE CUMULUS CATALOGS Central Asset Storage Options Asset Handling Sets Filters provide knowledge of a gi
23. p 131 for an overview of the options available 8 Click Apply to save your changes 129 130 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Editing A Metadata Template To change an existing Metadata Template 5 i Default Metadata Template Customize aa ee k S Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Metadata Templates Under Metadata Template select the template you want to edit Make the changes See Overview Metadata Templates p 131 for an over view of the options available Click Apply to save your changes TIP You can easily access the preferences of Metadata Templates by selecting the Customize entry in the list for selecting Metadata Tem plate e g in the Asset Information window This entry opens the pref erences for the current Metadata Template Setting A Default Metadata Template You can define one Metadata Template to be the default template This default is not used with any standard function of this Cumulus version but may be used by any additional function e g provided by a third party partner The default set is denoted by bold characters in the list for selecting a set To set the default set 5 ee A L Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Metadata Templates Under Metadata Template select the template you want as default Click the Set as Default button Click Apply to save your changes CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS SETTING A DEFAULT METAD
24. s entry in this column to select the desired Cumulus Field To add field entries click the Add button This displays a dialog that lets you select a field that contains the values to be imported The Import Field Value column displays how the data will be imported Use the arrow buttons to page through the data To have your selected field added to the selection of Import Fields click OK This brings you back to the main dialog Workflow Enhancements Labeling Cumulus provides several possibilities to enhance your workflow The next sec tion describes how to use color labels and star ratings to quickly organize sort and filter your files The record field type Label enables users to label records by assigning colors Each Cumulus catalog provides a standard Label field but the user can add more fields of this type For any field of this type the user can define a color range The Label Editor tab of this field type s properties window lets you determine the label colors Additional colors can be defined by a color picker value Label fields can be displayed in all views For certain views you can select the col ors of a specific label field to be the background of the entire record or of the record s name Of course a label field itself can also be included in a view To set up views that display labeling Cumulus Edit gt Preferences gt Record View Sets The labeling color for a record can be set in the Informati
25. search area as defined under Search Method and add the new matches to the previous matches 38 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Examples SPECIAL TECH INFORMATION Nested Queries If you want to enclose search conditions in brackets and set up nested queries you must use the Find window in advanced mode See Using the Find Window in Advanced Mode p 41 for details Search Query A Category is Photographs and Record Name contains penguin and Record Name contains balloon First Cumulus will search for all records that are assigned to the category Photo graphs and then second the result will be refined by searching for records that contain penguin in their names Third this result will be refined by searching for records that contain balloon in their names In the Sample Catalog the final result of this search query is Penguin Balloon psd Search Query B Condition 1 Category is Photographs and Condition 2 Record Name contains penguin or Condition 3 Record Name contains balloon First Cumulus will search for all records that are assigned to the category Photo graphs and then second the result will be refined by searching for records that contain penguin in their names Third the search area as defined under Search Method will be searched for records that contain balloon in their names and the matches will be added to the results of the previous conditions In the Sample C
26. 1 Select the EH button in the IPTC Information window 2 The standard dialog for choosing a file opens 3 Select the desired list and click Open Your quicklist will then be available in the IPTC Information window Working with Raw Images Cumulus supports raw image formats of a wide array of digital cameras You can find and organize raw image formats efficiently Cumulus can extract metadata of raw image formats and store it in Cumulus catalogs Additionally EXIF infor mation camera settings date aperture and shutter speed etc and depending on the camera model annotations and GPS are also captured when cataloging Even Canon thumbnail files THM are supported Converting assets stored in raw image format to JPEG and TIFF images on the fly is a breeze with Cumulus The Digital Camera Raw Filter enables Cumulus to capture information when cat aloging raw image formats and to preview raw image formats The captured information will be stored in Cumulus record fields The Digital Camera Raw Filter can capture metadata from the different raw image formats defined by leading camera manufacturers namely Canon Fuji SPECIALIZED USAGE WORKING WITH IMAGES Kodak Minolta Nikon Olympus Sigma Sinar and Sony Check Canto s website for a detailed list of which cameras are supported Most cameras supporting Canon CRW files create additional thumbnail files THM files The Canon Raw Metadata Support enables Cumulus to
27. 197 Copy To menu item 197 Copying assets 197 assets to an FTP location 89 catalogs 164 records 23 165 to clipboard 177 Copyright 2 Create WebAlbum menu item 198 Creating Asset Handling Set 114 Catalog Template 160 categories 25 category field 156 custom record field 156 Metadata Template 129 Print Template 132 Record View Set 106 Sub Pane Filter 139 Cropping 91 Cross Platform Issues 8 84 218 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Cumulus Actions See Asset Actions Cumulus Metadata Support 121 Cumulus detailed version information on 201 Custom Record Fields creating 156 Customizing Asset Handling Sets 113 Catalog Settings 142 category field properties 143 Category View Sets 110 Record View Sets 105 User Settings 100 Cut menu item 177 D Deactivating Asset Handling modules 118 Defining Asset Actions 127 Asset Handling Sets 115 Category View Set 110 etadata Templates 131 Print Templates 134 properties for Cumulus Metadata Support 121 properties for MediaDex Metadata Support 121 properties for the Digital Camera Raw Filter 98 properties of displayed category field 112 properties of displayed record field 109 Record View Set 105 Delete menu item 178 Deleting catalogs 164 catalogs from collection 171 categories from catalog 178 categories from collection 189 records from catalog 178 records category assignments 22 workspaces 183 Deselect All menu item 178 Detach Categorie
28. Click Record View Sets Under Set select the view set you want to be the default one Click the Set as Default button Click Apply to save your changes Adding a Field to a Record View To add a field to one of the views 5 Ar t n ko Zi 8 9 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Record View Sets Under Set select the view set you want to edit Click the icon of the view to which you want to add a field A list of fields that are shown in the selected view is displayed Optionally select the entry of the field after which you want to place the new field If no entry ist selected new fields will be added at the bottom of the list A field s position can be adjusted anytime with the buttons on the right side Click the Add button The Add Fields to View window appears providing two tabs The Fields tab displaying a list of all fields contained in the catalogs of the active collection that are not yet included in the view The Modules tab displaying the nodes Catalogs Modules and Lan guages The Catalogs nodes expands to a list of all catalogs open in the active col lection Clicking the plus sign in front of a catalog s name displays all fields contained in that catalog but not yet included in the view Either select the name of a catalog to add all contained fields or select the individual fields you want to add The Modules node expands to a list of all Cumulus modules that
29. Modules Filter Modules Apple iWork Filter isset Storage Audio Filter Bitmap Fiter CAD Filter Asset Processor Compound Document Filter E CorelDRAW Filter amp DDS Filter Cumulus User Record Filter Metadata Digital Camera Raw Filter ECW Filter EPS Filter EPUB Filter EXIF Filter HELIOS Filter About Properties 118 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Asset Handling Modules When cataloging and accessing assets Cumulus uses different modules Asset Storage Asset Processor Metadata and Filter modules Asset Storage modules manage the asset s storage the access to its loca tion whereas a Filter module analyzes the asset s contents For example if you catalog a file from the file system of your computer the Asset Storage module manages the access to the file system of your computer and the employed filter reads the file s content Asset Processor and Metadata modules are special modules for special tasks e g to handle DCS Desktop Color Separation files and OPI Open Pre press Interface Cumulus Filters extract file type specific metadata from assets This informa tion can include color mode resolution file type font names etc depending on the type of asset Users who are allowed to define Asset Handling Sets can create their own Fil ter format options for specific file types see Extending Generic Filter Options p 123 and Canto is always updating existing Fil
30. Size of catalogs 13 of displayed thumbnails 103 of records 21 of thumbnails stored with record 115 of thumbnails affect on record size 115 Slide shows displaying fullscreen previews as 195 Sort By menu item 185 Sort Direction menu item 185 Sorting by two fields 185 direction 185 selecting criteria 12 185 User Settings options for 102 Source menu item 201 Split View 80 Status Bar icons explained 12 String List fields 19 editing 157 Sub Pane Filters creating anew one 139 editing definition 140 setting as default 140 Switch Application Language menu item 175 Synchronize Now menu item 173 T Table fields 149 TAG files 18 121 173 for folders 121 on FTP servers 86 TAR AssetStore 119 Things You Can Do with Assets 23 Catalogs 13 Categories 28 Records 23 Searches Queries 41 INDEX 223 THM files 98 Thumbnail Pane menu item 183 Thumbnail Sizes menu item 185 Thumbnails affect on record size 115 optimizing 193 options for creation 115 rotating 193 show pane 183 size options for cataloging 115 size options for display 103 Thumbnails menu item 184 Toolbar menu item 179 Transform JPEG Original menu item 200 U Undo menu item 177 Update Asset Reference s menu item 199 Update Record menu item 191 Updating asset references 199 records 191 URL AssetStore 86 Use Default Workspace menu item 183 Use Workspace menu item 183 User Authenticati
31. This formula multiples the values of the Horizontal Pixel and Vertical Pixel fields divides that value by 1 048 576 in order to get the number of megapixels in an image and appends that value with a text string that describes the result If then decision making Catalog field disp_Orientation String fieldvalue Horizontal Pixel null fieldvalue Vertical Pixel null N A fieldvalue Horizontal Pixel gt fieldvalue Vertical Pixel Landscape fieldvalue Horizontal Pixel lt fieldvalue Vertical Pixel Portrait Square Horizontal Pixels field value 2400 Vertical Pixels field value 1200 Output Landscape This formula compares values found in the Horizontal Pixel and Vertical Pixel fields If the Horizontal Pixel value is larger the image is determined to be Land scape If smaller it s Portrait If the two values are the same the image is Square The Field Formula Editor The field formula editor can be found under the Field Values tab of both the Cat egory and Record Field Properties windows When using a field formula a field s value cannot be edited directly by users For this reason the window uses radio buttons to permit either user generated or formula based values The main text area of the formula editor is where you ll define your formulas The interface elements of the editor are Formula Editor The formula editing field
32. amp Services gt EJaPs gt EJaP Exchange Forum from time to time to see if new skins have been developed that you could use Askin consists of a folder that contains subfolders for images included in the skin itself the res folder and cascading style sheets the styles folder as well as files that define special pages e g the index pages and the slide pages The About text file will inform you if the skin contains any extraordinary functions or defini tions The skins provided with Canto can be found in the skins folder inside the web album folder The webalbum folder is located in the ejp folder in your Canto installation folder 70 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE It is easy to customize the fonts type size and color and the background colors of a skin by editing the cascading style sheet css If you want to develop your own skins you have to know how to do it on your own Canto cannot give you any support for developing skins TIP Cumulus WebAlbum and JAlbum You may use JAlbum skins with Cumulus WebAlbum If you want to use JAlbum skins you have to replace lt ja and lt ja with lt wa and lt wa in the index htt and slide htt files Then test the skin The follow ing skins seem to work with Cumulus WebAlbum Mamba Film XP and CameraGeek You may look at the JAlbum skin repository site the site that is intended to act as a central area where makers of skins for JAlbum can share their skins with
33. e g an Audio field cannot be used for indexing and an initial value does not make any sense That s why the properties dialog for this field type does not provide these fields General Tab Field Properties 1 2 Field name You can use this field to edit a field s name Opens the Field Name Editor to enter edit the display names and if desired descriptions of the fields in other lan guages Language specific names will be displayed accord ing to the selected application language The according field description will be displayed as the field s tool tip in the information window information view and information pane Useful in multilingual environments Displays the Field type With String List Fields only If activated the users can select multiple values for this field in the Info View or the Informa tion window The values are displayed with check boxes NOTE Whether this option is activated or not influences the available indexing options If activated the field can be indexed for contain searching but not for sorting No function with Single User Indexing The options available depend on the field type 10 12 14 Field can be used for sorting and searching Equivalent to the Sort Search check box in the Field List column The index for sorting records can be set language depen dent Depending on the language selected for running the Client application the sorting will follow the rules of the lan g
34. false if the Active option is not checked If you activate this option the initial value is set to true If the Mandatory Field option is activated for a field the field must be filled with metadata when the metadata are edited If windows or views which allow the editing of metadata contain empty mandatory fields these fields are marked with a special icon and a validator pane is displayed at the bottom of the Infor mation Window or Information View Changes to the metadata can only be saved if all required fields are filled in The Mandatory Field option is available for the following field types Data Size Date Date Only Integer Label Length Long Rating Real Resolution String String List Time Only NOTE With automatic cataloging the mandatory option attribute is not con sidered valid but as soon as a user edits any metadata ofa record that includes an empty mandatory field and is going to save the changes a message reminds him her when the record is saved Table fields are special field type that can include other metadata fields The properties of Table fields differ from other field types This field type serves as the basis for the statistics and commenting available in Cumulus and can serve as the foundation for new capabilities For more infor mation on Table fields contact Canto Cumulus field values can be determined by formulas that are authored as part of a field s properties A formula can be as
35. lection you might not like to have different colors caused by individual label ing systems for the different catalogs Label fields with the same name included in multiple catalogs but with their colors defined differently might cause contusion The records will always show the label colors set for the cat alog they derive from But ifyou have multiple records selected that come from different catalogs with different labeling systems the Assign Label menu item is of course disabled You can search for labeled records and save such searches as search queries NOTE Changing Label Color Each label s value is defined by the label color So ifyou change a label color make sure any saved queries that refer to the label are updated to use the new color value The rating system enables you and your co workers to rate assets from 1 to 5 Rating values are searchable so when you want to find your best assets it s easy to do so Each Cumulus catalog provides a standard Rating field field name and type Rating but more fields of this type can be added Ratings are displayed by star icons A rating field can be displayed in Details View Thumbnail View Info View and in the Information window The rating value for a record can be set in the Information window via clicking or by a menu item via the Metadata menu The menu item employs the first field of type Rating from the current view The order refers to the field list of the view settings in t
36. selected assets being cataloged This enables Cumulus to catalog the asset that the shortcut alias points to 7 Links shortcuts aliases are not resolved and assets they represent are not cataloged Adding Metadata 13 Define the view set used for the Metadata Editor The fields included in the Information window of this set define what can be edited with the Metadata Editor 14 Assigns a Metadata Template to the Asset Handling Set This template will be used when an asset is cataloged with the Asset Handling Set If this option is activated you can select the Metadata Template to be assigned 15 Metadata Editor will be activated when new assets are cataloged and new records get created 16 Metadata Editor will be activated when records are updated Thumbnails Cataloging Asset Access Asset Formats Modules Writing back Metadata Accessing Versions Never When Getting Assets Allow write back even into asset Always Get Latest Version o asset Ask for Version to Get pdate as Allow write back E Sieny Without Dialogs te when writing leave asset untouched Overview Asset Handling Sets Asset Formats Tab The list in this tab displays all formats configured for the selected Asset Handling Set Formats that are supported by filters that are not installed on the machine you are working with are displayed in italics You can click on each column heading to re sort the list by that field A green m
37. whether you want to share an item with others And if you want to share you may define specific users or roles that are allowed to use the item User Settings The User Settings of the Cumulus Preferences provides access to your individual user settings The User Settings section of the Preferences window contains tabs that separate sections Beneath each tab are one or more sections that further organize options available See the following overview on the options available Overviews on User Settings For detailed information on the options available see the following overviews The Overview User Setting 1 gives informations on all options except the Dis play tab The multifaceted option of the Display tab are described in the Over view User Setting 2 Overview User Settings 1 General Tab Select the tab first and then click the icon for the component Cumulus Application 1 Double clicking on a record will open the Asset Information window 2 Double clicking on a record will open the Preview window 3 Double clicking on a record will open the asset for editing with the application used to create the asset 4 Double clicking on a record will open the asset for viewing with the application used to create the asset 5 Selects preferred unit of measurement for heights and widths 6 Forces Cumulus to count assets before cataloging begins so that it can display a progress bar slows performance 7 Record
38. 142 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Catalog Settings Fundamental changes can be made to each catalog by modifying its settings 5 These settings have no effect on catalogs other than on the one for which they are set It s important to consider a catalog s settings when the catalog is new before you add records to it To access the settings of a catalog Make sure the collection window containing the catalog is the active win dow in Cumulus If you have more than one catalog opened in the active collection window the Catalog Settings window provides a list from which you can select the catalog you want to modify Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window is displayed If the active collection window contains more than one catalog select the catalog you want to modify under Catalogs The settings for the selected catalog are displayed in the Catalog Settings window The Catalog Settings window controls several important factors that come into play while managing assets The options are divided into the following sections General Catalog location and name sharing options and options on a cen tral location for the assets Record Fields Displays the record fields that the catalog contains You can add or delete fields and customize selected fields This allows you to organize the information that can be stored on an asset in its record Remember meta data
39. 194 Assign Alternates i xx x x5555o5o xnenenen 194 Show Related New Category New Related Categoly susunisuiminssisnsmuan 195 The Asset Menu m 195 PREVIEW ornitose is aE AW AA 195 Fullscreen Preview sssssssssssssssssssssseriserrvrsssssssresenessnes 195 Fullscreen Slide ShOW x 195 IMAGE EMO eesssssscsssecesssesesnesssnessesnasssssnseenasseene 195 Compare PREVIEWS secsscscssssesscesccacsesctescts dss vudesayadeveo ston 195 View Wila TEN Ya a e O 196 EMENN N DD DD DD Bde 196 Print Wit ese side bena dil bi a 196 Perform Asset Act on zsseemeeenee 197 Convert To Mall cS TP 5 NA Ke Vay Di N SAY YA IN TED DD DII ZL MMMDMMMMM n Copy Assets Assigned to Category Te 197 Duplicate Asset and Record ueee 197 Create WebAlbum u i uiueemermee 198 Show koGdlloh i siy xun Kel ay ay n ene dan 198 MOVE TO h an n den n k na g a Wa wan 198 KOR N EEEE 198 Update Asset Reference s 199 Change Asset Referen Esminis 199 Transform JPEG Original The Help Menu 201 Contents and l ndex x xxx e 201 Sele DD rrr License The Cumulus Digital Asset Management System provides powerful tools for archiving managing and marketing your digital f
40. 2 Set up the first part of the search as B Find Records in Sample Catalog EI E xi Categories contains raj y Find Method Found Records Find in All Open Catalogs C Update Current Collection Find in Current Collection Find and Add to Current Collection te A ereedNede Fe 3 Leave the default search method Find in All Open Catalogs for this first step 40 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 4 Click Create New Collection so that the records found will be displayed in a new collection of their own nu 5 Click Find Cumulus finds four records Camels in India Indian Camel Indian Music and Sunset with Tree 6 Now use the same search criteria but change the search method to j Find Records in Sample Catalog a 5 xi z Categories contains xl fa z r Find Method r Found Find in All Open Catalogs 6 Find in Current Collection C Create New Collection Find and Add to Curent Collection Help Advanced Mode Find All Click Find and Add to Current Collection as the search method Click Update Current Collection so that the records found will supersede the current collection 9 Click Find The record Map is added to the four records found with the pre vious search and your current collection is comprised of five records This search method can be seen as an or Boolean operator That is af
41. 3 Variants Assets derive from the same source asset e g the PDF of a Word document an image stored in different file formats or renditions of an image for example cropped or with a filter employed 4 Alternates assets that you want to group concerning a certain topic and for which you have a preferred one that you want to represent the others For example you have a series of images on the same topic and the pre ferred one is the one you decided to use for your current project In addition to hierarchical relations you might want to determine groups of equal assets Assets that you want to group concerning a certain topic theme or task but to which you don t want to designate a preferred member Cumulus offers support for this demand assign the assets to the same category However this well known way of defining groups is included in the Cumulus management for related assets referred to as relation type 5 Alternates same topie Referenced Contained Altemete Different Relations between Assets How does Cumulus Know about Relations between Assets 1 Contain The Cumulus Asset Storage modules detect if an asset contains other assets when the asset is cataloged 2 References The Cumulus AXR Asset Cross References function detects if an asset includes references to other assets when the asset is cataloged 3 Variants The user can determine that an asset derives from a source asset or Cumu
42. 4 Select the file and click OK 5 Select the appropriate file format Note that the XML format will also work for zipped XML files zxml NOTE Importing Categories If a category in the import file has the same name as an existing category at the same hierarchy level the category is not imported 6 Click Next to start the import Messages inform you of the import process 7 When you get the message that the process is complete click Finish to close the dialog Importing and Exporting Collections Collections stored with previous Cumulus versions on the computer running the Client application can be imported File gt Import gt Collections To store collec tions at any location other than the Cumulus Server you can use the export func tion File gt Export gt Collections For sending a collection via email to another user a special export function is provided File gt Export gt Mail Collection To With Cumulus 6 x this function was provided under Collection gt Mail To However don t forget Since a collection is always connected to catalog s it is necessary for the recipient to have access to the catalog s serving the collection To make use of a collection you received you use the import function Importing from Text CSV Files The Cumulus Importer utility enables the import of metadata from other data base systems into Cumulus catalogs The metadata can be imported from text files separated by delimi
43. Add Noise Filter Applies random pixels to an image simulating distortion or noise You can also use the Add Noise filter to give a more realistic look to heavily retouched areas Rotation You may rotate the image by selecting image rotation degrees 0 no rotation 90 to rotate the image clockwise by a quarter turn 180 to rotate the image by a half turn 270 to rotate the image counterclockwise by a quarter turn Flip activate horizontal to flip the image along the vertical axis activate vertical to flip the image along the horizontal axis Output Format For the output you can define the following parameters Color Space Select the desired color space for the converted image The available color spaces depend on the selected file format e g GIF PNG PCX and BMP do not support CMYK NOTE ICC Profile Embedded The ICC profile of an original image will be embedded in the converted asset if the color space is not changed and the output file format supports ICC profiles File Format Select the file format for the converted image Depending on the selected file format the available further parameters for the output format may differ Compression Select a compression scheme that is supported for the selected file format This version of the Pixel Image Converter provides a compression scheme for TIFF only 62 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Quality JPEG For JPEG and PDF files only select the desired quality S
44. Batch oa 4 Select the records that still point to the old location of the assets Select Asset gt Change Asset Reference Select Batch A dialog appears asking you for the new location The new location is defined in relation to the old location stored as asset reference Server Volume under Windows only In case the assets now reside on another location in the Network you have to activate the Network Option and then a if the assets now reside on another server but a volume with the same name activate the New Server option and enter the name of this new server into the field on the left b ifthe assets now reside on another volume but still on the same server activate the New Volume option and enter the name of this new volume into the field on the left c if the assets now reside on another server and another volume activate both the New Server and the New Volume option and enter the names into the corresponding fields on the left In case the assets now reside on another local location you have to acti vate the Local Option and then if the assets now reside on another drive activate the New Drive option and select this new drive Volume under Mac OS X only Incase the assets now reside on another volume activate the New Volume option and select this new volume Folder Settings Activate the Keep Existent option if the assets now reside in the same directory structure as they did before Activate th
45. Collections p 16 Remove Catalog from Collection Opens a dialog which lists the open catalogs and lets you choose the catalog to be removed from the current collection For more information on collections see Collections p 16 Save Saves any changes depending on the active window e g the Record or Category Information window Add Assets to Catalog Open a submenu with following menu options Browse for Assets Ctrl B Recatalog Category Folder Setup Auto Cataloging Browse for Assets Opens a dialog in which you can browse for assets you want to add to a catalog in Cumulus speak you want to catalog Depending on your individual set tings several options for cataloging might be offered to you before the dialog for selecting the assets is opened 172 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER Options While Cataloging GUIDE BACKGROUND INFORMATION Cataloging assets is Cumulus speak for adding media files to your catalog There are several ways to catalog assets via menu item con text menu and with drag and drop As you catalog your assets Cumulus creates special catalog entries called records that represent the assets to be managed Each record contains vital searchable infor mation about the asset it represents How Cumulus deals with your assets during the cataloging process depends on the Asset Handling Set used Asset Handling Sets define many aspect of asset handling including
46. Cumulus is able to catalog every sort of digital asset such as Photoshop image files video clips sound clips or QuarkxXPress page layouts However a digital asset can also be a spreadsheet file or even a data stream such as an entry ina data bank that Cumulus is keeping track of for you Records can contain a thumbnail image of the asset Records can and should be categorized for easy maintenance and searching See Catego ries p 24 for more information Records are not actual copies of the asset They merely point to the original file This saves disk space and avoids confusion caused by maintaining multiple cop ies of an asset Records contain information on the assets which is called meta data Using metadata makes it possible for Cumulus to track your assets and find their records at lightning speed A record is the sum of metadata stored on an asset The metadata is kept in Record Fields Canto is setting the pace in the asset management field with its TAG files which hold all of the information that can be viewed in the Asset Information applica tion and more TAG files have been developed by Canto to be the standard file format for the storage of metadata in the field of asset management Cumulus can create TAG files when cataloging assets from a location where the user is allowed to save files For how to activate this option see Browse for Assets p17 i All records contain at least some searchable informatio
47. Cumulus stores all metadata in catalog fields A default set of fields is provided with each newly created catalog and you can also define any number or type of custom fields you need Later you ll read about the various field types available in Cumulus 15 16 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Field Linking Collections Cumulus can map and copy the metadata found inside your assets to appropri ate fields inside your Cumulus catalogs So for example the contents of the Notes field in the asset can be copied to the Notes field in the catalog You can also define field links of your own in case you want to override default mappings or create new ones This is especially helpful when you want certain fields in your catalog to serve the same purpose for different asset types For example say you work with video in both QuickTime and Windows Media formats QuickTime includes a standard metadata field for video that s called Writer Windows Media on the other hand includes a field called Author You could have fields in your catalogs for both but then you d have to include both when searching for that information A more convenient way to go about this would be to choose one of those field names for your Cumulus catalog and use field linking to map the contents of the other field to that field That way Quick Time Writer and Windows Media Author metadata are stored in the same cat alog field makin
48. Dragging a record copies the asset into the target document Dragging a record into the Windows Explorer or the Mac OS X Finder copies the asset into the selected folder NOTE t is not recommended to use drag and drop for copying a large num ber of files because this may seriously impact the performance of your system and the available disk space To copy a large number of files use the Copy to menu command instead The reason for this is that both methods are handled in different ways inter nally With the Copy to menu command Cumulus creates a temporary file for each asset which is deleted as soon as the asset is copied On the other hand with drag and drop temporary files ofall selected assets are created before the first asset is copied and these temporary files are not deleted until a new copy process via drag amp drop is started or Cumulus is closed Copying Categories and Associated Assets Categories can be dragged and dropped along with the assets associated with each category into the Windows Explorer or the Mac OS X Finder When you drop the categories Cumulus creates a folder with the same name as the cate gory and copies the assets to that folder If the category contains subcategories subfolders will be created and the assets assigned to these subcategories are copied to the corresponding subfolders This option may be handy for collecting production files for output assuming the files all have at least one comm
49. If available you can use a catalog template for the new catalog Get Catalog Template xj Select a Template Default Catalog Template Description F Help OK Cancel Select the desired template and click OK For more information on catalog template see Catalog Templates p 160 2 Select a location for the new catalog and enter a name 3 Youcan have the new catalog opened in a separate window or in the win dow of the current collection Activate the desired option 4 Click Save The new catalog is opened 160 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Catalog Templates You can define templates that you can use to create new catalogs prepare exist ing catalogs for specific usage or even update older catalogs There s no faster way to get new catalogs up and running or to consistently replicate updates made to one catalog on another catalog Create new pre configured image databases video catalogs PDF archives and more from a single menu item no more redundant catalog tweaking necessary Creating and Editing a Catalog Template 5 To create a new Catalog Template you can save the settings of an existing cata log as Catalog Template or duplicate a template To create a new Catalog Template by duplicating an existing one and adapting its settings 1 Select Cumulus amp Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Catalog Templates 3 Under Template select the Catalog Template to be used as a basis
50. List containing all catalog fields Ferma trod Pa ed List containing all functions Option for not changing field value on for mula error 5 Option for clearing field value on formula KAR QO N m ida Error 2 e error jC lave Vaan Utne B x C Ooy vae 6 Option for using a fallback string value on n Vokes T55 4 formula error SS ee Construct your formulas in the text field provided Take advantage of the Fields and Functions drop down lists to save time and help you avoid syntax errors introduced by simple typos Choose your preferred option for error handling An error occurs when for what ever reason your formula cannot be executed Errors can include syntax issues in the formula itself or problems evaluating field data used in the formula When you click OK to dismiss the Field Properties window your formula is saved and activated In line Help Field Linking MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG SETTINGS NOTE The order in which fields are calculated cannot be determined abso lutely For this reason take care when creating formulas that are dependent on other field values also based on formulas If needed consider wrapping one field s formula into the formula of another field thereby forcing the order of calculation Example Field A formula fieldvalue B 1 5 Field B formula fieldvalue Image Height 3 0 This may result in unexpected results if field A is evaluated before field B The solut
51. Settings in the Preferences dia log for a description see Cumulus Asset Actions p 124 To perform an Asset Action on records in the Record pane 1 Select one or more records 2 Select Asset gt Perform Asset Action A submenu opens that lists the avail able Actions 3 Select the desired Asset Action Depending on how the action is defined dialogs for the included modules may show up Make your selection and click the appropriate buttons The Actions will be performed on the selected records Progress information is displayed on those actions that take a certain amount of time If the selected Asset Action failed to be performed on certain assets theses assets are listed as soon as the Asset Action is completed together with the respective error messages Clicking Reveal in collection displays these assets in a collection of its own for further processing Clicking Ignore closes the window without any further action Mailing Your Assets Cumulus also lets you e mail the assets themselves so that you can easily share them with people who don t have access to your Cumulus catalogs You can use Cumulus powerful search and display features to find just the right assets and then send them off with a single command To e mail assets from within Cumulus e 1 Select one or more records whose assets you want to mail 2 Select Asset gt Mail To A dialog opens prompting whether you want to send the original ass
52. Skip First Line Often the first line of the import file does not contain information that you want to import e g column titles You can disable the import of the data of the first line by activating the Skip First Line option Create new records categories for lines that do not correspond to existing records categories Activating this option initiates the creation of anew record without a related asset or a new category for each line in the import file that does not corre spond to an already existing record category Import Field Pattern Preview Displays how the data will be imported Import Field Pattern Lists the fields from which the values should be imported You can insert additional information by clicking in the field s entry in this column If you want to import data from more than one field use a right alternate 76 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE mouse click in the field s entry in this column to get a list for selecting addi tional fields Relation If you want to import data into a record or category field of the Cumulus cat alog you have to specify relations between the field of the import file and the Cumulus field Two different relation types can be specified equals The Cumulus Importer will only import the data if the value of the Cumulus field is equal to the value of the Import Field This relation type is used to perform the search for the appropriate records gt insert The Cumulus Importer
53. Toolbars for Previews p 52 Disabled if no Preview window or view is activated Opens the Preferences window from which you can set all preferences See Customize Cumulus p 99 for details The View Menu Palette Mode Changes the view of the Cumulus application to palette mode and back In Pal ette Mode the thumbnails and the contents of record fields are displayed as defined in selected view set In palette mode the Cumulus application will shrink to a palette that can conve niently be used with another application That way you can easily drag and drop cataloged assets into other applications All open collections will be changed to palette mode They are displayed on top of each other The Palette Mode win dow can be resized to fit your needs and all display changes will be kept when Toolbar Statusbar Workspace MENU REFERENCE THE VIEW MENU 179 you reopen the palette mode All Cumulus functions remain available to display the menus select Menu Offers a submenu to select the size of the toolbar and options to toggle the tool bar on and off Toggles the statusbar on and off Opens a submenu with options that let you toggle panes of your workspace on and off Calendar Pane Ctrl F11 Category Information Pane Ctrl F8 v Category Pane Ctrl F3 Collection Basket Pane Ctr F12 Information Pane Ctrl F Preview Pane Ctrl F10 v Sub Pane for Relations Thumbnail Pane Ctrl F9 Save Current
54. View SS not activated the settings will change for the currently selected T Use color management with Gamut alarm pane or window only i pon poi 3 Highlights the active sub pane in the color selected in the field on js the right Click the button to select a color Color Management 4 Shows preview with color management profile used by asset and highlights any part of the image that is beyond the printable color spectrum of the printer selected in 5 below 5 Selects a color management printer profile Mac OS ColorSync Windows ICM Disabled if 4 is not selected 6 Click to select a warning color for unprintable shades in an asset Transparency Some asset formats create transparent areas in an image s preview Or cerea Dsp Search amp Sort Pring Asset Handing thumbnail For these you can specify how the transparent areas are Transparency Display Grid displayed Such formats are Portable Network Graphics PNG GIF E Une r for review Iransper ney Image Photoshop PSD PSB TARGA Image TGA TPIC Windows a ed Cursor CUR and Windows Icon ICO Large grid Transparency Grid Display n Ow ACs 1 If activated the transparent areas of a preview are displayed as a Info View sa grid and you can select the grid size If not activated the back 5 Large grid ground color selected for the Record View Set is used for transpar Asset Info wndo j cria color Custom ency dis
55. Window Show hide Category pane Ctrl F3 Cmd F3 Show hide Information pane Ctrl F7 Cmd F7 205 206 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Windows Mac OS X Show hide Category Information pane Ctrl F8 Cmd F8 Show hide Thumbnail pane Ctrl F9 Cmd F9 Show hide Preview pane Ctrl F10 Cmd F10 Show hide Calendar pane Ctrl F11 Cmd F11 Show hide Collection Basket pane Ctrl F12 Cmd F12 Use Default Workspace Ctrl F1 Cmd F1 Assign categories Ctrl Shift 5 Cmd Shift 5 Detach categories Ctrl Shift 6 Cmd Shift 5 Information Window View Pane Save changes Ctrl S Cmd S Print Information window Ctrl P Cmd P Load information on first record in collection Alt Home on next record in collection Alt arrow right on previous record in collection Alt arrow left on last record in collection Alt End Go to next field Tab Tab Go to previous field Shift Tab Shift Tab Preview Window and Preview Fullscreen Load preview of first record in collection Home Home previous record in collection PgUp PgUp Alt arrow left Alt arrow left next record in collection PgDn PgDn Alt arrow right Alt arrow right last record in collection End End 100 display Alt Ctrl 0 Alt Cmd 0 Fit to main window Ctrl 0 Cmd 0 Zoom in Ctrl Cmd Zoom out Ctrl Cmd Scroll in preview arrow keys arrow keys Preview Window onl
56. a number of filters that can capture detailed information about particular assets You can also create your own format support for assets that are not particularly supported To see the list of file formats with enhanced support 1 Select Cumulus amp Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Asset Handling Sets 3 Click Asset Formats The list of all supported file formats is displayed Active formats are indicated by a green marker to the left of the format Formats that have been deactivated have a red marker to their left Formats that are indicated by italics are currently not supported not installed on the machine you are working on but are included in the list so they will be acti vated at that position when the filter is available When cataloging Cumulus starts searching for matching formats at the lowest entry number It employs the filters in the order in which the formats they sup port are found If you are not satisfied with the result of cataloging certain asset types check the order of the formats and the filter that support these formats The format entry that is supported by a filter that best suits your needs may come later in the order than other matching filters Use the arrow buttons to the right of the list to change the order of the entries CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS ADDING FORMATS TO THE ASSET FORMATS LIST NOTE Record Field Linking If the Read One option in the Record Field Properties is activated for the fiel
57. already has the cate gories to which the records are assigned If it does not the categories assigned to the imported records will be created But categories of the type Folder lose their type assignment to the Source tab They are created as normal categories f you want to keep the type of these categories you must first export and import the categories Remember that it may be easier just to drag and drop records from one catalog to another if both the source and destination catalogs are available to you If they are not or you are moving thousands of records at a time then the export import route is the way to go Exporting and Importing Records and Categories The exporting and importing process is pretty much the same regardless of the data type Exporting goes like this E 1 Find and select the items you wish to export See Searching p 32 if needed for a refresher on how to find records 2 Select File gt Export and then the appropriate export option Selected Records Exports the currently selected records This menu item is disabled if no records are selected All Records Exports all records of the active collection If you want to export all records of the catalog s included in the collection you have to perform Find gt Find All Records first Selected Categories Exports the currently selected categories in the active collection This menu item is disabled if no categories are sel
58. as Default Workspace Use Default Workspace Ctrl F1 Save Current Workspace As Manage Workspace Several menu options enable you to open and close additional panes in the current Collection window and to save this combination of panes as a work space A workspace saves even more information It includes window size window location visible panes view sets selected for each pane Below these menu options you will find more options if any saved layouts are available for you The additional panes will be displayed at the bottom of the Category pane TIP Resizing Panes You can resize the panes by pressing the ALT Option key and dragging the split bar Just clicking the split bar will resize the top most pane and the sub pane of the dragged split bar only Collapsing Pressing the f ALT Option key and double clicking in a pane s statusbar will collapse the pane so that the statusbar is dis played only and the pane above will fill the area Just double clicking lets the pane above retain its size and the topmost pane will be enlarged A double click on the statusbar of the topmost pane will collapse all panes below Expanding Pressing the 9 ALT Option key and double clicking in a collapsed pane s statusbar will expand the pane again using space from the above pane If you just click it without the A ALT Option key the pane will be expanded using space from the top most pane A d
59. assets in the other catalogs will be unaffected and can still be accessed Search times however are not affected by catalog size The actual number of records you can fit into the catalog size limit depends on the individual records sizes Factors that determine a record s size include The type of asset the record represents Different asset types have different information that needs to be stored to identify them so their records use varying amounts of catalog space For example a video clip uses space for frame rate and total frame number fields that a simple image doesn t require The amount of text in the record s Notes field All those characters in the Notes field have to be stored somewhere If you add 1k worth of text you add 1k to the record size Multiply that times a thousand or so records and you have added an entire megabyte to your catalog s size The record s thumbnail size and quality Larger and higher quality thumb nail images take up more space See User Settings p 100 and Catalog Set tings p 142 for information on thumbnail settings Typically your catalogs will never reach the maximum size If they do you ll need to divide them See Dividing Catalogs p 165 Speeding Up Cataloging As a catalog grows the time required to catalog new assets increases There are a few tricks for Asset Handling Sets that you can do to increase performance when cataloging large amounts
60. be set as default see User Settings p 100 for details Disabled if no Preview window is activated Fit Height to Window Full Screen Categories Expand Resizes the Preview window to fit the height of the main Cumulus window Can be set as default see User Settings p 100 for details Disabled if no Preview window is activated Displays a preview using the whole screen Disabled if no Preview window is activated TIP To view multiple assets at once use Asset gt Fullscreen Preview Opens a submenu Expands the selected categories to reveal subcategories This works the same way as Clicking on the arrow icon to the left of the parent category Disabled if no parent categories are selected TIP To expand all categories under a parent category press the ALT Option key when clicking on the category arrow icon 188 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Expand All Expands all parent categories to reveal subcategories Disabled if all parent cat egories are already expanded Collapse Collapses the selected parent categories to hide subcategories This works the same way as clicking on the arrow down icon to the left of the parent category Disabled if no expanded parent categories are selected TIP To collapse all categories under a parent category press the AA ALT Option key when clicking on the category arrow icon Collapse All Collapses all parent categories to hide subcategorie
61. by the Asset Storage Modules for the operating systems Internet FTP Servers If you need to keep files accessible from an Internet FTP server you can choose an FTP server as Central Asset Location This option is less popular for works in progress because of performance and other limita tions associated with this type of server access but when archiving assets this option can be ideal This type is supported by the URL AssetStore A Central Asset Location is chosen as a catalog property setting Each catalog can have its own Central Asset Location What the best choice is depends on how the catalog is used For more best practice information on Central Asset Locations see the tutorial Understanding Central Asset Locations in Cumulus from 1o Canto s Exploring Series To configure a catalog to employ a Central Asset Location 1 Make sure the collection window containing the catalog is the active win dow in Cumulus 2 Select Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences 3 Click Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window is displayed If the active collection window contains more than one catalog select the catalog you want to edit under Catalogs 4 Click General Under Copy Assets to Central Location enable Use Central Asset Location The next step is to choose where to store the copies and which Asset Stor age module you want to use 6 Click Browse The Choose an Asset Storage Module dialog
62. can add user comments For more information see Preview View and Window p 52 Fullscreen Preview Shows assets as fullscreen previews You can display up to six different assets at once The records assets must be available to display What is displayed depends on the asset type and on the active Record View Set For a description on how to configure the view of the Preview window see Record View Sets p 105 For more information see Fullscreen Preview p 54 Fullscreen Slide Show Shows assets as fullscreen previews in a slide show The records assets must be available to display Menu equivalent to the toolbar icon What is displayed depends on the asset type and on the active Record View Set For a description on how to configure the view of the Preview window see Record View Sets p 105 For more information see Fullscreen Slide Show p 56 Image Editor Opens the selected image asset in a special window that allows you to edit the image The Image Editor offers image cropping as well as calibration tools that can enhance the color sharpness and brightness of your images For details see Editing Images p 90 Compare Previews Opens the selected two image assets along with a comparison image in fullscreen view For details see Comparing Previews p 56 Disabled if less or more than two records are selected 195 196 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE View Wit
63. configuration options The General Section Title Enter a title for your album Where this title is displayed depends on the selected skin Output Location Define the folder to hold the output of your configured album This should be an empty folder when you start creating a new album Output Options Make Slides Enable this option if you want your album to include slides scaled images and contents of the selected record fields If the selected skin supports these functions next previous buttons are provided to dis play the slides Upload via FTP Enable this option if you want your album to be uploaded onto the Web directly after creation NOTE This option can only be enabled if the settings on the FTP tab were tested and did not show any errors Link Options Decide on one of the options for further information on these options see the section Provided Skins and Link Output Options below Link to Originals Clicking on a thumbnail will display the original asset Link to Originals through Scaled Images Clicking on a thumbnail will dis USE ASSETS WEBALBUM 67 play the slide including the scaled image and clicking on this image will display the original NOTE Albums that include links to the original are quite large in size Link to Scaled Images Only Clicking on a thumbnail will display the scaled image without any further link to the original Image Size amp Quality Thumbnails Selec
64. defined in the current Print Template Only the password options are not pre set to prevent them to be set by mistake or and nobody can remember the passwords PDF security can be compared with home security Just as you lock your doors to prevent others from entering your house without permission you may use the various security features to lock PDF documents For example you can add passwords to restrict users from opening a PDF document or they can prevent users from printing or editing a document A PDF file can have two kinds of password a Document Open password and a Permissions password If you are restricting printing and editing you should add a Document Open password to enhance security Opening the document with the correct Permissions password allows full access to the document This unlimited access includes the ability to change the document s passwords and access permissions Opening the document with the correct Document Open password allows additional operations to be performed according to the set PDF security options With Enable PDF Security activated but Document Open and Permissions pass words not specified the document will be encrypted with user level access and a random Permissions password is generated the user will not be prompted for a password but nobody can have full access to the document can add and edit comments as well as form fields and digital signatures CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS CREA
65. each of your image file formats has its own catalog they ll all have to be open if you want to search through all of them Remember you can use Cumulus categories or built in information fields to find files based on format projects in which they were used or status for example Things You Can Do with Catalogs Backup See Backing Up Catalogs p 163 Change catalog setting See Catalog Settings p 142 Compress See Compressing Catalogs p 162 Copy a catalog See Copying Catalogs p 164 Create a new catalog See Creating Catalogs p 159 Delete a catalog See Deleting Catalogs p 164 14 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Divide a catalog into smaller catalogs See Dividing Catalogs p 165 Open an existing catalog See Open Catalog p 170 Rename a catalog See Renaming Catalogs p 164 Repair a damaged catalog See Repairing Catalogs Search through a catalog See Searching p 32 p 164 Set the catalog s properties as defaults See Repairing Catalogs p 164 Update catalogs from earlier Cumulus versions See p 165 Adding Assets to Catalogs Migrating Catalogs The term cataloging describes the process of importing and storing information about your digital assets This information called metadata is the data associated with a digital asset beyond the actual file data itself So while th
66. ee e amam E E 4 Overview on whether the user may edit the content KESE Zan anan zecran ae of the field Checkboxes may be activated deacti er ae ba eee Se vated directly a a daw 5 Overview on whether a field is a mandatory field or eres fsset Ref Yak whether the field value is checked by a validator futhor fring _ortng Searching C __M O ser vake Checkboxes for display only pester wR 6 Overview on the value mode e o a 7 Opens a menu for selecting the columns to be dis played on this tab 9 Opens dialog for selecting the field to be added 8 Opens dialog for defining field properties For details 10 Removes the selected field from the list see Overview Field Properties p 147 NOTE Catalog Name Record ID and Category ID are so called virtual fields These fields are meant to be used for display and processing purposes only Therefore you cannot define their properties 144 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Employing a Central Asset Location A Central Asset Location is a single storage location used to store specific digital assets Employing a Central Asset Location ensures your assets remain accessible to all and can more easily be accounted for Cumulus lets you choose between different types of Central Asset Locations File System Any standard file system location can be used as a Central Asset Location The most common example is a network file server This type is sup ported
67. eo Action Convert and Compress i Duplicate Rename Delete Set as Default General Process File Formats File Format n _ 12 Handling of assets of other file types Treat as error X Add Remove On Error 14 Fail entire asset action Skip erroneous asset Additional Properties Use Specific Asset Handling Set General Tab 1 2 3 6 7 Displays the selected Asset Action Opens a list of available Asset Actions for selection Opens the Properties dialog for the selected Asset Action providing two tabs On the Description tab you may enter or modify language specific display names and descriptions The Sharing tab allows you to define whether you want to share the Asset Action with others Addi tionally you may restrict the usage to specific users or roles Opens a dialog to create a new Asset Action by copying the selected one Opens a dialog to rename the selected Asset Action NOTE Deletes the selected Asset Action Sets the selected Asset Action as default File Formats 8 9 If activated the asset action will be applied only to the file types spec ified in the file formats list below List of file types that are handled by the asset action 10 Opens q list of available file formats to be added to the list 11 Removes the selected file format from the list 12 Displays how files of formats that are not specified in the list are treqted 13 Opens q list
68. field will be displayed sorted alphabetically according to the rules of the language of the application e g the Cumulus Client This sorting mode is useful for e g keywords Content The terms of the String List field will be displayed as sorted in this list inde pendent from the language defined for the user This sorting mode is useful 158 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 5 for e g status descriptions Use the arrow buttons to the right of the list to change the order of the entries Language Specific This mode allows you to define different sort orders for different languages This sorting mode is useful for e g country selection where depending on language different countries should appear on top of the list The sorting mode displayed for the String List field in the Select Mode field is the active mode once you click OK for the Field Properties dialog If you want to define a sorting mode other than alphabetical 1 Select the Sorting Mode 2 In case you decided on the Content sorting mode use the arrow button on the right to define the order of the terms 3 In case you decided on the Language Specific sorting mode select a lan guage and then use the arrow button on the right to define the display order of the terms of the selected language Repeat this for each language You can delete an entry that you no longer need and replace it with another entry To delete an entry 1 Select the entry you wish
69. for the new one 4 Click the Duplicate button The Name and Settings dialog opens Enter a name for the new template and optionally e Activate the Allow Sharing option if you want this view set to be available to other users Activate Copy display names only if you also want to take over the lan guage specific display names from the original not recommended for new catalog templates Activate Copy description only if you also want to take over the descrip tions specified for other languages from the original not recommended for new catalog templates 6 Click OK The Catalog Template window is displayed 7 Define the new Catalog Template 8 Click Apply to save your changes To create a new Catalog Template by saving the settings of an existing catalog as Catalog Template 1 Select Cumulus amp Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Catalog Settings 3 Under Catalog select the Catalog to be used as a basis for the new Catalog Template 4 Click the Save as Catalog Template button The Name and Settings dialog opens 5 Enter a name for the new template and optionally e Activate the Allow Sharing option if you want this view set to be available to other users Leave Copy display names activated if want to take over the display names specified for other languages from the original Leave Copy description activated if you want to take over the descriptions specified for other languages from the orig
70. for the selected Asset Handling Set For details on the Asset Storage Asset Processor and Metadata modules see Asset Handling Modules p 118 1 Displays a window that shows the version of the module 2 Opens the properties window for the format Only available if the module provides any properties 3 Activates deactivates the selected module for the selected Asset Handling Set Active modules are indicated by a green marker Modules that have been deactivated have a red marker Modules that are indicated by italics are currently not supported not installed on the machine you are working on Under Filter you can see the Filter Modules that are available on the machine you are working on Modules that are indicated by italics are currently not supported not installed on the machine you are working on 1 Displays a window that shows the version of the module 2 Opens the properties window for the format Only if available CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS THUMBNAIL SIZE AND QUALITY TIZ Thumbnails Cataloging Asset Access Asset Formats Modules Asset formats for cataloging and asset access Active Order File Format Extension Mac File Type E za 276 Apple Pages pages A 277 Apple Keynote key 7 J278 Apple Numbers numbers 3 7 779 Apple Keynote Side Na 280 Apple Numbers Sheet sheet A 59 MOD Sound mod MoD AF leo ALAW Sound alaw ALAW z7 ea XM Sound bem KM A A DiamondW
71. four The fifth addition replaces the first and so on You cannot manually delete any of the added appli cations To print an URL cataloged asset from another application Select the record whose asset you would like to print Select Asset gt Print With and select the desired application from the sub menu A dialog appears from which you can select a location for the copy of the asset Choose the desired location and click OK Cumulus copies the asset to the specified location and prints it with the chosen application As with other assets you can also attach an asset stored on an FTP or HTTP server to an outgoing e mail message To mail an URL cataloged asset 5 1 Select the record whose asset you would like to send as an e mail attach ment Select Asset gt Mail To A dialog appears from which you can select a location for the copy of the asset Choose the desired location and click OK Cumulus copies the asset to the specified location and asks you to select an e mail application launches your default e mail application and attaches the selected asset s to an outgoing message Storing Assets on FTP Servers The URL AssetStore Module also enables you to upload cataloged assets to FTP servers by using the Cumulus menu commands It also allows you to employ FTP servers as the Central Asset Locations for catalogs SPECIALIZED USAGE USING URL ASSETSTORE 89 Moving an Asset to an FTP Locat
72. languages Cumulus supports Languages marked in bold already provide a localized user interface For all other languages an English user interface is displayed but specific writing capabilities for the selected language are supported This applies to the category tree input fields and Quicksearch function Select the desired language and click OK You must quit the Cumulus application and start it again before the language switch takes effect If the selected lan guage is not available on your computer the Cumulus application language will default to English 175 176 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Prepare Catalog Opens a submenu with options for preparing catalogs to manage different stan dard metadata formats For IPTC IPTC International Press Telecommunication Council is a standard for digital text applied to an image Applications used for professional imaging support IPTC e g the text information in Photoshop is a subset of the IPTC informa tion Cumulus can read IPTC metadata information while cataloging You can view and edit this metadata and Cumulus can write your changes back to the asset Reading and writing back IPTC data is possible for assets of the follow ing formats JPEG TIFF PSD and EPS For more information on writing back metadata see Write back Metadata p 191 If you want to capture IPTC data from assets and to write back IPTC data to assets the Asset Handling Set s and the catalog s
73. lections it was in Similarly if you delete a category it is deleted not only from one collection but also from the catalog You can however delete a record from the collection without deleting it from the catalog as long as you press only the DEL key But if you press both Command A Control and DEL the record will be removed from both col lection and catalog see Delete p 178 for more information Working with Collections Collections can be customized and then saved so that your particular prefer ences for a special set of records can be recalled A collection file remembers the records it contains the Record View Set used and the column width of the Details View As collections are such flexible and malleable creatures it might be a good idea to save your special collection once you have configured it This is because an unsaved collection with its specific configuration is not automatically saved when you close it And as soon as your collection changes which can happen quite often any unsaved changes are lost Saving a collection is easily done via File gt Save Collection As A dialog appears for you to choose the name and location for the collection file Once a collection is saved it is easy to open via File gt Open Col lection When you create a new collection via File gt New Collection it can either be empty or contain the currently selected records However concerning the view the new collecti
74. letters mark a few examples of the various field types A Most of the fields in the IPTC Information window are text fields They allow you to enter text of one or more words You can enter characters numbers and special characters The Caption and Special Instructions fields allow you to enter several lines of text Keywords and Supplemental Categories These fields allow you to enter a number of entries consisting of one or more words You enter a keyword by typ ing the word and then pressing the Enter key or clicking the Add button You can then start typing the next entry immediately IPTC Category and Country Code These fields can only contain a 3 character abbreviation The corresponding quicklist only lets you add 3 characters These Date fields only allow values that are laid down by the IPTC norm Due to this you can only choose one of the standardized values for them after per forming a right mouse click alternate mouse click These Time fields can either be filled from the menu opened after performing a right mouse click alternate mouse click or by entering a time value If you enter avalue for the time use the format hh mm sec Urgency and Object Cycle These are record fields of the type String List You can select a value from the list opened after clicking the arrow button To edit the provided values you have to edit the record field properties for a descrip tion on how to do this see the Administrator Guide of your Cu
75. list of all languages configured for string field values Clicking the plus sign in front of a language name dis plays the fields that support values in the respective language that are not included in the catalog you want to edit Either select the name of a lan guage s to add all respective fields or select individual fields to be added Additionally all language independent fields that are not included in the catalog are listed and can be added The Fields tab displays a list of all the fields that are not yet included in the catalog Sh 0 The third tab the Custom Field tab enables you to define your own custom fields so you can store information in addition to fields that Cumulus sup ports See Creating a Custom Field below for details 156 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 6 Select the field s you want to add 7 Click OK This brings you back to the fields list 8 Click Apply to save your changes NOTE fyou want this field to be shown in a view you have to customize the corresponding view set and add this field See Adding a Field to a Record View p 107 for details Creating a Custom Field To set up a catalog to store information in addition to fields that Cumulus sup ports you can define your own custom fields NOTE Same Custom Field for Multiple Catalogs Ifyou have created a custom field for one catalog you can easily copy this field to another catalog If multiple c
76. managing these assets must be prepared for this feature IPTC record fields have to be added to the catalog s and their properties have to be enabled for field linking The Writ ing back Metadata option must be activated in the Asset Handling Sets used to handle the assets containing IPTC data The function makes the process of preparation easy Follow the on screen instructions NOTE To view the captured metadata the corresponding record fields must be included in one of your Record View Sets If none of your Record iew Sets provide a view that includes the fields you have to add these fields to one view of at least one Record View Set For a description on how to add fields to a view see Adding a Field to a Record View p 107 For EXIF EXIF Exchangeable Image File Format is a standard for storing interchange able information in image files especially those using JPEG compression Most digital cameras now use the EXIF format Cumulus can read EXIF meta data information while cataloging You can view and edit this metadata If you want a catalog to store EXIF information on assets you have to add the EXIF record fields to this catalog This function does it for you Follow the on screen instructions NOTE To view the captured metadata the corresponding record fields must be included in one of your Record View Sets If none of your Record View Sets provide a view that includes the fields you have to add these
77. more than one asset on screen the asset that is changed is the one that is marked as selected by a light green border and a big check mark symbol If none is selected the entire group of previewed assets is replaced by the next group If one is selected the PAGE DOWN key changes the asset to the next one in the collection and the PAGE UP key changes it to the previous one You can also use the mouse wheel to scroll through TIP If multiple assets are displayed in the Preview window a single asset can be loaded into more than one preview area enabling you to pan zoom and examine it in detail To load another preview in a preview area select the preview area and use ALT Mouse Wheel NOTE Linked preview images are navigation locked i e they never change position and can t be replaced with other assets via the PAGE UP PAGE DOWN keys or scroll wheel navigation Comparing Previews Any two selected preview images can be automatically compared by Cumulus with a visual representation of the comparison result displayed in the Fullscreen Preview For details see Preview Comparison p 57 Fullscreen Slide Show Shows assets as fullscreen previews in a slide show You can load the assets man ually or run them in a loop Opening the Window Select the records of the assets you want to have displayed in the slide show and select Asset gt Fullscreen Slide Show Using the Window You can have record fields displayed
78. no special system requirements and can be viewed with any stan dard Web browser You can also use WebAlbum to create local albums on your hard disk or on CD ROM If you are looking for more features for your album uploaded on the Web than Cumulus WebAlbum provides e g search functions non static pages e com merce then have a look at the Cumulus Internet solutions that Canto provides For details on all of Canto s Digital Asset Management products and services go to www canto com Creating an Album When you create an album WebAlbum uses the records you selected and generates thumbnails in JPEG format e g used for index pages always generates scaled images in JPEG format e g used for slide pages if a cor responding option is activated copies the original assets to a defined output folder for the upload if a cor responding option is activated Furthermore WebAlbum generates index page s always slide pages if a corresponding option is activated Depending on the acti vated option slides contain selected record fields information and scaled images or original assets To create an album 5 1 Select the records of those images you want your album to consist of 2 Select Asset gt Create WebAlbum A dialog for configuring your album opens Now you can either configure a new layout for your album or use a saved one by clicking the Open button 3 Configure the album Three sections provide access to the
79. not reflect the changes made in advanced mode When chang ing back to advanced made the query set up in this mode is displayed again Searching for Categories Certain Cumulus configurations enable you to search for categories as well They provide two Find Windows one to search for categories and one to search for records But both look and work the same The difference is the result of your search The categories found as a result of your search are displayed in the Category pane The found categories are displayed and can be used The categories above the found categories are also displayed they are displayed for orientation only The categories found as a result of your search can either replace the categories of the current collection or comprise a new collection of their own NOTE The result also depends on the Live Filtering options the Cumulus Administrator may have set for you FIND ASSETS USER LIVE FILTERING 43 User Live Filtering Adding Filters User live filtering enables you to set parameters that serve as a filter for all the records you find Easily hide the file formats you don t need make sure what you see has been approved for use or any other combination you need Save your filters and even share them with others With User Live Filtering activated the records on your Record pane get filtered by conditions you set up You activate and deactivate User Live Filtering via the Filter icon in the Re
80. of assets at once Choose Catalog Duplicates on the Cataloging tab This option prevents Cumulus from having to think too much about what it is cataloging See Overview Asset Handling Sets p 115 for details Deactivate any asset formats that you don t need See Asset Format Sup port p 122 for details Compressing Catalogs Compressing a catalog when it comes close to its maximum size You can check the actual and maximum catalog size in the Catalogs Settings NOTE Deleted Records in Cumulus versions prior to 8 When records are deleted from catalogs with Cumulus versions prior to 8 they could optionally remain a part of the catalog in case you need to retrieve them These not quite deleted records take up space You can delete them per manently by compressing the catalog To compress a catalog 1 Make sure the catalog you want to compress is the active window in Cumulus If you have more than one catalog opened in the active window you will be asked to select the catalog 2 Select File gt Administration gt Compress Catalog Only active if the catalog is not yet compressed as much as possible You are warned that compress ing the catalog will permanently remove the deleted records MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG MAINTENANCE 163 3 Click OK to compress the catalog Backing Up Catalogs The value and usefulness of a Cumulus catalog increases exponentially as the catalog grows To p
81. of available Print Templates for selection 090 0 e 3 Opens the Properties dialog for the selected template cwrents s___ L _pulkate J __Rename__ __pelete __ Set os boo providing two tabs On the Description tab you may enter Permen 53895 Lavout or modify language specific display names and descrip Sev Si tions The Sharing tab allows you to define whether you ee ET want to share the template with others Additionally you Width 210 may restrict the usage to specific users or roles Height 29 70 4 Opens adialog to create anew Print Template by copying eo the selected one Aen 5 Opens a dialog to rename the selected Print Template o 6 Deletes the selected Print Template Tep 2 00 Left 2 00 7 Sets the selected Print Template as default Bottom 2 00 Right 2 00 Document Settings The Document Settings tab defines the layout for the entire document 8 Paper Setup settings define the paper size either a stan dard size or a custom size for which the width height and measurement unit can be defined NOTE The Units selected here refer to all measurements of the template 9 Orientation defines the orientation for the output portrait or landscape 10 Margins settings define the margins for the page layout Layout The Layout tab defines the layout for the printed records You can either use a Record View Set for the layout or define Document Settings Layout
82. of available options for not listed files On Error 14 If an error occurs the whole asset action is aborted 15 If an error occurs the erroneous asset is skipped but the asset action is continued Additional Properties 16 Enables selecting a special Asset Handling Set to be used with the Action If not enabled the Asset Handling Set will be used that is defined in the User Settings of the user who uses the Action 17 Displays the selected Asset Handling Set 18 Opens alist of available Asset Handling Sets for selection 128 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview Cumulus Asset Actions Action Convert and Compress i Duplicate Rename Delete Setas Default General Process a Processing Processor Show Dialog Pixel Image C ter v ixel Image Conver W a a o Packing Q e Processor Show Dialog ZIP AssetProcessor E 2 5 E e gt Delivering File System AssetStore w Properties 7 Show Dialog Process Tab Processing 1 Lists the processor s selected for the Action IMPORTANT Make sure that the sequence of the processing modules makes sense 2 If checked the processor will display dialogs e g for choosing proper ties when the action is performed 3 Use these buttons for ordering the sequence of the processing mod ules 4 Opens a window to set the parameters for the selected processor for the act
83. on the left to have the available options displayed and to choose from them Note that these options vary slightly according to the type of field selected You can either choose an editing option and then enter the desired value or you can start with entering a value which automatically turns the editing options to Replace Current Value and select the desired editing option later However with the Categories field the first step is always to select the desired editing option and then to use drag amp drop or the Add and Remove buttons to configure a set of categories to be assigned to or removed from the record MENU REFERENCE THE METADATA MENU NOTE Be carefully with the Replace Current Value and the Clear Current Value options These options delete all existing category assignments and cannot be undone Employing MetadataTemplates Update Record Update Advanced You can use the metadata template icon in the lower left corner of the Bulk Edit dialog to prefill the fields with values from a selected metadata template You may then edit theses values as necessary NOTE Regardless of the actual content ofthe metadata template only values for fields that are included in the Bulk Edit dialog are taken into account Opens a submenu with functions to refresh the selected records with the asset s up to date information This can be necessary if catalog settings have changed but also if assets have been modified since they wer
84. one or both values are converted into a compatible type Example Cumulus 7 5 results in the string Cumulus 7 5 because 7 5 is converted to a string before the operator is applied Formal Syntax Function Reference MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG SETTINGS 151 If an error occurs the field s value is set according to settings you determine while authoring the formula See Multiplying the values of two catalog fields below for details If no error occurs the resulting value is automatically con verted to match the field s type The arithmetic operators available are a subset of those available in program ming languages such as C Java or Java Script expression bool_expression expression expression bool_expression bool expression comparison amp amp bool_expression comparison expression lt lt i gt gt expression calculation expression an j omy 3 expression factor function value true false function identifier param param The Cumulus formula editor includes an in line help reference that describes each function and how it can be used The functions available may increase with each release of the software so to be sure the information available is up to date no function overview is provided in this guide See In line Help below for details Formula Example
85. position USE ASSETS PREVIEWING ASSETS 55 Using the Toolbar Move your mouse pointer to the bottom of the window and its toolbar pops up Fullscreen Preview Toolbar Items Shows the preview of the first record from the current collection Shows the preview of the previous record from the current collection Shows the preview of the next record from the current collection Shows the preview of the last record from the current collection Shows hides statusbar comprising label rating rotating amp zooming icons Mouse over Display list of available commands Click Open help system Closes the window eeoa EB e N Q KS QUN Displaying a Command Overview Position your mouse pointer on the question mark icon to have a list of available commands and keyboard shortcuts is displayed Click on the question mark to access the Cumulus help system Marking Assets Fullscreen Preview Command Overview First Record Group Home Previous Record Group Page Up Next Record Group Page Down Last Record Group End First Page Shift Alt Up Arrow Previous Page Alt Up Arrow Next Page Alt Down Arrow Last Page Shift Alt Down Arrow Select Next Panel Tab Select Previous Panel Shift Tab Select Deselect Panel 1 6 0 Select All Panels Ctrl A Zoom In Zoom Out Show Original Size Ctri Alt 0 Assign Rating 0
86. records easier Cumulus lets you organize and classify records into logical groups called categories Any individual set of records com prises a collection A collection is a way of looking at catalog s An asset in Cumulus is simply any one cataloged file or data stream A video clip an audio clip an image or a page layout document are examples of files that are commonly cataloged in Cumulus But the word file suggests an asset that is stored on a digital medium like a hard disk or CD ROM What if the asset is a Catalogs 2 hj Collections Categories i Records gt 14 gt 18 O91 INTRO UNDERSTANDING CUMULUS record in a database This is not a file per se but as far as Cumulus is concerned itis a data stream that can be cataloged kept track of and accessed Like a filing cabinet Cumulus catalogs serve as storage locations for asset collec tions You can have as many catalogs as you like Catalogs are cross platform compatible so it doesn t matter what type of computer is used to create a cata log For more information see Catalogs Collections are like snapshots from your open catalog s When you work with your assets in Cumulus you re viewing a constantly changing group of records Without collections each view of this group would be lost as soon as it is was changed Collections however enable you to capture any particular set of records and save it as you see it a
87. retrieved from assets while cataloging can only be stored if the corre sponding record fields are included in the catalog Category Fields Displays the category fields that the catalog contains You can add or delete fields and customize the fields See Overview Catalog Settings below for an overview of the options available from this window MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG SETTINGS 143 Overview Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window has three sections that provide access to each of its options The options that are set from this window are specific to the active selected catalog They have no effect on other catalogs General Section Catalog General 1 Catalog file name as seen from the Windows desk Dee A t Location eProgram Files Canto Cumulus Workgroup Server catalogs Sample Catalog ccf top Mac OS Finder not editable from here hance Bese DD 2 Catalog name Defaults to file name can be LIN r u n Catalog Size 20 38 MB 4076 MB changed See Renaming Catalogs p 164 for e OV AAE details IV Use Journaling 3 Displays the catalog format tated V Share Catalog 4 Displays the catalog size actual size maximum Pek cezbe hemet size Copy Assets ral Location 5 Prevents the creation of new categories that share eo ee least Q 1e coe D names with existing categories X le As Set in Asset Handling Set z 6 Activates journaling for the catalog See Journal
88. select it 2 Select Metadata gt IPTC Information The IPTC Information window for the selected asset s record opens If you selected more than one record before selecting IPTC Information the IPTC Information window will be opened for the selected records and will display only values that the selected records have in common To see or edit the IPTC data of one record only use the arrow buttons Once the IPTC Information window is open you can use the arrow buttons to load other records of the current collection into the window Information can be added by entering text into the field or selecting from lists so called quicklists Some fields provide prepared lists for immediate use For some fields these quicklists are preset and contain values laid down by the IPTC norm Due to IPTC standards the preset quicklists for some of the fields can t be edited The quicklists for all other fields can be edited To open or edit a quicklist for a field make a right alternate mouse click in the field This opens a drop down list for selecting a value The fields for which you can edit the corresponding quicklist provide an entry Edit Quicklist If you select this entry a dialog for editing the quicklist opens See Editing Quicklists below for details See the following overview of the options available from the IPTC Information window Overview The IPTC Information Window The IPTC Information window provides access to the IPTC d
89. settings Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Sub Pane Filters Under Filter select the Sub Pane Filter to be used as a basis for the new one Click the Duplicate button The Name and Settings dialog opens OP ae en Enter a name for the new filter and optionally e Activate the Allow Sharing option if you want this filter to be available to other users Activate Copy display names only if you also want to take over the lan guage specific display names from the original not recommended for new sub pane filters Activate Copy description only if you also want to take over the descrip tions specified for other languages from the original not recommended for new sub pane filters 6 Click OK 7 Define the new Sub Pane Filter The settings define what will be displayed in a sub pane for related assets view Choose the relation between the selected record s and the records dis played in the sub pane by selecting a relation type from the drop down list For details on relations types see Relationships p 78 Then choose the level of relation To have all First Level only Only directly related contained or referenced assets are displayed Example use to see the assets contained in a ZIP file only and not the assets that may be contained in these assets Last Level only Example use Remember an image can be a variant of a source but it itself is also the source of another variant
90. share them with others Click the Manage Filters icon to open the menu Select the Save Filter option The Save Filter dialog opens Enter a Filter name Make sure you use a descriptive name a Jt0 IS Click OK to save the filter An entry for this filter is added to the Manage Filters menu You can filter the records of a collection window to display specific records only Use the Manage Filters menu to select the desired filter 1 Click the Manage Filters icon to open the menu 2 The available filters are listed at the bottom of the menu The menu displays all shared filters in addition to private filters that you created 3 Select the desired filter Only the records of assets that meet the filter criteria are displayed Use the Manage Filters menu to delete filters you need longer 1 Click the Manage Filters icon to open the menu FIND ASSETS USER LIVE FILTERING 45 2 Select the Delete Filter option The Delete Filter dialog opens It lists the available filters 3 Select the filter you want to delete 4 Click OK to delete the filter The entry for this filter is deleted from the Man age Filters menu Configuring Filters Filters comprise one or multiple conditions Defining Conditions in General Conditions are criteria that records must meet to be included in filter results Depending on the field type of the field you selected as criteria the options differ For most of them you firs
91. that relates to all records assigned to that category or they can be used to store additional information on the category itself A significant difference between record fields and category fields is that category fields are not searchable Category fields can be activated and set up in the Catalog Settings Category Information Window S Information on categories can be viewed in the Category Information window What you see depends on the fields selected to be displayed in the Category View Set defined for the Category tab the selected category resides in the fields of the catalog the selected category resides in and whether these fields contain any information or not TIP Access Preferences You can easily access the preferences of Category View Sets by select ing the Customize entry in the list for selecting Category View Sets This entry opens the preferences for the current Category View Set To open the Category Information window 1 Click once on a category to select it 2 Select Metadata gt Information The information window for the selected category appears The information on categories can be viewed and accessed via category fields What category fields are displayed and also how the category fields are displayed depends on the selected View Set EXPLORE CUMULUS CATEGORIES 27 Once the Category Information window is opened you can use the arrow but tons to load other categories into the window
92. the Meta data Template is used you have to enable the Use option for the field z 9 Name ofthe record fields that should be filled e when the Metadata Template is employed 10 Displays the value that will be filled in To enter a valueclickin the the field sentryinthe 13 Opens a list of the available record fields Available fields are the fields that ja column Value are provided by filters or by currently opened catalogs except Binary fields NOTE For date field types the current date is TIP The list of fields containsan entry Fields of record XYZ where XYZ is the shown initially illustrating the date format name of the currently selected record Selecting this entry will add all valid to be entered A date may be entered manu record fields to the metadata template and prefill them with the values from ally in the given format or selected with a the current record date picker 14 Removes the selected record field from the template 1 If a fields type String List is selected the arrow opens a list containing the values of a String List field 132 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Print Templates Cumulus provides enhanced print options for printing records The different combination of print options can be combined and saved as Print Templates Print Templates make it easy to select print options that are set up for certain views or tasks Once Print Templates have been appropriately defined t
93. the Sub Pane Filter will not be changed accordingly NOTE Ifyou cannot open the default folder for storing queries it may be due to its folder properties If the folder properties are set to Hidden this folder cannot be addressed by the Select dialog Then you either have to change the folder properties or save the queries to another location that you can access Click Apply to save your changes To change an existing Sub Pane Filter n a Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Sub Pane Filters Under Filter select the one you want to edit Make the changes Click Apply to save your changes Setting A Default Sub Pane Filter You can define one Sub Pane Filter to be the default This default is not required by any standard function of this version of Cumulus but may be used by addi tional functions such as those developed by third party partners The Sub Pane Filter is denoted by bold characters in the list for selecting a filter To set the default Sub Pane Filter 5 WEZ L K amp Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Sub Pane Filters Under Filter select the one you want as default Click the Set as Default button Click Apply to save your changes This section describes how to set the catalog settings to suit your needs and offers some suggestions for effective cataloging strategies also it covers some catalog maintenance issues Managing Catalogs
94. the potential of Cumulus fully it s necessary to pro ceed from a strong foundation It s a good idea to know the meaning and capabilities of the features you re using in Cumulus and how they re related This section contains an overview of the Cumulus interface and describes the basic components of Cumulus in more detail catalogs collections records and categories Explore Cumulus 12 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview The Cumulus User Interface The Cumulus main window your workspace is the Collection window It provides two main panes the Category pane and the Record pane Additional panes e g the Info pane can be activated E Cumulus Sample Catalog a Eile Edit Yiew Find Metadata Asset Window Help ee T a g H FS El m 3 Enter search term here 4 of 59 Categories 5 x Y of 70 Records Unsorted Standard All Categories Keywords Sources Sample Catalog gt Categories Keywords No records in collection Browse categories enter search term to find specific records or use Crtl G Cmd G to find all records gt Sources E El t a e a j O Main Toolbar provides icons for some of the most popular functions and for modifying the workspace For details refer to the tooltips that appear when hovering with the mouse over an icon 2 Category Pane displays categories Each Cumulus catalog is represented by a main category which has by default three subcate
95. to delete 2 Click Remove Cumulus prompts you to assign a new entry to those records or categories and displays a list of terms in the language that is defined for you as Cumulus user 3 Select a replacement entry from the list and click OK The new entry is assigned to all records previously associated with the deleted entry This may take a while depending on the number of records that require reas signment Securing Catalogs To prevent an unforeseen technical mishap from damaging or destroying your catalogs you should have a strategy Cumulus offers the following mechanisms to preserve catalog data in case of a failure Backing up Journaling Canto recommends you to backup your catalogs regularly and in addition to avoid losing changes made to a catalog after the most recent backup employ either catalog journaling or mirroring as asecond mechanism Which mechanism is best depends on your needs The advantage of journaling is that you can immediately continue working after a failure Journaling Catalogs Journaling Cumulus catalogs improves data security A journaling catalog logs changes to a journal special circular log files before actually writing them to the catalog Such a journal is used to repair any inconsistencies that occur as a result MANAGING CATALOGS NEW CATALOGS 159 of an improper shutdown In the event of an improper shutdown a given set of changes may have either been fully committed to the catalo
96. to enable you to access this file If you are working in a cross platform environment you should have the Asset Storage modules for the other platforms activated as well so that you can access assets that are stored on other operating systems Mac OS File System AssetStore This Asset Storage module manages the access to files accessible from a Mac OS computer You can define the following properties Preferred Resolving Method If By Alias with Pathname Fallback is enabled Cumulus will resolve the asset reference using the alias first and if this fails then using the pathname If By Pathname with Alias Fallback is enabled Cumulus will resolve the asset reference using the pathname first and if this fails the alias But if By Pathname is enabled you can avoid a fall back by enabling the option No Fallback Then only the pathname will be used for resolving the asset reference Alias Search Method If Fast Search is enabled Cumulus will only search at the original location If Extensive Search is enabled Cumulus will also search all mounted volumes in case the file wasn t found at the original location Mount Dialogs Dialogs prompted by the operating system when mount ing volumes can either be shown or suppressed If you choose Suppress fail ures might occur when mounting volumes especially removable volumes such as CD ROMs is required for Cumulus functions such as previewing copying and transferring That s why you should onl
97. users which metadata fields belong together Users can close a separator to hide its fields and make metadata editing much easier on views that contain many fields You can add as many separators as you need and make it easy to focus on only the fields that matter at the moment The Asset and the Category Info window as well as Info view support a delimiter element that allows to group fields You can add and remove a separator just as any other field To add a separator to an Info window or Info view a WN Select Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences Click Record View Sets or Category View Sets Under Set select the view set you want to edit Click the icon for the view to which you want to add the separator A list of fields shown in the selected view is displayed Select the entry for the field after which you want to place the separator Click the Add Separator button A dialog for entering a name for the separa tor is opened Enter a name and click OK The separator is added to the view To change the properties of a separator OF re Os Select Cumulus ff Edit gt Preferences Click Record View Sets or Category View Sets Under Set select the view set you want to edit Click the icon for the view you want to edit Select the entry for the separator whose properties you want to change Click the Properties button This opens a dialog for defining the font attributes and changing the name of th
98. 1 whether the thumbnail was rotated before The following record fields will be updated with the new values Horizontal Pixel Horizontal Resolution Image Height Image Width Thumbnail Height Thumbnail Rotation Thumbnail Width Vertical Pixel and Vertical Resolution The Help Menu Contents and Index Source Online Local About License Opens the table of contents and searchable index window for Cumulus online help system NOTE The Cumulus help system is based on HTML pages that can be viewed with any standard Web browser However if you employ any pop up blockers the display of the help system may not be possible Opens a submenu that offers the options for the source of the Cumulus help sys tem you use Select the desired Cumulus help comes from the Canto website where the latest updates will always be available This requires an Internet connection Cumulus help comes from your hard drive if you had it installed with your Cumulus application Displays a dialog that shows the version of Cumulus you re using You can get detailed version information by clicking the More button It also provides a but ton that launches your default Web browser and initiates a connection to the Canto Web site This requires an Internet connection See the Microsoft Win dows documentation for information on setting your default Web browser Presents a dialog in which you can view and edit your Canto Cumulus Single Us
99. 35 Overview Print Templates Margin Settings This example shows a page layout whose grid is set to two columns and two rows Which makes four cells printed on a page The grid shrinks to fit into the space left by the defined margins and spacing The size of the cells depends on the size of the grid Each image regardless of size is scaled in proportion to fit to one cell The space left in a cell can be used to show field information This example indicates the margins and spacing you can define by arrows The height of the header and footer is defined by the text font and lines entered in the Header amp Footer section Document Settings Paper Setup Width Document Settings Margins Top Layout gt Grid Grid Inset Margins Top Layout gt Fields Margin to Image Layout gt Fields Line Spacing odification Date oS 5 9 Layout gt Grid T T Spacing between Grid Cells Ag E T Ec gt 0 8 gt ics Layout gt Grid Layout gt Grid Layout gt Grid Grid Inset Margins Grid Inset Margins Grid Inset Margins Left Bottom Document Settings Document Settings Margins Left Margins Bottom 136 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview Print Templates Advanced Print Settings To define a Print Template select 60 Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences gt Print Templates If Advanced Print Settings Define Layout is activated on the Layout tab you can define various layout options The options are grouped by topic item
100. 78 Drag and drop a record into another drag and drop supporting application Dragging a record copies the asset into the target document You may prefer instead to place the asset manually and access it by reference Export records See Export p 174 Import records See Import p 173 Optimize a records preview icon See Optimize Thumbnail p 193 Print records See Print p 175 Rename a record See Renaming Records p 22 Rotate a record s preview icon See Rotate Thumbnail p 193 Search for specific records See Searching p 32 Update a record to reflect an edited asset See Update Record p 191 Update a record to reflect a relocated asset See Update Record p 191 NOTE t s very important to keep records in sync with their associated asset files Ifyou move an asset after cataloging it be sure to update its record by using the menu item See Update Asset Reference s p 199 View and optionally edit a record s asset information See Asset Informa tion p 18 for details Things You Can Do with Assets Cumulus is also able to help you manage your original assets Cataloged assets can be copied deleted moved printed all from the Cumulus interface using the Asset menu commands And when you copy delete or move an asset Cumulus takes care of its TAG file at the same time treating it accordingly For fur ther informatio
101. ATA TEMPLATE 131 Overview Metadata Templates Metadata Templates are used to add information to the metadata information that is stored on an asset They can be used while cataloging or for applying metadata information to records of already cataloged assets 1 Displays the selected Metadata Template 12 Displays how the field will be filled For all field types except String fields the 2 Opensalist of available Metadata Templates entered value will replace the existing value For String fields you can define for selecting one whether you want the new text to replace the existing value or to be added 3 Opens the Properties dialog for the selected to the existing text Click in the field s entry in the column Fill Mode to select template providing two tabs On the the desired mode Description tab you may enter or modify lan e 6 0 guage specific display names and descrip Metadata Template Screens v i Duplicate Rename Delete _ Set as Default tions The Sharing tab allows you to define Fields whether you want to share the template with eS others Additionally you may restrict the Status usage to specific users or roles 4 Opens adialog to create anew Metadata Template by copying the selected one 5 Opens a dialog to rename the selected Meta data Template 6 Deletes the selected Metadata Template 7 Sets the selected Metadata Template as default 8 Ifyou want a field to be filled when
102. Asset Action To change an existing Asset Action 5 J AC a0 L Select Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences Click Asset Actions Under Action select the Cumulus Action you want to edit Make the changes Click Apply to save your changes See Overview Cumulus Asset Actions p 127 for an overview of the options available for Actions TIP You can easily access the preferences of Cumulus Actions by selecting the Customize entry in the submenu for selecting an Action This entry opens the preferences for the current Action Setting A Default Asset Action You can define one Asset Action to be the default This default is not used with any standard function of this Cumulus version but may be used by any additional function e g provided by a third party partner The default Asset Action is denoted by bold characters in the list for selecting the Action To set the default Action S ak WN gt Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Asset Actions Under Action select the Action you want as default Click the Set as Default button Click Apply to save your changes CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS SETTING A DEFAULT ASSET ACTION Overview Cumulus Asset Actions Asset Actions refer to a combination of certain functions Asset Actions defined here can be selected when using the menu item Asset gt Perform Asset Action when e mailing assets and in the Collection Basket 127 e ee e
103. Assets via Menu Command You can catalog employing any valid URL pointing to a file and starting with ftp or http But you may not use localhost as IP address You may even catalog a folder but only if it is on an FTP server NOTE User Authentication Some FTP or HTTP servers require user authentication In this case the host address must be prefixed with a user name and password like user pass word host For example the complete URL then looks like ftp smith secret server com path file To catalog assets from FTP or HTTP servers via menu command 1 Open the catalog to which you want to add the assets 2 Select File gt Add Assets To Catalog If you are prompted to select an Asset Handling Set for this cataloging pro cess make sure you select an Asset Handling Set that has the URL Asset Store activated If multiple Asset Storage Modules are activated in the employed Asset Han dling Set a dialog appears This lists the available Asset Storage Modules One is the URL AssetStore and others include the file system you are cur rently using such as the Windows or Mac OS File System among others 3 Select the URL AssetStore and click OK A window appears which asks for an URL 4 Enter the URL for the asset file or folder on FTP only you want to catalog SPECIALIZED USAGE USING URL ASSETSTORE 87 A window appears that shows the status of the cataloging process After a moment a thumbnail fo
104. But you don t care whether the selected record in the main pane is a variant of another vari 139 140 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE ant You are only interested in the top level variant source the origin and that s what you want to see in the sub pane All Related Assets The records of all related assets are displayed regardless of whether the relation is direct or indirect If you want to have only Pages and Slides or Video shots displayed in the sub pane activate the Further option and select include only from the drop down list Then activate the asset type that you want to be displayed only If you don t want to have Pages and Slides or Video shots displayed in the sub pane activate the Further option and select exclude from the drop down list Then activate the asset type that you don t want to be displayed If you want the displayed result to be based on selected records only you can include a record query in the settings of the Sub Pane Filter To do so activate the Use Additional Query option The Use Query and Use File buttons are enabled Click the Use Query or Use File button A dialog for selecting the corresponding query will open Select the query you want to apply as filter option and click OK Select The query is saved with the filter settings and the search conditions of the query are displayed Note that the data of the query is saved with the Sub Pane Filter and if you change the query later on
105. Collection Create New Collection Find and Add to Current Collection Help Simple Made Find All In the edit field you can enter any combination of search criteria operators val ues and Boolean operators This description explains the possibilities It is pro vided in English only NOTE f the edit field was empty before you switched to the advanced mode the field will contain the search query set up in standard mode Record fields that can be used as search criteria are displayed when you click the Fields button This list displays all fields contained in the current collection that are indexed for search If you select an item in this list itis inserted in the edit field of the Advanced Find window at the current cursor position The symbols you can use for search combinations are displayed when you click the Symbols button If you select an item in this list it is inserted in the edit field at the current cursor position exception If you have marked a selection and then choose the com 42 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE bine symbol the combine symbol will wrap the selection opening bracket at the start and closing bracket at the end of the selection You can also set up a query in standard mode first and then switch to advanced mode When switching back to standard mode by clicking the Simple Mode button the query will be the same as before switching to the advanced mode Note that it does
106. Ctrl Alt N Assign Rating 1 5 Ctri Alt 1 5 Remove Record from Collection Del Remove Record from Catalog Ctrl Del Open Information Window Ctrl I Compare Two Selected Images Ctrl Shift C ne We eee Left Mouse Click Select Deselect Panel Ctrl Left Mouse Click Select Panel Range Shift Left Mouse Click CT San Right Mouse Click Previous Next Page or Record Shift Mouse Wheel Quit Fullscreen Preview Esc Help Fl In the Fullscreen Preview window you can mark assets by using labels and rat ings Color labels are set using the square symbol Clicking on this icon opens a list of available labels Select the label you want to mark the asset with You can also mark assets using star ratings Use the shortcuts FQ CTRL ALT 1 5 ALT CMD 1 5 to set the rating See Labeling p 77 for more about labels see Rating Assets p 78 for ratings 56 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Adjusting Preview Size The magnify glass icons of the statusbar let you scale how an asset is displayed within each preview area panel To zoom in on a preview image you also use the plus and minus key shortcuts Rotating Previews The rotation icons of the statusbar let you rotate a preview 90 clockwise or coun ter clockwise Next and Previous Assets You can use the arrow icons of the toolbar or the PAGE DOWN and PAGE UP key to load assets in the window When there is
107. D MENU 189 NOTE You may also check for invalid records on a regular base using the scheduler action Find Invalid Items Find Offline Assets Searches the current collection for records with asset references that cannot be resolved The search result will replace the current collection NOTE This function may take a while Hence we suggest that you put up a collection that fits this search before starting this function Invert Collection Searches for all records of the catalogs opened in the collection that are not contained in the current collection and replaces the current collection with this search result With one click you can obtain all records that are not currently shown Find Categories Opens or activates the Category Find window Find All Categories Resets the current selection of categories to the entire contents of the catalog This is useful after a search operation has reduced the number of visible catego ries Find Categories by Query Opens a list for selecting a category query that will be performed immediately Disabled unless at least one category query is saved Show Original Category Finds and highlights the original category of a selected related category See Category Types p 24 Show Related Categories Finds and highlights the selected category s related category or categories Dis abled unless a category is selected Show Categories Containing Opens a dialog In this d
108. DE RELA Display options are TION TYPE 0 Selected Asset 1 Contained Pages Slides Contained Assets Container Asset 2 All Referenced Assets Referencing Documents Referencing Pages Slides 3 All Variants Variant Source Top Level Variant Source 4 All Alternates Preferred Alternates 5 Assets Assigned to the Same Categories Assets Assigned to at least One Same Category The list options can be renamed configured and assigned to specific users The list options are configured via Sub Pane Filter definitions So you can customize it in wording and include search strategies for individual tasks Sub Pane Filters are created and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus Edit gt Preferences gt Sub Pane Filters For details on how to set up a Sub Pane Filter see Sub Pane Filters p 139 The availability of Sub Pane Filters for users is defined with the User Manager in the each user s properties You can get information on the different relations of an asset in the Info view or Asset Info window If the fields Related Sub Assets and Related Master Assets are added to the corresponding view settings and given more than 1 line for each type of relation a tab is provided that displays the names of the related assets What else do you need to know Assigning Alternates In the split view Cumulus can only display related assets that are cataloged to the same catal
109. ENCE THE ASSET MENU Perform Asset Action Convert To Mail To Copy To Opens a submenu that lists Cumulus Assets Actions Selecting an Action from that submenu will perform it For further information see Using Asset Actions p 50 TIP You can easily access the preferences of Asset Actions by selecting the Customize entry in the submenu for selecting an Action This entry opens the preferences for the current Action Opens a dialog for converting the asset associated with the selected record to another file format The target formats depend on the availability of Cumulus Converter modules Before you decide on the Converter module you specify the location for the converted file The offered modules depend on the AssetProcessor modules activated for the Asset Handling Set selected for asset access in your user settings Following Con verter modules are available Pixel Image Converter For more information see Converting Image Assets p 58 Watermark AssetProcessor For more information see Watermarking Assets p 62 ZIP AssetProcessor For more information See Creating ZIP Archives p 64 NOTE fyou have selected multiple assets records the chosen settings will be applied to convert all selected assets Use this option to attach an asset to an outgoing e mail message Cumulus launches your e mail application in case you have more than one offers you a menu to select f launche
110. For more details on the Informa tion window see Information Window p 28 Editing Category Information To edit the information stored on a category 5 1 2 Load the category you want to edit into the Category Information window Click the field you want to edit Fields with white backgrounds can be edited If a field has a gray back ground then it cannot be edited Either you are not allowed to edit or the field is not editable in general Make your changes Click J to save your changes If you want to edit more categories you can use the arrow icons of the Informa tion window s toolbar to load another category Categories and Auto cataloging Cumulus can auto catalog the contents of folders that are represented by folder categories in Cumulus Any new assets saved to this folder will be cataloged peri odically depending on how often you would like this done This feature can be customized to be performed anything from hourly to daily to weekly It is per formed on the machine you are working at 5 To make use of this feature Click the Sources category tab The categories representing folders that can be used for auto cataloging are displayed Select the category representing the folder you want to have auto cata loged Select File gt Add Assets to Catalog gt Setup Auto Cataloging OR Open the context menu by clicking the right mouse button Control key mouse button and select
111. It has no categories above it A cate gory that nests other categories is also denoted by a blue arrow A square denotes a category that does not nest any other category To expand a category in order to see its subcategories click on its arrow Use drag and drop to move categories to where you want them inside the hierarchie of the category repre senting a catalog The categories that you create can be easily moved to other ocations at any time The Category pane displays all available categories To check the categories a record is assigned to open the Asset Information window and check the entries in the Categories field For information on how to edit see Editing a Record s Category Assignments p 22 Cumulus offers different types of categories Normal Categories Related Catego ries and Folder Categories These category types have the following characteris tics EXPLORE CUMULUS CATEGORIES Normal Categories can be created by the user at any position in the category hierarchy We recommend creating individual categories either in the Cate gories or the Keyword tab Related Categories are aliases of existing categories which can be created by the user They can be placed in any position in the category hierarchy Com plete alternate catalog hierarchies can be built using related categories Folder Categories are automatically created by Cumulus during the catalog ing process These automatically created categori
112. Metadata gt Assign Alternates Then a message prompts you to select the preferred alternate 3 From the selected records select the one you want to be the preferred alter nate and click OK To have the alternates of an asset displayed open a subpane and select a correspond ing Sub Pane Filter For more information on asset relations see Managing Related Assets p 78 Opens a submenu displaying the available sub pane filters Once you have cho sen a filter a sup pane displays the records of related assets according to the selected sub pane filter MENU REFERENCE THE ASSET MENU New Category Creates a category under the currently selected category named Category This name can be changed immediately to a more fitting one Disabled unless a sin gle category is selected New Related Category Makes a related category for each of the currently selected categories Disabled unless one or more categories are selected See Category Types p 24 The Asset Menu Preview Opens a Preview window for each selected record The records assets must be available to display the Preview window Menu equivalent to the toolbar icon The contents of the window opened depends on the asset type and on the active Record View Set For a description on how to configure the view of the Preview window see Record View Sets p 105 Image previews can be zoomed in or out and displayed in different sizes and you
113. Metadata Support 121 XMP Support 122 Metadata Support 121 Metadata Templates 129 creating anew one 129 defining 130 editing definition 130 overview 131 setting as default 130 using 21 Migrate Cumulus 4 Catalog menu item 177 Missing Assets menu item 189 Move To menu item 198 Moving assets 198 assets to an FTP location 89 ecords 23 Multipage Preview 53 N Naming catalogs 143 catalogs for cross plaform use 84 categories 25 file naming conventions 83 New Collection menu item 170 New Catalog menu item 170 New Category menu item 195 O Open Collection menu item 171 Open Catalog menu item 170 Open Recent Catalog menu item 170 Open With menu item 196 Opening Asset Information window 19 assets 196 catalogs 170 Category Find window 189 Category Information window 26 collections 171 Preview window 195 recent catalogs 170 Record Find window 188 URL cataloged assets 87 Optimize Thumbnail s menu item 193 Overviews Asset Actions 127 Asset Handling Sets 115 Catalog Settings 143 Field Properties 147 Metadata Templates 131 Print Templates 134 Print Templates Advanced Print Settings 136 Print Templates Margin Settings 135 Sample Search Options 35 The Find Window 34 Toolbars for previews 52 User Settings Display Tab 103 User Settings 1 101 P Page Setup menu item 174 Palette Mode menu item 178 Palette Mode activate and deactivate 178 Pan
114. OgS z zuum mmemmereeee Backing Up Catalogs ys ss His c na din Preparing Catalogs for Special Metadata COPYING Calo Sr Repairing Catalogs RENAMING CatalOdS eeeessesesseeseesesseeeseienesieesienes Deleting Cat l005 i E 42 kanan dik n Dividing Catalog assins Migrating Catalogs Sesu Archiving Information The Importance of Updating Asset References i5 4 5448545i6essee erer ekererenen kere h ren en About Archiving on CD ROM 4 Creating Hybrid CD ROMS ssssssessseesestneeen Menu Reference The Cumulus Menu About CUMULUS weiceccssssssssscecssssssssesseesssssesssseseesensnsesseesee PEfEFENCESi A aiccchctdvutaaalairailadadtaieiataGh The File Manu Wew Catalog seasainn Open Ctl eega Open Recent Catalog wees VOSS dD New Collection cccsssusssscsssseussessmsseessssessssesusseeesesees Open Collection SAVE COMSCHOM iniinis Save Collection AS 4 xe esez Add Catalog to Collection Remove Catalog from Collection s s s Add Assets to Catalog iiuiiiunmeemeeee DVO a YY YD r gg 145 147 149 153 154 156 157 158 158 159 159 160 161 161 162 163 163 164 164 164 164 165 165 166 166 166 167 169 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Set n5ni x 0 1hyan in c
115. P you have to change the order of the formats for the Asset Handling Set employed for cat aloging In the Asset Formats list of the Asset Handling Set the entry for the Extensible Metadata Platform format supported by the XMP filter has to have a lower entry number than the first format supported by the IPTC filter This is due to the fact that Cumulus starts searching for matching formats at the low est entry number See Asset Format Support p 122 for further details Assign Metadata From Template Open a dialog to select the metadata template to be used for filling For further information see Using a Metadata Template p 21 Find And Replace Metadata 5 Assign Label Finds certain information stored on assets in selected records and replaces it with information entered by the user 1 Select one or more records 2 Select Metadata gt Find And Replace Metadata A dialog opens 3 Select the field that stores the information you want replaced Clicking the arrow button reveals a list of all editable String fields of all open catalogs 4 Enter the text to be replaced in the Text to find field Enter the replacement text in the field Replace with NOTE You may enter n for a line break FOR SPECIALISTS ONLY If you activate the Use Regular Expression check box you can enter regular expressions Perl 5 like in the Text to find and Replace with fields For a description on using regular expressions please r
116. Read All Read One will be used V When Updating Records Read All Read One I Clear Current Value before Updating 2 When updating records the selected record field will be I7 When Writing Metadata to Assets filled automatically Read One only the first matching field Link Matching Fields will be used Active Module Field NOTE Do not activate this option if you want to keep the s ERE emoes laj additional information you have entered A E Keyword 3 Before updating records existing values will be removed KI E all from the selected record field Allows to refresh the field s e contents f rom new asset values wi th out gccum ul atin g IV Automatically Activate Matching Fields from Newly Installed Modules unnecessary metadata in the field Bie Fotonin Feds 4 Any changes in field contents will be written back to the Active amp Module Field asset if the file format and the filter for the asset format sup a port this function and if Always or Silently is enabled under Bi Writing Metadata to Assets in the Asset Handling Set used E e NOTE Only if this option is activated for IPTC fields the IPTC Add information edited in Cumulus can be written back fo Link Matching Fields 5 List of fields with the same GUID globally unique identifier so Link Following Fields or name and type that can fill data into the record field If 8 List of fields that are also linked Use the Add Re
117. Settings 2 Display Tab p 103 Overview Toolbars for Previews Toolbar for SC HN AH A W Preview Window Preview View o G es ZAVALAE ge e e 9 BEZ afn COO OOOO Select tool Use to select an area of the preview Handtool Use to move around the preview so you view all areas of it Works only if the preview is larger than the win dow NOTE Toggling between Hand Tool and Select Tool Acti vating the Hand Tool deactivates the Select Tool and vice versa Not available with Single User Not available with Single User Not available with Single User Not available with Single User Rotates the preview 90 counter clockwise Rotates the preview 180 Rotates the preview 90 clockwise 10 Zooms in the preview 11 Zooms out the preview TIP Independent from the selected tool using the ALT key in conjunction with the mouse lets you move the image inside the Preview window 12 Shows preview in original size 13 Fits preview to window 14 Shows preview in fullscreen TIP Ifyou have a fullscreen preview you can use the mouse scroll wheel to get the next or previous asset displayed 15 Ifactivated the displayed preview follows the selec tion in the collection window same behavior as the Information Window If not activated the displayed preview remains independent from the selection in the collection window and must be changed manu ally 16 Closes the win
118. Setup Auto Cataloging The Auto Cataloging dialog is opened Activate the Use AutoSync on Category option Define the performance options Select the Asset Handling Set for the auto cataloging NOTE You should select an Asset Handling Set with the Skip Dupli cates option activated for cataloging Otherwise all assets in the folder will be cataloged again and again with each run Under Next Start enter date and time when the function should be per formed Under Period enter the regularity time interval you want the function to be performed For example to start it once a day enter 24 00 6 Click OK 28 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE NOTE With this version of Cumulus the Auto Cataloging feature works only for folders that were created when cataloging was performed on the same operating system you are working with You can check this with the informa tion in the Category Type field A category of the type Directory Category can only be auto cataloged when you are working under Windows And a cate gory of the type Directory Category Mac can only be auto cataloged when you are working under Mac OS X If you want to use this feature with catalogs created with former versions of Cumulus you have to add the following category fields to the catalog AutoSync Asset Handling Set AutoSync Next Start AutoSync On AutoSync Period AutoSync User Folder Reference Things You Can Do with Categories Assign a cat
119. Slides not acti H Index page with thumbnail overview Original asset USE ASSETS WEBALBUM 69 Link Option Link to Scaled Images Only Output Option Make Slides activated Index page with thumbnail overview Slide page with field information and scaled image Link Option Link to Scaled Images Only Output Option Make Slides not activated Index page with thumbnail overview Scaled image Preferences Within the Preferences dialog of your Cumulus application you can define the startup settings for WebAlbum WebAlbum can either be started with a new and empty album layout or with the last album layout you used To set WebAlbum to open the last album layout used when starting 5 1 Select Cumulus amp Edit gt Preferences The Preferences dialog window opens 2 Select User Settings and click WebAlbum on the General tab Enable the checkbox 4 Click Apply to save your changes and select the next preference you want to edit OR Click OK to save your changes and close the Preferences window Customize You can easily customize your album by using different skins You can either develop your own skins or use skins created by other providers Check Canto s website Products
120. TING AND EDITING A SUB PANE FILTER With Enable PDF Security activated but only the Document Open password specified a random Permissions password is generated the document will be encrypted and the user will be prompted for a password Again nobody can have full access to the document If both passwords are specified the document will be encrypted and the user will be prompted for a password depending on the password entered the user can have full access or only restricted access to the document For details on the other options see PDF Security Option p 138 Sub Pane Filters Sub Pane Filters provide enhanced support for managing related assets The panes of the split view display certain assets only Assets that are related to the assets selected in the main pane Which assets are displayed is determined by the option selected in the pane s display drop down list This option defines how they are related Sub Pane Filters make it easy to set up such options Each Sub Pane Filter is a list option in the sub panes display list Cumulus provides various pre configured Sub Pane Filters that should suffice most needs but you can also create your own Sub Pane Filters Sub Pane Filters are created and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus fM Edit gt Preferences gt Sub Pane Filters Creating and Editing a Sub Pane Filter 5 A new Sub Pane Filter is created by duplicating an existing one and adapting its
121. VERVIEW TOOLBARS FOR PREVIEWS sseeeems e 52 Fullscreen Preview x s ssoxe ee 54 Fullscreen Slide Show 56 Preview COmMparison cesssossssssssesssssnssssssssssessesecesnssenseee 57 Repurposing AssetS 58 Converting IMage SS TS uu E mmermeeemereee 58 Watermarking ASS ts scsssssssssssssessssssuunssesnsees 62 Creating ZIP Archives i i wesseeee 64 4 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE WebAlbum ee ek 65 Creating an AlDu c n n n 06 Provided Skins and Link Output Optione 68 Xo Www DB hm d 69 CUSTOMIZE yy DD rr 69 lmporting and Exporting 70 Cumulus Exchange File Formate 70 aintaining Category Assignments 71 Exporting and Importing Records and Categorie Snia smena Z1 mporting and Exporting Collectione 72 mporting from Text CSV Files 72 Workflow Enhancements 77 Labelin Kr Serene tiene sence epee eree en RAUINGASSOLS dane A anan cen a ine n i a n n LO Managing Related Assets 78 Relations i DS n la nn nam leben benen LB Working Smart J J 83 Develop an Effective File Naming Convention 83 Develop an Effective Folder Naming CONVENTION senenin na
122. Web Album function see WebAlbum p 65 Replacing the Main Collection with the Collection Basket Contents If you ever want to replace the contents of the main collection pane with the contents of the Collection Basket click the icon The main collection is updated There is no undo for this operation so make sure you intend to replace the main collection s contents when you click this icon Clearing and Closing the Collection Basket Information Pane Clear the contents of the Collection Basket using the icon at the top of the Collection Basket There is no undo for this operation so make sure you intend to clear the basket s contents when you click this icon Click x to close the Collection Basket window Closing the Collection Baskets does not clear it s contents when you reopen the Basket the contents appear as you left them NOTE f your User Settings have the Re open Collections and Catalogs option activated the contents of your Collection Basket will reappear the next time you open that same catalog or set of catalogs even when using the Web Clients But if you open a different catalog in the interim the contents of the Collection Basket are deleted Toggles the Information pane on and off The Information pane displays informa tion about the record s selected in the current collection Which fields are dis played in the Information pane depends on the settings for the Info View of the cur
123. What is displayed along with the previews depends on the selected Record View Set and its setting for the Preview window For a description on how to configure the view of the Preview window see Record View Sets p 105 USE ASSETS PREVIEWING ASSETS 57 Using the Toolbar Move your mouse pointer to the bottom of the window and its toolbar pops up Fullscreen Slide Show Toolbar Items 1 Shows the preview of the first record from the current collection 2 Shows the preview of the previous record from the current collec tion ie oae olg EH 3 Shows the preview of the next record from the current collection 000000000 4 Shows the preview of the last record from the current collection 5 Displays how many seconds each slide asset s preview will be Shows hides statusbar Statusbar comprises displayed in a looping slide show You can enter the number of of label rating rotating amp zooming icons seconds you want 8 Mouse over Display list of available com mands Click Open help system 9 Closes the fullscreen slide show 6 Stops starts the loop Displaying a Command Overview Position your mouse pointer on the question mark icon and a list of available commands and keyborad shortcuts is displayed Clicking on the question mark accesses the entire Cumulus help system Fullscreen Slide Show Command Overview First Record Group Home Previous Record Group
124. a Find window is opened it is connected to the active collec tion or catalog window That s why the name of the source window is displayed in the title of the Find window It is important to be aware of this fact when you use an open Find window for multiple searches especially if you decide to have the search results displayed in a new collection Be aware of this fact when using the following search methods Find in Current Collection the contents of the source window defines the search area Find and Add to Current Collection the matches of the search are added to the contents of the source window Overview Sample Search Options FIND ASSETS USINGTHEFINDWINDOW 35 Criteria Field Oper Searches for Sample Data Instructions Type ator Categories Special Records associated with specified category Type category name or drag category onto Value field Use drag method if catalog has multiple categories of the same name Current Search Preferences settings affect results See Search amp Sort Tab p 102 Thumbnail Special Similar thumbnails Compares brightness and Type record name or drag record thumbnail onto Value field contrast Horizontal Res Real O Dot per inch resolution of an image asset file 200 300 olution File Data Size Integer e The asset file size Not the record size 1024 KB use KB for kilobytes 24 MB use MB for megabytes Asset C
125. a Inter net To allow the creation of a PDF document you must activate the Allow PDF Print ing option in a Print Template This enables a user to choose the Print to PDF option when the template is selected for printing If the user chooses Print to PDF and the Allow changes to PDF settings when printing option was set in template the dialog PDF Print Settings opens where several PDF options can be determined The further PDF Print Options set in the template serve as pre set tings which can be changed in this dialog For PDF creation the following options can be pre set in a Print Template webclientwebclientEnable PDF Security When creating PDF files you can use password security to add restrictions that can prevent a file from being opened printed or edited Passwords can only be set when creating the PDF document For details see Record Print ing to PDF with Cumulus p 138 For details on the PDF security options that can be pre set with a Print Template see table below 138 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE PDF security options that can be pre set in a Cumulus Print Template are PDF Security Option If the option is activated users can Allow Printing in High Resolution print the document in any resolution Allow Printing in Low Resolution print the document at resolution no higher than 150 dpi Allow Document Changes Allow Document Assembly change the document including assembling and filling in forms as well
126. able fields Canto recommends you use these formats only for special purposes con cerning Cumulus versions prior to 8 The Cumulus exchange file formats are Categories Cumulus exports categories in a Cumulus Category Exchange File The file name extension is cce Records Cumulus exports records in a Cumulus Record Exchange File The file name extension is cre Collections Cumulus exports collections in a Cumulus Collection Exchange File The file name extension is cfe Exporting data in this format can be used for transferring data between catalogs for archiving category listings These archive files can be imported into any other catalog when you need them You could do the same thing with records but it s probably more convenient just to keep copies of the records in catalogs USE ASSETS IMPORTING AND EXPORTING 71 Character Encoding for Export When exporting information in Cumulus exchange file formats you can employ different character encoding You should base your decision on how the exported file is to be used Universal Encoding UTF 8 Unicode characters coded as 8 Bit Transformation Form makes sure that special characters are transferred correctly across platforms Choose this format only if you want to use the exported file on another operating system Maintaining Category Assignments The most important thing to know when you are exporting records to be imported into another catalog is whether the new catalog
127. adata information on the asset TAG files hold all of the information that can be viewed in the Asset Information and more For example if a particular asset has been cataloged into different catalogs this information is part of that asset s TAG file If you want Cumulus to create these TAG files while cataloging use an Asset Han dling Set that has an activated asset storage module Cumulus Metadata Sup port properties set to Always New Empty Record Creates an empty record Opens a Dialog where you can specify the catalog to which the record is added as well as the Asset Handling Set to be used with the new record You can assign metadata and an asset to such a record later on TIP To assign an asset to an empty record later on use the Change Asset Reference function Assign Asset to Record Only available if one and only one record is selected that has no asset assigned to Opens a dialog to select the asset to be assigned to the record Subsequently the asset is cataloged and assigned to the selected record If applicable the asset is also copied or moved to a Central Asset Location Optionally depending on what is specified for the current catalog in the User Settings a dialog for select ing an Asset Handling Set is displayed first Recatalog Category Folder Synchronizes the content of the selected folder category with the contents of the folder represented by this category This option compares the c
128. age If the source for the thumbnail to be created or the preview to be shown is the entire asset the color settings and the color interpolation can be set For details on how to define these properties see the Cumulus Filters Guide Canon DC Raw Image amp Thumbnail File Most cameras supporting Canon CRW files create additional thumbnail files Along with a 160 x 120 JPEG thumbnail of the original image in the associated CRW file these files contain the EXIF information and optionally IPTC information They always have the same name as the original CRW file but with a THM file extension Cumulus supports these THM files If the Canon Raw Metadata Support is acti vated in the Asset Handling Set employed for the CRW image the THM files are treated as follows If an image of this format is cataloged the associated THM file will not be cat aloged but the information it contains will be captured by Cumulus and stored in the record for the image NOTE f the Canon Raw Metadata Support is activated when cataloging you get a list displayed that informs you of the THM files that have not been cataloged If you employ Cumulus to manage the cataloged image copy move e mail or delete the associated THM file will be processed as well Only when you employ the special copy function to select a category and then copying the associated assets by dragging this category on your desktop the THM files will not be copied as well If you renam
129. alog s name displays all fields of that catalog that are not included in the catalog you want to edit Either select the name of a catalog to add all contained fields or select the indi vidual fields you want to add NOTE f the Catalog node includes the catalog that you are editing itself this catalog contains table fields e g Asset Usage History Table fields introduce a second level into the catalog as they themselves con tain fields which may or may not be contained in the top level or in any other table field too At any level of the catalog top level or table field level the Catalog node offers the fields that in fact belong to this catalog but not to the current level The Catalog Templates nodes expands to a list of all available catalog templates Clicking the plus sign in front of a catalog s name displays all ields of that catalog template that are not included in the catalog you want to edit Either select the name of a catalog template to add all contained fields or select the individual fields you want to add The Modules node expands to a list of all Cumulus modules that provide fields Clicking the plus sign in front of a module s name displays the fields supported by the respective module that are not included in the catalog you want to edit Either select the name of a module to add all fields sup ported by that module or select the individual fields you want to add The Languages node expands to a
130. alogs opened in the current collection or only the records contained in the current collection The matches can either be added to the current collection replace the records in the current collection or comprise a new collection of their own ixi r Find Method Found Records Find in All Open Catalogs Update Current Collection Find in Current Collection C Create New Collection Find and Add to Curent Collection Help Advanced Made Find All A description of the Find window and a comprehensive listing of searchable fields are listed in the overviews Overview The Find Window p 34 and Over view Sample Search Options p 35 34 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview The Find Window To open the Find window Select Find gt Find Records Find Records in Sample Cati 1 5 xj Record Name e contains eo e yj j Find Method Found Records 6 6 Find in All Open Catalogs Update Current Collection Find in Current Collection Create New Collection Find and Add to Current Collection 15 Help Advanced Mode Find All Find bo 5 6 Displays the name of the collection catalog s that will be searched by the query in this Find window and that is referred to as current collection Search criteria Search operator Search value NOTE You can search for whole words not just for match ing
131. an asset you can employ a Metadata Template Metadata Templates can be set up by any user For a description on how to set up Metadata Templates see Metadata Templates p 129 To make use of such a template you can either use it while cataloging along with the Prefiller Utility see page 172 or apply the metadata information to the records of already cataloged assets There are different methods through which you can apply information from Metadata Templates to records of cataloged assets Select one or more records and then select Metadata gt Assign Metadata From Template A list containing all your Metadata Templates is displayed Select the desired one NOTE When using this method all fields that are included in the catalog of the record and that are set in the Metadata Template will be filled with the values of the selected Metadata Template The changes are immedi ately saved with the record Open the Asset Information window and then click g NOTE When using this method all fields that are included in the Asset Information window and that you are allowed to edit and that are set in the Metadata Template will be filled with the values of the selected Metadata Template Note that these changes will not be saved until you do so Open the IPTC Information window and then click g NOTE When using this method all fields that are included in the IPTC Information window and that you are allowed to edit and that are set in t
132. an create a Web Album For further information see WebAlbum p 65 Locates the selected records assets and displays them in the Mac OS X Finder or Windows Explorer Disabled if no records are selected TIP Show Location of Folder Category The context menu for categories offers a similar function for folder cat egories The selected category s folder is displayed e g in the Mac OS X Finder or Windows Explorer Disabled if no folder category is selected Copies the selected records assets to the location specified in the dialog that appears and updates the records asset references to point to the new location The original assets are deleted Disabled if no records are selected Opens a submenu Opens a dialog to rename the asset represented by the selected record If asset name and record name are the same the record name will be changed accord ing to the asset name Opens a dialog to rename one or multiple assets represented by the selected records If asset name and record name are the same the record name will be changed according to the asset name The list on the left offers different name components for the new asset name s The list on the right displays the name components used for the renaming Select the component you want to use in the left list and click the arrow button The selected components are displayed in the right list Each selected compo nent has to be defined before you can star
133. an existing cat egory the category is not imported Collection Lets you import collections stored with previous Cumulus ver sions on the computer running the Client application and collections sent to you via email If you have multiple catalogs open in one window you are prompted to select the catalog which you want to import the collection to From Text CSV File Lets you import metadata from text files separated by delimiters As a comma is a very common delimiter such files are also called Comma Separated Value CSV files This import option enables you to import metadata from other database systems into Cumulus catalogs For detailed information on importing see Importing and Exporting p 70 Opens a submenu with several export options Each opens a dialog in which you can name an appropriate file type for export All exported files can be used on any supported Cumulus platform The options are explained below Selected Records Exports the currently selected records This menu item is disabled if no records are selected All Records Exports all records of the active collection If you want to export all records of the catalog s included in the collection you have to perform Find gt Find All Records first Selected Categories Exports the currently selected categories in the active collection This menu item is disabled if no categories are selected All Categories Exports all categories of
134. arching 32 accessing the Category Find window 189 accessing the Record Find window 188 adding conditions 37 boolean operators 36 37 broadening search results 39 by Calendar pane 180 by User Live Filter 43 Criteria 35 deleting conditions 37 examples compound more than one condition 36 simple only one condition 35 fields selected for Quicksearch 102 Find window 34 Find window advanced mode 41 Find window simple mode 33 finding category names containing 189 for categories 42 for duplicate records 188 for records using categories 32 for records with inaccessiable asset references 189 for records with Quicksearch 32 oading search queries 40 methods broadening 39 narrowing 38 narrowing search results 38 Operator 35 options 102 performing a selected category query 189 performing a selected query 188 Preferences 32 Quicksearch 32 sample search options overview 35 saving search queries 40 Things You Can Do with Queries 41 using categories 188 Value 35 Select All menu item 178 Selecting Asset Handling Sets in User Settings 102 Record View Sets in Information window 29 Separator adding to a view 108 Show Categories Containing menu item 189 Show Category List menu item 180 Show Collection Basket Pane menu item 181 Show Location menu item 198 Show Original Category menu item 189 Show Preview Pane menu item 183 Show Related Categories menu item 189 Showing Location of selected record 198
135. are Digitized Sound ldwd DWD A lsa Downloadable Sound ds DLS Z 64 EMU SoundFont k SBK A les TwinVQ Audio vaf VF A 66 GSM Audio gsm GSM A 67 SampleVision Audio smp SMP lt lt Tr 7 Automatically activate formats from newly i gt ae 6 7 Catalog unknown formats r Active formats are indicated by a green marker to the left of the format Formats that have been deactivated have a red marker to their left Formats that are indicated by italics are currently not sup ported not installed on the machine you are working on but are included in the list so they will be activated in that position when the filter is available Thumbnails Cataloging Asset Access Asset Formats Modules Asset Storage Modules Apple iWork Pictures AssetStore Apple Keynote Slides AssetStore A File System AssetStore S 3 HELIOS XPV AssetStore Asset Processor 9 InDesign AssetStore 7 Mac OS File System AssetStore 7 MacBinary AssetStore 9 Ms PowerPoint AssetStore 6 Ms PowerPoint Picture AssetStore 96 Office Open XML Pages and Slides AssetStore 96 Office Open XML Pictures and Media AssetStore B Metadata amp Filter m 3 Open Document AssetStore 9 Outlook Message AssetStore 9 POF AssetStore 6 POF Image AssetStore 9 QXP AssetStore 3X QP Server AssetStore 9 SCORM AssetStore 9 TAR AssetStore o 6 Thumbnails Cataloging Asset Access Asset Formats
136. arker indicates formats that are active Deacti vated formats are indicated by red markers Activate and deactivate formats for the selected Asset Handling Set using the button 6 1 Automatically adds formats supported by newly installed fil ters to the list and activates them 2 All formats will be cataloged For unknown formats not listed the Cumulus Generic filter will be used If this option is not acti vated only those formats which are listed and activated in the list will be cataloged 3 Opens the properties window for the format Only available if the filter provides any properties 4 Opens a dialog displaying available formats that are not included in the list 5 Removes a format from the list You can add it again using the Add button but then it is appended to the list 6 Activates deactivates the selected format for the selected Asset Handling Set 7 These buttons change the selected entry s position in the list When cataloging assets Cumulus uses the filters in the order of the entry numbers of formats they support This is important if you have multiple filters for the same file type Starting from the top move to top of list move before current position move behind current position and move to end of list Disabled if no filter is selected Modules Tab The Modules tab includes multiple icons that provide access to the different modules Asset Storage Asset Processor and Metadata modules can be activated
137. as adding digital signatures assemble the document insert rotate or delete pages as well as create bookmarks or thumbnail pages even if Allow Document Changes is not set Allow Content Copying or Extraction copy and extract document s contents text and graphics Allow Content Copying or Extraction use screen reader devices for copying or extracting document s con for Screen Readers Allow Modifying Annotations tents only Visually impaired users are allowed to read the document with screen reader devices in any case This option adds the permissions to copy and extract Allow Filling in Forms and Signing fill in forms and add digital signatures only Record Printing to PDF with Cumulus PDF Security For printing records Cumulus offers the possibility to print to PDF To generate print output as PDF no additional software is required The PDF documents can even include links to access the records via the Internet To make use of the Cumulus PDF printing feature you have to use a Print Tem plate for printing that uses the advanced print settings which are set to allow printing to PDF If you select a Print Template for printing records that allows PDF printing you can choose to have the output saved as a PDF file If the Print to PDF File and the Allow changes to PDF settings when printing options were set in template clicking on the Print button opens the PDF Print Settings dialog The various options are pre set as
138. ata stored on an asset The field contents are editable depending on the field type and the properties set for it To open the IPTC Information window Select a record first and then select Metadata gt IPTC Information SPECIALIZED USAGE WORKING WITH IMAGES 95 Overview The IPTC Information Window 5 6 7 8 9101112 L lt le K ke Caption Categories amp Kevvereda Date 5 Siats Mocefrexan Categories Keywords Credits Byte Tile oem Source Caption viter j Copyright Neto PTC Category I Keywords S e lomer ni Cabrgoros Dote amp Status Dele amp Time Location PIC Date PIC Tne Oty Provroniiiate r aa Reinsa Date Reinate Time Country Code Cm Date Sert Tene Sert Org Trans Ret e e i Status Reterence Ed t Status Reterence Service r a w l a Reterence Date Reterence Number C0 ONAN Name of the field as defined in the IPTC Standard Content of the field for the selected record If the field background is dark gray it cannot be edited editable or not depends on the field type and whether Allow User to Edit is checked in the record field properties If a field is not included in the catalog the field s background is dark gray and displays Field missing An alternate mouse click Windows right click Mac OS CTRL click opens a quicklist for selecting a value Clicking the desired value copies it to the field When selecting from a q
139. atalog the final result of this search query is Penguins jpg Penguin Balloon PSD Balloon Race BMP Narrowing the Search If the results you get from either a simple or compound search are too broad Cumulus can help The search method Find In Current Collection allows you to search through the set of records contained in the current collection instead of the entire catalogs of the current collection thereby reducing the number of records found Using our example from the compound search section we ll perform the same search using the search method Find In Current Collection sh 1 Make sure that the active window contains the collection of records you want to be searched 2 Click Find gt Find Records to open the Find window FIND ASSETS USING THE FIND WINDOW 39 3 Set up the first part of the search as B Find Records in Sample Catalog o x Categories fis x Photographi 7J S Find Method Found Records Find in All Open Catalogs Update Current Collection Find in Current Collection Create New Collection Find and Add to Current Collection Help Advanced Made Find All 4 Leave the default search method Find in All Open Catalogs 5 Click Update Current Collection so that the records found will replace those in the current collection Click Find Cumulus finds all records in the Photographs category Now change those same fields to B Find Records i
140. atalogs are opened in the same window Cumulus will display the custom record fields of all these open catalogs in the list of the Fields tab You can select a custom field of another catalog and add it to the current catalog We recommend using this way of adding the same custom field to several catalogs as only then will the field have the same GUID Globally Unique Identifier in different catalogs And only when the GUID is the same a custom field can be used for searching in different catalogs Another advantage is that fields of the type String List already include the entries that have been made To add a custom field 1 Make sure the collection window containing the catalog is the active win dow in Cumulus 2 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences 3 Click Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window is displayed If the active collection window contains more than one catalog select the catalog you want to edit under Catalogs 4 Click Record Fields or Category Fields This displays a list of the current record or category fields included in the catalog 5 Click the Add Field button This brings up a dialog in which you can add a new field 6 Click the Custom Field tab 7 Enter a name for the field and select the type of field See Field Types p 19 for information on field types 8 Click OK The new field is added to the list of fields included in the catalog 9 Define the field properties Inthe
141. ate the desired option Open Recent Catalog Opens a submenu that lists all catalogs opened recently Selecting the entry for a catalog will open it The submenu also includes an entry that allows you to clear the list of recently opened catalogs Close Closes the active window e g the Collection Preview Record or Category Infor mation window New Collection Opens a submenu with two options for creating a new collection From Selection The new collection will contain the currently selected records Empty The new collection will be empty For more information on collections see Collections p 16 MENU REFERENCE THE FILE MENU 171 Open Collection Opens a dialog to choose one of the collections you saved For more information on collections see Collections p 16 Save Collection Saves the collection as it is shown For more information on collections see Collections p 16 Save Collection As Saves the collection as it is shown under a new name A dialog is displayed for you to name the new collection Enter a name for the collection and if you want the collection to be available for other users activate the Share Collection option For more information on collections see Collections p 16 wsCopy URL for Other Purposes Add Catalog to Collection Opens a dialog to select another catalog to be opened within the current collec tion For more information on collections see
142. ategory Info window provides access to the information on a category Which ected View Set The field contents are editable depending on the field type and the prop EXPLORE CUMULUS INFORMATION WINDOW 29 The Information Window Information Window Toolbar 1 Save the edits you made in this window 1 n 2 jation for asset IMG14579 34 15 6 s sa 7 E B 8 2 Click to add information from a Metadata Template For details on how to set E amp I D gt DI Standard_4Screens v up Metadata Templates see Metadata Templates p 129 Field Name Field Content IMPORTANT The template will only fill in the fields that are included in the l n __ O Information window And only those that you are allowed to edit Note that Asset Creation Date A102000 9 41 30 AM these changes will not be saved until you do so peceudeniner 1239756090 TIP Ifyou have the appropriate permissions you can easily access the prefer DonotDeleteRecord j ences of Metadata Templates by selecting the Customize entry in the list for Thumbnail selecting Metadata Template This entry opens the preferences for the current Metadata Template 3 Loads the first record category from the collection window s current selection 4 Loads the previous record category from the collection window s current selec tion Categories All Categories Keywords Sources 5 Loads the next record category from the collection window s current selection l
143. ather and sort records for one click access and optional process ing The Collection Basket only slightly differs in function from regular collections For this reason most of the functions available while working with standard collec tions changing view sets saving and sharing contents resorting etc_ are also available from within the Collection Basket The Collection Basket pane appears on the right side of the main collection win dow and has its own toolbar Collection Basket Pane Toolbar Items 1 5 Lets you choose an action as output option action for Col lection Basket contents Replaces the main collection window contents with the 0900 contents of the Collection Basket Clears the Collection Basket Lets you choose a record view set sort field and sort order for the Collection Basket contents Closes the Collection Basket Changing the Appearance and Size of the Collection Basket The appearance of the Collection Basket can be changed using many of the same options you know from standard collections Thumbnails and Details Use the toolbar icons for changing the Collection Basket between thumbnail and detail views Make sure the Collection Basket is the active pane before making the change Record View Sets Use the Record View Set menu found under the Bj icon ocated at the top of the Collection Basket pane to choose from the available record view sets Thumbnail Size Use the standard thum
144. ation gt Rebuild Catalog Catalogs are most commonly damaged by power failures or shutting off the power to your computer while a catalog is open Selecting the standard Shut Down menu item to turn off your computer is safe even when a catalog is open Renaming Catalogs Cumulus catalogs actually have two names One is the name of the catalog file as you see it from your computer s desk top This is called the catalog file name The other is the name of the catalog as seen in the catalog window s title bar This is simply called the catalog name When a catalog is first created the catalog name defaults to the same name as the catalog file Newly created catalogs are named the same as their file names by default but the catalog name can be changed at any time To change a catalog name what you see in the catalog window 1 Make sure the collection window containing the catalog is the active win dow in Cumulus 2 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences 3 Click Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window is displayed If the active collection window contains more than one catalog select the catalog you want to edit under Catalogs 4 Click General You ll see a field labeled Name Enter anew name for the catalog in the Name field and click OK The change is saved and the window closes You change a catalog s file name what you see from your computer s desktop as you would any other file Deleting Catalogs
145. ation the purpose of which is to check the authenticity of a document While robust watermarks are typically used for copyright protection fragile or semi fragile watermarks are proposed to ensure tamper proofing and authentication For embedding watermarks Cumulus provides the Watermark AssetProcessor It enables you to embed visible watermarks into following pixel image formats JPEG TIFF BMP GIF PNG and PCX It creates a copy of a cataloged asset with the digital watermark embedded Watermarking Parameters Visible Image You can provide both an image and text for your watermark The position of the text can be set in the properties You can provide just the image or just the text Or a combination of the two As a watermark image you can use most common pixel image formats e g JPEG PNG and TIF If an animated image file is supplied the first frame will be used as the watermark image You can either type in or browse to find the watermark image file You define the opacity of the watermark from 0 to 100 If you set the opacity to 0 the watermark image will be totally transparent and you will not be able to see it If you set it to 50 the watermark will be semi transparent The watermark will be completely opaque solid if the opacity level is set to 100 Visible Text USE ASSETS REPURPOSING ASSETS Under Image Position you define the area where the watermark image should be placed The position of the watermark ima
146. ation Date is not changed Write back Metadata Writes metadata from the selected records back to the related assets or metadata container e g XMP files Opens a dialog to specify an appropriate Asset Handling Set and optionally to select the metadata fields that should be written back Dis abled if no Asset Handling set is available that has enabled the writing back metadata option When writing back metadata to assets be aware of the following Metadata can be written back to assets only ifthe assets are not write protected or stored on a write protected volume or media if Cumulus has direct access to the assets no Server Client Asset Transfer 191 192 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Some IPTC and XMP metadata fields overlap All assets that have been edited with applications of the Adobe Creative Suite contain both IPTC and XMP metadata When writing back metadata to such assets make sure that both the Cumulus IPTC and the XMP filter are activated If not the IPTC and XMP data stored in the asset might differ NOTE Captured IPTC and XMP metadata As some image files contain IPTC as wellXMP metadata in different blocks and some metadata information is stored in both blocks the metadata captured by different applications might differ Some applications give priority to XMP e g Adobe Creative Suite With a standard installation Cumulus captures IPTC metadata prior to XMP Ifyou want to alter the priority to XM
147. ble to you for converting are the Asset Processors that are activated in the Asset Handling Set which is chosen for Asset Access in your User Settings 4 Select Watermark AssetProcessor as Asset Converter The parameter dialog opens 5 Make your settings For details see Watermarking Parameters p 62 6 Click OK The selected image asset s will be converted and the resulting images will be stored in the selected destination Creating ZIP Archives The ZIP AssetProcessor compresses assets into Zip archives To compress cataloged assets into Zip archives 1 Select the record s representing the asset s to be compressed 2 Select Asset gt Convert To menu command The Browse for Folder dialog opens for choosing a destination for the ZIP asset 3 Select the folder and click Open OK A dialog opens for choosing the converter The dialog lists the Asset Proces sors available to you Available to you for converting are the Asset Processors that are activated in the Asset Handling Set which is chosen for Asset Access in your User Settings 4 Select ZIP AssetProcessor as Asset Converter The ZIP AssetProcessor Parameter dialog opens 5 Select the parameters for the conversion WebAlbum USE ASSETS WEBALBUM Under Archive Name you have to choose a name for your ZIP asset The ZIP AssetProcessor will automatically add the extension zip to the file name On Mac OS this means that the name can be up to 27 cha
148. bles Cumulus to convert any cataloged pixel image into the different formats on the fly e g JPEG TIFF BMP GIF ScitexCT PNG PCX and PDF No properties to be defined For more information on how to use the Pixel Image Converter see Converting Image Assets p 58 Thumbnail Provider The Thumbnail Provider is used with Cumulus Actions only It provides the thumbnail stored in the asset s record for a Cumulus Action Using the thumbnail that is stored in the record might be faster than having the asset converted e g with the Pixel Image Converter No properties to be defined Watermark AssetProcessor The Watermark AssetProcessor enables you to embed digital watermarks into the following pixel image formats JPEG TIFF BMP GIF PNG and PCX You can embed visible text and image watermarks For more information on the proces sor and on how to use it see Watermarking Assets p 62 ZIP Asset Processor The ZIP AssetProcessor enables Cumulus to compress cataloged assets into Zip archives No properties to be defined For more information on how to use the ZIP AssetProcessor see Creating ZIP Archives p 64 Metadata Modules The Metadata modules are used for retrieving and managing special metadata information Canon Raw Metadata Support Most cameras supporting Canon CRW files create additional thumbnail files THM files The Canon Raw Metadata Support module enables Cumulus to cap ture metadata from t
149. bnail resizing icon located on the toolbar to adjust the size of Collection Basket thumbnails You ll also notice that when you reduce the width of the Basket using the vertical bar the thumbnails scale down in size to remain visible In addition you can resize the Collection Basket by dragging the bar that divides the main collection and Collection Basket panes Double clicking this bar mini mizes the pane or resizes it again Working with the Collection Basket s Contents Moving Asset Records Into the Basket Add asset records to the Collection Basket from the main collection window using drag amp drop Select one or more records and drag them into the Basket You can add as many records at a time as you need and you can add additional records at any time thereafter Removing Asset Records from the Basket Select one or more records inside the Collection Basket and press the DEL key on your keyboard to remove them from the Basket The items are removed from the Basket but not from the main collection or catalog Optionally you can use the menu command Find gt Remove Record from Col lection 182 IMG14829 jpg JPEG Bild 108 Uber den D chern B IMG14723 jpg JPEG Image 283 Examples IMG14562 jpg JPEG Bild 89 Uber den D chern B IMG12952 jpg JPEG Bild 80 Uber den D chern B Collection Basket output options include asset actions and other features familia
150. capture meta data from these files and to manage these files For more information see Canon DC Raw Image amp Thumbnail File p 98 Cataloging Raw Image Formats Captured Information Format Entry Order When cataloging raw image formats your catalogs and Asset Handling Sets have to be prepared for this The catalogs in which you want to manage your raw images must provide the corresponding record fields to store the special raw image information and the Asset Handling Sets you want to employ must have the Digital Camera Raw Filter activated Its format entries must be in a certain sequence to achieve best results When cataloging the Digital Camera Raw Filter can capture the following infor mation from your raw images information Digital Camera Raw Filter Altitude Aperture Aperture String Author Camera ID Camera Manufacturer Camera Model Captured Date Color Mode Color Space Contrast Custom Rendered Date Time Digitized Date Time Original Digital Zoom Ratio EXIF Version Exposure Bias Exposure Mode Exposure Prograrn Exposure Time Exposure Time String File Format Flash Mode FlashPix Version F Number F Number String Focal Length mm Focal Length 35mm Film mm Gain Control Horizontal Resolution ICC Profile Name Image Height Image Orientation Image Source Image Width ISO Speed Latitude Lens Into Light Source Longitude Max Aperture Max Aperture String Meter Mode Saturation Sc
151. ces in the archive catalog 4 If desired delete the records you archived from your production catalog The Importance of Updating Asset References Cumulus tracks the location of media assets through asset references Whenever you move an asset you must update the asset reference to reflect the new loca tion About Archiving on CD ROM Like other read only media creating an archive on CD ROM requires that all infor mation be set up correctly in advance When creating archives on CD ROM remember the following Create a temporary staging volume drive and give it the same name as the final CD ROM disc Copy and or move the catalogs and assets you wish to archive to the staging volume drive Update all file references The file references within each record must point to the assets located on the staging volume drive MANAGING CATALOGS ARCHIVING INFORMATION 167 Burn a new CD that contains the contents of the temporary volume drive Remember that the CD must have the same name as the staging volume drive Creating Hybrid CD ROMs Differences between the Windows and Mac OS operating systems present some distinct challenges when archiving to external media such as CD ROM To avoid problems in locating information on hybrid CD ROMs remember to use one of the following file system combinations a hybrid CD ROM containing an ISO 9660 file system with Joliet extension as well as a Mac OS HFS file system an ISO 9660 CD ROM witho
152. cifically for this use renaming records is easy 1 Select the record to be renamed 2 Select Metadata gt Information The Asset Information window opens which shows information on the asset 3 Find and change the record s name in the Record Name field 4 Click J to save your changes If you want to edit more records in the collection you can use the arrow icons in the Information window toolbar to load a new record Editing a Record s Category Assignments 5 Also found within the default Asset Information window is a list of the categories currently assigned to the record From this list you can remove category assign ments or add new ones To remove a record s category assignment 1 Select the record whose category assignments you want to change 2 Select Metadata gt Information The Asset Information window opens which shows information on the asset 3 Select the category you wish to remove and press the DEL key 4 Click J to save your changes If you want to edit more records in the collection you can use the arrow icons in the Information window s toolbar to load a new record After deleting a category in the category pane all assignments to this category are automatically deleted as well There are different ways to add a category assignment to a record or to assign a record to a category depending on your perspective The perhaps most intuitive way is by dragging and dropping the categ
153. color transitions occur in an image Median Filter Reduces noise in an image by blending the brightness of pixels The filter adapts the brightness of pixels to the median brightness value of the sur rounding pixels Gauss Filter Works similarly to the Average Blur filter but uses a weighted average of the color values of the surrounding pixels The weighting is determined using the Gaussian bell shaped curve that is generated TIPS The Average Blur as well as the Gaussian filter decrease high fre quency details and can produce a hazy effect Sharp Filter Increases the visual sharpness of images by increasing the contrast at edges TIP Applying the Sharp filter is recommended when scaling up images to keep their visual sharpness as high as possible Unsharp Mask Filter Makes images appear sharper by increasing the contrast of small brightness changes Add Noise Filter Applies random pixels to an image simulating distortion or noise You can SPECIALIZED USAGE WORKING WITH IMAGES also use the Add Noise filter to give a more realistic look to heavily retouched areas To see the result of your modifications you can activate the Live Preview option To avoid time consuming live preview recalculations you should activate this option after you changed the filter parameter values Click Apply to have the filter applied Click Cancel to exit the tool Using the IPTC Information Window Preparation Steps Th
154. com Find window Cumulus tool that enables users to search catalogs for records or categories that match search conditions Folder category Folder categories are automatically created by Cumulus during the cataloging process These automatically created categories resemble the folder or directory hierarchy in which the assets reside They are identified by a smaller folder in their icons They are created by default but this option can be disabled FTP File Transfer Protocol A standard Internet protocol which is the simplest way to exchange files between computers on the Internet HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol A standard Internet protocol which is the protocol most often used in the World Wide Web to transfer information between servers and browsers Information window Special windows that display the information about records or catagories See also Asset Information window and Category Information window IPTC International Press Telecommunication Council Standard for digital text applied to an image Applications used for professional imaging support IPTC e g the text information in Photoshop is a subset of the IPTC information Cumulus can read IPTC metadata information while cataloging You can view and edit this metadata and Cumulus can write your changes back to the asset See also Meta data IPTC Information window Aspecial window that displays the IPTC information about a cataloged asset This inf
155. cord pane top bar kq k 12 of 12 Records 2 Selected amp Unsorted Standard ic As long as filtering is active any further search operation Quicksearch Category Search whatever will only take into account the collection as defined by the filter criteria not the whole catalog Accordingly the Find All Records command will only find records that match the filter criteria Create filters to quickly find files For example you can create a filter to find all files in a specific workflow state a filter to limit the results you see in the Cumulus win dow to certain file types or to just those assets that belong to a certain client Conditions define the criteria that files must meet to be included in filter results You can combine multiple conditions to perform more complex filtering To add a filter condition 1 If filtering is not activated click the Filter icon e Unsorted Y Standard E l y 4 2 Click the plus sign icon A list of record fields opens The list contains all record fields that are contained in the catalogs opened in the current collection and that have Include Field in Find and Filter Options activated in their properties NOTE Record Fields Offered as Criteria Per filter a record field can only be used once as a criteria for a condition This means that a record field already used for a condition is not offered in the list when adding a new condition 3 Sele
156. criteria is indicated by a single arrow the second by a double arrow Sort Direction Opens a submenu that provides two options for the direction of the sort order Sort Ascending Sorts the records in an A to Z 0 9 direction Sort Descending Sorts the records in a Z to A 9 0 direction 186 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Menu equivalent to the statusbar icon Language for Field Values Opens a submenu that provides the possibility to switch the language in which multilingual metadata fields are displayed The first entry in the menu is Application Language which is also the default If Application Language is selected multilingual fields are always displayed in the language of the application see Switch Application Language p 175 If the language for field values is set to a language that is not defined for a mul tilingual field this field displayed in its base language instead Changing the language for field values takes immediate effect Prerequisites and Additional Hints The Language for Field Values function only works if the currently open catalog contains record fields and or category fields that are enabled for multi language support Additionally the following prerequisites must be met To allow language switching for metadata fields the Allow language switch for multilingual fields option must be activated in the preferences of the current View Set s active view If this option is not activa
157. ct the record field you want to function as criteria The Define Filter Condition dialog opens Depending on the field type of the field you selected as search criteria the options differ 4 Set the criteria records must meet to pass the filter For information on the different options see Using Filters p 44 5 Click OK to save your settings and activate the filter condition t of 0 Records cords 2 Unsorted Standard 7 Filtered by Asset Name contains pdf 44 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Managing Filters Saving Filters 5 Using Filters 5 Deleting Filters s To add additional filter conditions repeat steps 2 5 2 Unsorted Standard AssetName contains pdf Label has value To edit an existing filter condition maximize the pane WI and click the pencil icon 2 Unsorted f Standard ch AssetName contains pdf To remove a filter condition click the minus sign icon in the maximized pane To remove all filter conditions at once from the Manage Filters menu select Remove all Conditions Note that conditions not saved as filter will be lost D AssetName contains pdf Remove All Conditions Save Filter Delete Filter Use Manage Filters menu to save the active filter conditions as a filter under a name Saved filters are added to the menu and can be used any time you need them You can
158. cted record shows hides the Category Information pane providing information to the selected category shows hides the Thumbnail pane shows hides the Preview pane shows hides the Calendar pane All panes listed above are displayed on the left side of the Record pane shows hides the Collection Basket pane on the right side of the Record pane opens a dialog to rearrange the order in which the panes on the left side are displayed sE u 2 JE Catalogs EXPLORE CUMULUS CATALOGS A Cumulus catalog is a group of records that together represent the assets you want to manage Each asset is represented by one record There is no limit to the number of different media file formats that can be represented in one catalog One of the greatest features of Cumulus is its ability to catalog any digital asset in addition to the file formats directly supported A catalog has a database file at its core The way you work with the information in this file can be extensively customized When you catalog assets the catalog settings determine how and what sort of information Cumulus extracts creates and stores on the assets as metadata in the record fields and category fields Each catalog can have its own distinct properties Any changes made to the catalog settings affect the way information is stored on all of that catalog s assets To set up a catalog to store information in addition to or differently from the default set tings fields can be ad
159. d Most slides reference images One slide is also source of a variant Most images are referenced Some images are sources of variants A lot of images are variants One image is a variant and also the source of another variant And that s why there is one image that has a variant source as well as a top level variant source Last but not least One image is a preferred alternate in a group of four alter nates How does Cumulus Display Relations between Assets In a split view an additional pane can be opened up below the Record pane The additional pane displays the records that are related to the record selected in the mai USE ASSETS MANAGING RELATED ASSETS n Record pane How the assets of the additional pane are related to the selected record is determined by the display option that is set for the additional pane So having related assets displayed is as easy as select a record open up a sub pane and select what you want to see in it You can select multiple assets in the upper pane and you can open up multiple sub panes Each sub pane will display those assets that are related to the selec tion in its upper pane How they are related is determined by the selected display option If the selection in the upper pane changes the content of the sub pane is synchronized It changes simultaneously To open up a new sub pane Click the amp button of the current sub pane To close a sub pane Click the but
160. d link only the metadata read by the first matching filter will be stored within the record For information on record field linking see page 153 If you only want to use a few of the formats on the list for the selected Asset Han dling Set you can disable the others to increase program performance Adding Formats to the Asset Formats List 5 To add new or not used formats to the Asset Formats list to have them available for Asset Handling Sets 1 On the Asset Formats tab click Add The Add Format dialog opens It dis plays a list of all Cumulus modules that provide formats which are not included in the Asset Formats list If you click the plus sign in front of a mod ule s entry the list expands and displays the formats supported by this selected module You can either select a module s entry itself and all formats supported by the module will be added Or you can expand the list and select a certain format to be added 2 Select the format s you want to add and click OK New formats are placed at the end of the list by default Use the arrow buttons to the right of the list to move the format if necessary Changing Format Options 5 Some filters have options that you can change The range of options depends on the filter To access a filter s options 1 Select Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences and then click Asset Handling Sets 2 Click Asset Formats The list of all supported file formats is displayed 3 S
161. d Records with Invalid Field Values Find Offline ASS S 4ine e ne enan Invert Collection 44552y5 3 52 3 5 5517455125 2a BOR Dec TN MZ J22 u m obljj Find All Categories a Find Categories Dy QUL sss SHOW Original Cate Gory sssusa Show Related Cateqgories E u eeee 189 Show Categories Containing 189 Remove from Collection 189 5 6 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE The Metadata Menu 190 IA OMA SEND DN bm 190 Keyboard Shortcuts 203 IPTC IST Tat O si Ac 2na ina e tone 190 BIKE GUE eS arl are el hen dee n tin 190 Update RECON uns nma ds a w n 191 Glossa ry 207 Update Formula Fields u Eu 191 Write back Metadata ceresereenereeeeee 191 Assign Metadata From Template 192 Index 215 Find And Replace Metadata 192 Assign Label uuu uneneezeereeeeeeeeeeenen 192 PASSIQIN Rating sayi ycn ewan a m n en 193 Assign Gal ego l Suenens 193 Detach Ca t JOI lOS aseina 193 Optimize Thumbnall 193 Rotate POVIOW esssssssessssssseceessiusssesseesesssnssseseesseitneset 193 Rotate TAUMD MALL essssssseesessseeesseeeesseusssesnee 193 Assign Variants JE eereeeeereeereee
162. d cells of one page To change an existing Print Template Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Print Templates Under Template select the template you want to edit Make the changes See Print Templates p 132 for an overview of the options available TIP If you define advanced print settings use the Preview function to check your settings before you save them Oo a 5 Click Apply to save your changes Setting A Default Print Template 5 You can define one Print Template to be the default template This default is not required by any standard function of this version of Cumulus but may be used by additional functions such as those developed by third party partners The default template is denoted by bold characters in the list for selecting a tem plate To set the default template 1 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Print Templates 3 Under Template select the template you want as default This should be a shared template denoted by italics 4 Click the Set as Default button 5 Click Apply to save your changes 134 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview Print Templates A Print Template stores a specific combination of print options It can be used when printing records Print Templates are created and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences gt Print Templates 1 Displays the selected Print Template 2 Displays a list
163. dd and configure record fields see the corresponding descriptions in the chapter Catalog Settings p 142 Category Fields Displays the category fields that a new catalog will contain You can add or delete fields and customize the fields For details on how to add and configure category fields see the corresponding descriptions in the chapter Catalog Settings p 142 TIP Using Catalog Templates to Update Older Catalogs You can use Catalog Templates to provide specific catalog fields for other catalogs When adding fields to a catalog click on Modules and you are also offered the fields of Catalog Templates Catalog Maintenance Taking regular care of your catalogs ensures not only the best performance but also your data security Catalog Size and Performance The biggest factor affecting catalog size is the number of records in the catalog There is no hard limit on the number of records that a catalog can hold but cat alog files cannot be larger than four gigabytes e g Enterprise one terabyte in size e g standard Workgroup 162 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Record Size As multiple catalogs can be opened in one window an advantage of this is that it makes it easier to search for an asset The beauty of smaller catalogs is that the time required to repair restructure or reorganize a catalog is reduced tremen dously Furthermore if a particular catalog is being repaired or restructured the
164. de Field Type String List 6 E Enable Multi Select e E Restrict field visiblity to the following users and roles Type Name 4 r No function with Single User No function with Single User No function with Single User No function with Single User o AN A Indexing V Index for Sorting Searching Provide Language Specific Sorting for F Arabic Chinese China Chinese Taiwan Czech IT Danish Dutch 7 Engish Finnish V Index for Contain Searching E Favor Speed Over Size recommended for field values with less than 256 characters 14 Index for Word Searching Indexing F Index for Sorting Searching E Provide Language Specific Sorting for each Language 7 Index for Contain Searching E Favor Speed Over Size recommended for field values with less than 256 characters E Index for Word Searching TT For example searching for copy will find records con taining the words copy as well as copyright copy hold copyfree and so on Searching for copy will find records containing the word copy only 15 No function with Single User Additional Options Include Field in Sorting Options for Record Pane V Include Field in Find and Filter Options 148 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview Field Properties Field Values Tab The values of fields can either be defined by the user or be based on formulas Saas 1 If activated the field value can be de
165. ded to the catalog either by activating them from the list of fields that Cumulus supports or by defining your own custom fields Catalog Size and Performance Catalog Scope As catalogs increase in size so do the requirements they place on computer hardware It takes more processing power to work with 200 000 records than it does with 200 It also takes more RAM to hold the larger catalog in memory NOTE The unique way Cumulus searches for records prevents large catalogs from slowing down the search speed There is virtually no limit to the size of a catalog file up to 1 TB Most users will find it best to split catalogs for organizational and performance reasons The actual number of records that can be stored in a catalog and the catalog s actual file size is determined by the size of each record See Record Size p 21 Catalogs can include records for as many different asset types as you like But you may find it best to have different asset formats cataloged independently For example it might not make sense to have your image assets in the same catalog as your audio clips though it is possible On the other hand don t limit the scope of each catalog too much For example when you re looking for an image to use on a Web page do you care if it s in GIF or JPEG format Separating similar asset types by specific file format can be inconvenient when searching Cumulus cannot search through catalogs that aren t open If
166. different place in the category tree e g to have frequently used categories shown on top of the category tree Custom ordering of categories only works if the respective catalog contains the category field Custom Order the Enable Show Language Specific Category Sorting and Custom Order ing option is activated in the used Category View Set A custom ordered category tree is displayed in that order only for users that employ a Category View Set with the Enable Show Language Specific Cate gory Sorting and Custom Ordering option activated Elsewise the category tree is displayed in the default order 25 26 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 5 5 Category Fields To manually change the order of categories 1 Drag any category with the mouse to the position where you want to have it A thin black line indicates where it will be placed when you release the mouse button To override custom ordering and re establish the alphabetic sorting of catego ries 1 Right click into a category level that you want to sort alphabetically and select Sort by Name from the shortcut menu The respective level of categories is sorted alphabetically NOTE Sorting categories by name only affects the current level If subcatego ries have a custom order they will retain it Thus you can sort any level in your category tree either by name or manually as you need it independent of any other level Category fields are used for information
167. dling Set with URL Support activated NOTE fassets were cataloged from FTP or HTTP servers requiring a user authentication the Cumulus application knows about this protection When you access such an asset Cumulus will ask you to enter user name and pass word During the same session Cumulus remembers the entered name and password and will not ask you again if you access an asset from this FTP or HTTP server You can open an asset stored on an FTP or HTTP server with either the applica tion that created the asset or another application of your choice Applications you choose are added to the menu You can add up to four The fifth addition replaces the first and so on You cannot manually delete any of the added appli cations To open an URL cataloged asset from another application 1 Select the record whose asset you would like to open 2 Select Asset gt Edit With and select the desired application from the sub menu 88 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Printing Assets 5 Mailing Assets A dialog appears from which you can select a location for the copy of the asset Choose the desired location and click OK Cumulus copies the asset to the specified location and opens it with the chosen application You can print an asset stored on an FTP or HTTP server with either the application that created the asset or another application of your choice Applications you choose are added to the menu You can add up to
168. dow 17 Shows the preview of the first record from the current collection 18 Shows the preview of the previous record from the current collection 19 Shows the preview of the next record from the current collection 20 Shows the preview of the last record from the current collection 21 Displays the current Record View Set clicking on the arrow opens a selection list of available Record View Sets USE ASSETS PREVIEWING ASSETS 53 You can copy all or part of a preview to the Clipboard To select a portion of the preview image E 1 Click the Select Tool x on the toolbar and then click and hold the mouse down in the upper left hand corner of the region you want to copy 2 Drag the mouse to the lower right of the region A box is drawn around the selected area 3 Press Command Control and c to have the selected portion on the Clipboard The selected portion of the preview is on the Clipboard and may be pasted into other applications Remember this is a copy of the preview image not the actual asset A selected portion of a preview can also be zoomed in S 1 Click the Select Tool x on the toolbar and then click and hold the mouse down in the upper left hand corner of the region you want to zoom in 2 Drag the mouse to the lower right of the region A box is drawn around the selected area 3 Click the Zoom in icon 22 on the toolbar to have the selected portion fill in the entire size of t
169. e unpacked by the TAR AssetStore To know for sure you should ask the person who packed it If you aren t sure the character encoding used to pack the TAR file you should use the default Local Encoding UNIX File System AssetStore This Asset Storage module manages the access to files accessible from a UNIX computer No properties to be defined URL AssetStore This Asset Storage module manages the access to files accessible from FTP or HTTP servers No properties to be defined For more information see Using URL AssetStore p 86 Windows File System AssetStore This Asset Storage module manages the access to files accessible from a Win dows computer You can define the resolving method for assets stored on CD ROMs If enabled Cumulus checks for the CD ROM label ZIP AssetStore The ZIP AssetStore enables Cumulus to catalog and access assets compressed within ZIP files It automatically catalogs all files in a ZIP file In addition to creating a record for the entire ZIP file it creates records for each of the compressed files in the ZIP file even for files in a ZIP file within another ZIP file The Cumulus ZIP AssetStore has been tested with ZIP compressed assets created with WinZip PKZIP and WinRAR The ZIP AssetStore automatically creates categories when cataloging ZIP files On the Categories tab under a category named Zip for each cataloged ZIP file a cat egory is created named after the ZIP file e g sampl
170. e view are listed and can be added 7 Select the field s you want to add 8 Click OK to add the field s to the list of shown fields 9 Click OK or Apply Your changes take immediate effect 112 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Changing the Properties of a Displayed Field The properties of a displayed field define the font type style size and color used to display the field contents 5 To change the display properties of a field OY U eR ae Ss z Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Category View Sets Under Set select the tab whose view set you want to edit Click Category Info Window Select the entry for the field whose properties you want to change Click the Properties button This opens a dialog for defining the font attributes and depending on the field type additional properties Make your selections Click OK to assign the selected properties to the field Click the Apply button The field is displayed according to your settings Category View Sets and Multilingual Working Environment For users working in a multilingual working environment view settings offer an Allow language switch for multilingual fields option This option enables users to switch the language in which multilingual metadata fields are displayed If this option is not activated multilingual fields are always displayed in the language of the field that was added to the view Changing the Categ
171. e None option if the assets now reside directly in the volume drive selected above and not in any subdirectories Activate the Add Parent option if the assets now reside in the same direc tory structure as they did before but this structure is now nested into another The Add Parent option lets you enter the path of the directory that now nests the old directory structure Activate the New option ifthe assets now reside in just one new directory and not in any subdirectories The New option lets you browse for the new directory by clicking the button After you select the options you want click Start The application searches for the assets represented by the selected records in the new location and updates the records to the new location If an asset is not found in the new location a new category is created named Change Reference Skipped Assets and inside a subcategory indicating date and time of the process to which the asset is assigned Transform JPEG Original Opens a submenu that allows you to rotate or flip the original asset if the asset is a JPEG file you have direct access to The transformation will transverse the JPEG lossless The Advanced item opens a dialog to specify further settings Along with the transformation of the asset its record will be updated as well The thumbnail will be updated and resemble the transformed asset regardless of MENU REFERENCE THE HELP MENU 20
172. e cataloged Records of unavailable assets cannot be updated The menu item is disabled if no records are selected Updates the selected records according to the settings specified in the Prefer ences User Settings gt General gt Application gt When Updating Depending on the settings specified for the current catalog User Settings gt Asset Handling you may be prompted to select an Asset Handling Set Opens a dialog to specify settings for the current update process The settings defined in this dialog will not affect the settings defined in the Preferences Define the settings according to your needs then click OK to perform the update NOTE f the Asset Handling Set used for the update does not provide the cor rect settings for creating records for pages slides e g because the required Asset Storage Module is not activated the records representing the individual pages will be deleted Because this might not be the intended result Cumulus shows a list of the records that are to be deleted Either confirm the deletion or cancel the complete update process or select single records on this list to con firm their deletion only Update Formula Fields Updates all fields containing formulas in the selected records no matter whether these fields are currently displayed or not A dialog is displayed which lets you choose whether the Record Modification Date should be changed accordingly or not By default the Record Modific
173. e entry for the field whose properties you want to change 6 Check the Sorting Contain Search and User Editable options for the field and activate the desired options See Record and Category Fields Section p 143 for all available options 7 Click the Properties button This brings up a dialog in which you can set the properties for the field The properties depend on the field type See Over view Field Properties p 147 for all available options go Define the properties as you want them so Click OK to close the Field Properties window This brings you back to the fields list 146 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE TIP Editing Field Properties of Multiple Record Fields At Once Certain field properties can be activated or deactivated for multiple fields at once On the record fields list select the fields and use the alternate right mouse button to open a context menu The menu options match the field properties you can de activate for multiple fields at once Selecting a menu item opens a submenu that offers Enable and Dis able options Select the desired option and the field property will be enabled disabled for your selection of fields If your selection of fields includes a field type that does not have the selected property this field will just be ignored Overview Field Properties The Field Properties window reflects the field type Most properties are the same but certain field types
174. e image To add sizes click the button You can adjust the unit of dimension by selecting pixels inches or centimeters in the Unit pull down menu Select the resolution for the cropped area from the Resolution pull down menu Click Crop to accept the crop Click Cancel to exit the Crop tool The Rotate tool is used to adjust the angle of an image You can rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and counter clockwise and by 180 degrees You can flip the image horizontally along the vertical axis and vertically along the horizontal axis TIP If you want to rotate JPEG images you might prefer to use the Trans form JPEG Original command in the Asset menu Click the button for the desired rotation Adjusting Brightness and Contrast Gamma and Colors This tool offers to adjust the tonal range of your images through brightness and contrast the gamma value and colors Select the desired adjustment from the pull down menu Depending on the selected adjustment you are offered different options To see the result of your modifications in real time activate the Live Preview option Click Apply to accept the adjustments Click Cancel to exit the tool Brightness and Contrast It can help to correct blurry images and bring out fine details in tone Dragging the sliders to the left decreases the levels of brightness and contrast dragging them to the right increases the levels When Preserve Color option is activated you can chan
175. e image can be processed You can have a filter run rotate and flip the image Select the desired processing options Filter To have a filter run with the conversion select a filter type and the radius range for the filter small medium large The radius determines how far the filter considers surrounding pixels that affect the filter action The following filters are available Average Blur filter Softens an image It smooths transitions by averaging the color values of surrounding pixels Eliminates noise where significant color transitions occur in an image USE ASSETS REPURPOSING ASSETS 61 Median Filter Reduces noise in an image by blending the brightness of pixels The filter adapts the brightness of pixels to the median brightness value of the sur rounding pixels Gaussian filter Works similarly to the Blur filter but uses a weighted average of the color values of the surrounding pixels The weighting is generated using the Gaussian bell shaped curve that is generated TIP The Blur as well as the Gaussian filter decreases high frequency details and can produce a hazy effect Sharpen filter Increases the visual sharpness of images by increasing the contrast at edges TIP Applying the Sharpen filter is recommended when scaling up images to keep their visual sharpness as high as possible Unsharp Mask Filter Makes images appear sharper by increasing the contrast of small bright ness changes
176. e separator Make your selections Click OK to assign the selected properties to the separator Click the Apply button The separator will be displayed according to your settings CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS CHANGING THE PROPERTIES OF A DISPLAYED FIELD 109 Changing the Properties of a Displayed Field 5 The properties of a displayed field define the font type style size and color used to display the field contents To change the display properties of a field Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Record View Sets Under Set select the view set you want to edit Click the icon for the view you want to edit Select the entry for the field whose properties you want to change Oy UD Re Ne Click the Properties button This opens a dialog for defining the font attributes and depending on the field type additional properties 110 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 7 Make your selections The options differ depending on the field type See Additional Display Properties for Different Field Types p 110 for more information on additional properties 8 Click OK to assign the selected properties to the field 9 Click the Apply button The field is displayed according to your settings Additional Display Properties for Different Field Types In addition to choosing the font the Properties dialog offers different options depending on the field type String Fields With Info View or Info Wind
177. e the assets employing the Cumulus Rename To function the THM files will not be renamed as well The Canon Raw Metadata Support is activated by default If you want to deacti vate it for certain Asset Handling Sets see De activating Asset Handling Mod ules p 118 A little up front planning can save countless hours of work and frustra tion further down the road This section explains the setting up of pref erences to suit your needs and also offers some information on Asset Handling modules and Asset Format support Customize Cumulus 100 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Preferences There is no best way to use Cumulus Many aspects of the program can be changed to adapt to your way of managing your assets Fundamental changes can be made by modifying the preferences For details on the different sets or settings see User Settings p 100 e Record View Sets p 105 Category View Sets p 110 Asset Handling Sets p 113 Cumulus Asset Actions p 124 Metadata Templates p 129 Print Templates p 132 Sub Pane Filters p 139 TIP Properties for Sets Templates and Actions Clicking on the i icon opens the Properties dialog of the selected set template or action offering two tabs The Description tab allows you to enter a display name and a description for the item in each lan guage supported by Cumulus The Sharing tab allows you to define
178. e used to organize files in a traditional filing cabinet But the asset can appear in any num ber of Cumulus categories at one time They are similar in purpose to keywords used in other programs See also Folder category and Related category Category Information window A special window that displays the information about categories Category Exchange File See Cumulus Category Exchange File Category pane Located on the left side of the Collection window The Category pane displays category names in a hierarchical list Multiple tabs are provided so that categories can be created and displayed in separate tabs Category View Set A setting that defines the display options for the Category Information window For each tab different display options can be set Central asset location A central asset location is a single storage location used to store certaindigital assets Employing a central asset location ensures your assets remain accessible to all and can more easily be accounted for Client A computer user who accesses a server application such as the Cumulus Server across a network Collection Any set of records from any one catalog including their display properties A col lection can be saved see Cumulus Collection File and opened again A collec tion whether saved or unsaved is always connected to its catalog In order to open a particular collection you must have access to its catalog Collection window
179. e words you type in a Microsoft Word file constitute the file s data the file s name size location author creation date etc are examples of the file s metadata Some metadata is added to assets automatically by the software used to create or edit the asset This is the case with the most common file metadata such as size and modification date But depending on the creating software or hard ware additional metadata can be embedded too This is the case with digital cameras that embed photo shoot dates camera type lens aperture and shutter speed and even the GPS coordinates of the shot location into the files Additional metadata can be added after the asset has been cataloged An asset s metadata serves as the basis for how you find the asset so it s important that your DAM system enables you to create as much metada example if you need to find photographs based on the p you want to make sure photographer names are included ta as you need For hotographer s name nthe metadata stored for your photograph assets If you need to find a Microsoft Word file that includes a certain text phrase is associated with a given fiscal year within the last month the proper metadata enables that solution like Cumulus can also enable you to automatical s revenue and edited too A complete DAM y find all images used in that document and even find the PDFs that were later generated from it
180. e zip If a ZIP file contains another ZIP file a subcategory named after this additional file will also be created If any files contained within a ZIP file are archived with subfolder references the ZIP AssetStore creates a category tree resembling this subfolder structure No properties to be defined NOTE Password Protected ZIP Files If the ZIP file to be cataloged contains a password protected file Cumulus will ask you for the password Cumulus remembers this password and if there is another password protected file within a ZIP file it will try the password for that file f it doesn t fit Cumulus will also ask you for the password to that file Then you can either type in the password and the file will be cataloged or skip the password request and file will not be cataloged The passwords are also requested for any preview of a password protected asset Cumulus remembers passwords only for as long as the current session You can define the character encoding used to create the ZIP file that is to be unpacked by the ZIP AssetStore To know for sure you should ask the person who packed it If you don t know for sure the character encoding used to pack the ZIP file you should use the default DOS Latin US CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS ASSET PROCESSOR MODULES Asset Processor Modules Asset Processor modules enable Cumulus to perform processes on cataloged assets e g to convert them Pixel Image Converter The Pixel Image Converter ena
181. ears from which you can save the current query anywhere in the file system 3 Select a location 4 Click the button Save To load such an exported query file you have to import it eh 1 Click the button 2 Select Import A dialog appears from which you can select a query 3 Select a query file 4 Click the button Open Things You Can Do with Searches Queries Create a new search condition See Compound Searches p 36 Load search queries See Saving and Loading Search Queries p 40 Save search queries See Saving and Loading Search Queries p 40 Using the Find Window in Advanced Mode This mode is designed for advanced users only who know how to set up search queries that are of greater technical depth In standard mode the Find window combines search conditions in a sequence for a complex query whereas in advanced mode the Find window allows you to set up nested queries If you are working in a multilingual environment the advanced mode provides another advantage as the queries that are set up in this mode are language independent To switch the Find window to advanced mode click the Advanced Mode button in the Find window In advanced mode the Find window looks like this B Find Records in TestDefault 5 xj af4b2e00 516a 11d2 B121 B6dc Record Name _Smbots zi Find Method Found Records Find in All Open Catalogs Update Curent Collection Find in Current
182. ected All Categories Exports all categories of the Category pane 3 Select the export format Note that the XML format is recommended for most purposes This format enables Cumulus to export from multiple cata logs and supports data from Cumulus Table fields When exporting records into an XML file a check box offers the option to have the export file compressed zxml Another check box offers to enable XSL transformation by applying an XSLT stylesheet which describes the rules for the transformation When exporting selected categories a check box offers the option to export the subcategories as well 4 Click the El button for browsing for the location where the export file should be saved 5 Select the location name the export file and click Save Note that Cumulus will add the correct file extension 6 Click Next If you are exporting into XML you can select the fields that con tain the values to be included in the export file 72 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 7 Make your selections and click Start Messages inform you of the export pro cess 8 When you get the message that the process is finished click Finish to close the dialog Importing is just as easy 1 Select File gt Import 2 If you have multiple catalogs open in one window select the catalog to which you want to import the data 3 Click the E button for browsing to the location where the file to be imported resides
183. ed by it up in the list so that they are at least before the first format supported by the TIFF Filter The Sinar DC Raw Image Format should have a lower entry number than the first for mat supported by the Photoshop Filter 97 98 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Defining Filter Properties The Digital Camera Raw Filter allows you to define properties for the different for mats supported by this filter Canon DC Raw Image extension crw Mac File Type CCDR Fuji DC Raw Image extension raf Mac File Type RAF Kodak DC Raw Image extension dcr Mac File Type KDCR Minolta DC Raw Image extension mrw Mac File Type MRW Nikon DC Raw Image extension nef Mac File Type NEF Olympus DC Raw Image extension orf Mac File Type ORF Sigma DC Raw Image extension x3f Mac File Type FOVb Sinar DC Raw Image extension sti Mac File Type TIFF Sony DC Raw Image extension srf Mac File Type SRF Mac File Types with 3 characters only end with a space These properties are important for cataloging and previewing For cataloging they are important only if you have activated the option Entire Asset under Cre ate Thumbnail from on the Thumbnail tab of the Asset Handling Set employed for cataloging Then the values set for the color settings and the color interpola tion are used for creating the thumbnail For the previewing of each of the formats you can define the source for a pre view thumbnail or entire im
184. ed by the Cumulus Server The visible text can be entered by you and or taken from a Cumulusrecord field Using a record field enables you to have individual watermarks when batch pro cessing images To include a record value as text select the desired field from the Record field drop down list and click Append The corresponding placeholder entry will be inserted at the end of the Content field You are allowed to enter multiple lines of text in the Content field Enter n for carriage return You can also type special characters like etc They will be rendered properly in the processed images You can control the position of the text You can specify the Horizontal Position Left Center and Right and Vertical Position Top Middle and Bottom of the text You define the opacity of the watermark from 0 to 100 If you set the opacity to 0 the watermark will be totally transparent and you will not be able to see it If you set it to 50 the watermark will be semi transparent The watermark will be completely opaque solid if the opacity level is set to 100 You can choose the font style size and color of the text To have the text fit best to the image size independently of the font size setting activate the Fit text to image size option Under Text Position you define the area where the watermark text should be placed The position of the text within the resulting image is defined by anchor points Em
185. ed over it URL Uniform Resource Locator The address of a file resource accessible on the Inter net XMP Extensible Metadata Platform Adobe s XMP is a labeling technology that allows you to embed metadata into the asset itself With an XMP enabled application e g all applications of Adobe Creative Suite information about a project can be captured during the content creation process and embedded within the file and into a content management system Cumulus can read XMP metadata informa tion while cataloging You can view and edit this metadata and Cumulus can write your changes back to the asset See also Metadata 213 214 CUMULUS GUIDE A About Cumulus menu item 170 201 Action menu item 197 Actions See Asset Actions Activating Asset Handling modules 118 Central Asset Location 143 Add Catalog to Collection menu item 171 Adding assets to catalogs See Cataloging category fields to a catalog 154 record fields to a catalog 154 Alternates 79 assign 82 preferred 79 Alternates tab 82 Application language switch 175 Archival explained 166 on CD ROM 166 Asset Actions defining 126 editing definition 126 overview 127 setting as default 126 using 50 Asset Cross References relation types 79 Asset Formats 122 creating 123 of Asset Handling Set 117 Asset Handling Modules 115 activating and deactivating 118 Cumulus Metadata Support 121 Mac OS File System AssetStore 119 MacBinary Ass
186. efer to the special literature available in book stores and on the Web 6 Click Start Cumulus starts to search for the entered text in the selected field of the selected records You will get a notice for each of the selected records whether the text was replaced or not Replacements are not necessary if the text to be replaced wasn t contained in the selected field or if a record is stored in a catalog that does not provide the selected field 7 Click Close to finish Opens a submenu for selecting the labeling you want to assign to the select record s Disabled if no Labeling field is included in the catalog or if the effects of assigning the label cannot be immediately seen by the user For more infor mation see Labeling p 77 MENU REFERENCE THE METADATA MENU 193 Assign Rating Opens a submenu for selecting the rating you want to assign to the select record s You can rate assets from 1 to 5 Disabled if no Rating field is included in the catalog For more information see Rating Assets p 78 Assign Categories Assigns a selection of records to a selection of categories or vice versa This is the opposite of Detach Categories NOTE f you have a large number of records more than 500 you want to assign it is better that you use this function rather than drag and drop 1 Select one or more records 2 Select one or more categories to which you want to assign the selected records 3 S
187. eft or right There are several Preference options that affect the way category list searching works See Search amp Sort Tab p 102 for more detailed information Searching with Quicksearch To perform a Quicksearch in all catalogs open in the current collection simply enter a search term e g a name or a number into the toolbar s search field and click the 8 icon or press Enter With Quicksearch Cumulus by default looks for the search term in the following record fields only Record Name Document Text Notes Keywords and Catego ries The result of the Quicksearch shows all records for which the search term is contained in any one of these fields The selection of fields used by Quicksearch can be changed in the User Settings section of the Preferences dialog see Search amp Sort Tab p 102 for details Quicksearch performs a contains search for all included String fields and String List fields and an is search for all included Integer fields Search Options f you enter two or more terms into the Quicksearch field Cumulus combines these terms with and Entering Canto Cumulus will result in all records that con tain Canto AND Cumulus in any of the searched record fields To use a term that consists of more than one string you have to enclose the strings with double quotation marks Quicksearch handles the strings in quota tion marks as one search term Entering Canto Cumulus will resul
188. egory assignments editing 22 copying between catalogs 23 165 deleting from catalog 178 detaching categories 193 duplicates while cataloging 116 editing metadata of multiple at once 190 editing multiple 29 explained 9 exporting 174 finding duplicates 188 importing 173 abeling 77 maximum number in a catalog 162 printing 175 elationship to assets 9 18 emoving category assignments 22 searchable information minimum 18 searching for with inaccessiable asset references 189 showing all of a catalog 188 Size considerations 21 size factors affecting 162 Things You Can Do with 23 thumbnail size 115 updating 191 updating asset references 199 View Sets 105 visible number of 12 Registration 201 Regular expression 192 Relation tabs 82 Relation types 78 Remove Catalog from Collection menu item 171 Remove Category from Collection menu item 189 Removing catalogs from collection 171 categories from collection 189 format from Asset Handling Set 117 records category assignments 22 Rename menu item 198 Renamingassets 198 Report menu item 184 Repurposing assets 57 Resizing panes 81 179 Rotate Preview s menu item 193 Rotate Thumbnail s menu item 193 Rotating images 91 JPEG original asset 200 previews 193 humbnails 193 S Save Collection menu item 171 Save As Collection menu item 171 Save Current as Default Workspace menu item 183 Save Current Workspace As menu item 183 Se
189. egory to a record See Editing a Record s Category Assign ments p 22 Create a new category New Category p 195 and New Related Category p 195 Create a related category See New Related Category p 195 Delete a category See Editing a Record s Category Assignments p 22 Export categories See Export p 174 Import categories See Import p 173 Movea category inside or outside another category See Creating Catego ries p 25 Remove a category assignment from a record See Editing a Record s Cate gory Assignments p 22 Rename a category See Creating Categories p 25 Show or hide categories See Collection Basket Pane p 181 Use Aut oSync on categories See Categories and Auto cataloging p 27 Information Window The information stored on an asset or category can be viewed and edited in the Information the field the field window What you see depends on s selected to be displayed in the current View Set s of the corresponding catalog and whether these fields contain any information or not The Information Window The Information window provides access to the information metadata stored on a category or on an asset The Asset Info window provides access to the information on the asset stored in the re fields are displayed in which order depends on the sel erties set for it cord The C
190. elect Metadata gt Assign Categories The records are assigned to each of the categories in the selection Detach Categories Detaches a selection of records from a selection of categories or vice versa This is the opposite of Assign Categories 1 Select one or more records 2 Select one or more categories which you want to detach from the selected records 3 Select Metadata gt Detach Categories The records are detached from each of the categories in the selection Optimize Thumbnail Equalizes the appearance of the selected records thumbnails This is useful for thumbnails that are too dark too light or lacking contrast The action cannot be undone but you can force update the record to get back the original thumbnail Disabled if no records are selected See Update Record p 191 for information on updating a record including its thumbnail Rotate Preview Rotates the selected preview s images in one of three ways 90 clockwise 90 counter clockwise 180 Available only in Preview view or when the Preview window is open Rotate Thumbnail Rotates the selected records thumbnail images in one of three ways 90 clockwise 90 counter clockwise 194 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Assign Variants 180 Disabled if no records are selected The record field Thumbnail Rotation saves the rotation value for a rotated thumbnail The rotated thumbnail will be used for preview
191. elect the entry for the desired format in the list If the filter supporting it has options that you can change Properties is activated 4 Click Properties The Filter Setup dialog is opened 5 Make your selections and click OK Extending Generic Filter Options Cumulus can catalog any digital asset If Catalog Unknown Formats below the list of asset formats is activated and Cumulus encounters an asset for which no specific filter is available then it uses its Generic Filter You can expand the Cumulus Generic Filter s capabilities to create your own formats For assets that don t have specific format provided by Cumulus you can define a thumbnail for the asset format by using the Generic Filter If you use formats that you ve created on your own check the Canto Website from time to time to see if a filter has been developed that supports this format and you could use 123 124 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE To set up a new format Select Cumulus f Edit gt Preferences and then click Asset Handling Sets Click the Modules tab and then on the Filter icon to see the list of installed filters Select the Generic Filter in the list and click Properties The window to set up the properties for the new format appears Enter your format s file name extension in the File Extension field Do not enter the period Type a name for the format in the File Format field A If your system is aware of the asset type
192. en cataloging raw image formats and to preview raw image formats These special functions are described in the following sections For a description on how to convert cataloged images see Converting Image Assets p 58 The Cumulus Image Editor makes self service image processing easy for anyone Get the quick edits you need of your cataloged images Cumulus offers image cropping as well as calibration tools that can enhance the color sharpness and brightness of your images The features of the Image Editor apply to any asset that can be previewed in Cumulus Start the Image Editor by selecting Asset gt Image Editor Use the slider of the Navigator to zoom in and out the selected image Clicking on the icons at the edges of the slider also zooms in and out Double clicking the navigation image optimizes the display size of the image for the window size of the Image Editor The statusbar at the bottom of the window displays the zoom factor the size of the image its color space and color mode The various tools for image editing are offered on the toolbar Click the icons to activate a tool and see its options 14369 13380 Imho reicht diese Sparversion der Beschreibung hier erst mal aus Sp ter kann das immer noch in aller Ausfhrlichkeit amp voller Sch n heit beschrieben werden FTo save the image modifications performed with any of the tools described in the following sections click the Save icon J in the Image Edi
193. ene Capture Type Scene Type Sensing Method Serial Number Sharpness Shutter Time s Software Sound File Subject Distance Subject Distance Range Thumbnail User Comment Vertical Resolution White Balance Mode Of course the filter can only capture the information contained in the cataloged images The captured information will be stored in Cumulus record fields The corresponding record fields have to be included in the catalog to which you want to add the raw images Some of the fields above may not be active in the catalog to which you want to add the raw images To include them in a catalog you have to add the corre sponding fields to the Record Fields in the Catalog Settings dialog before cata loging your documents or updating your records For details on how to add record field to a catalog The Digital Camera Raw Filter is the only Cumulus filter that can read raw images However the entry numbers of the formats supported by this filter are important When cataloging Cumulus starts searching for matching formats at the lowest entry number It employs the formats according to their entry numbers lowest entry number first If you want the Digital Camera Raw Filter to be employed for assets check the order of the format entries in the Asset Handling Set you use for cataloging In order to ensure the Digital Camera Raw Filter works ideally for cataloging assets you have to move the entries for the formats support
194. er license information 202 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE This appendix gives a list of keyboard shortcuts to common menu commands and options Keyboard Shortcuts 204 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE mand as Cut Windows Mac OS X Collection Window Record Pane Thumbnail View Ctrl 1 Cmd 1 Details View Ctrl 2 Cmd 2 Information View Ctrl 3 Cmd 3 Preview View Ctrl 4 Cmd 4 Open Information window Ctrl l Cmd l Open IPTC Information window Ctrl Shift l Cmd Shift l Open Preview window Ctrl Y Cmd Y Open Fullscreen Preview window Ctrl Shift Y Cmd Shift Y Open Record Find window Ctrl F Cmd F Show location Ctrl R Cmd R Open asset with creating application Ctrl E Cmd E m Connectto se ver TT Tase Shimo Open catalog Ctrl O Cmd O Catalog assets Ctrl B Cmd B Print Ctrl P Cmd P Display all records Ctrl G Cmd G Select all Ctrl A Cmd A Deselect all items Ctrl Shift A Shift Cmd A Deselect one item Ctrl spacebar Hide Cumulus Cmd H Hide others Alt Cmd H lew empty collection Ctrl Shift N Shift Cmd N Close collection window Ctrl F4 Cmd W Exit Cumulus Alt F4 Cmd Q Undo Ctrl Z Cmd Z Cut Ctrl X Cmd X Copy Ctrl C Cmd C Paste Ctrl V Cmd V Delete record from catalog L TT ulabel TT DN TT Remove record from collection De Del Delete record from catalog without asking same com Shift Del Cmd X
195. er conditions 43 changing options 123 explained 118 file formats supported 122 generic 123 Managing User Live Filters 44 User Live Filter 43 ind All Categories menu item 189 ind All Records menu item 188 ind And Replace Metadata menu item 192 ind Categories by Query menu item 189 ind Records menu item 188 ind Records Assigned to Categories menu item F E E Find Categories menu item 189 E F F 188 ind Records by Query menu item 188 ind window advanced mode 41 it Heigt to Window menu item 187 E Find window simple mode 33 F F it Width to Window menu item 187 Folder categories 25 avoiding automatic creation 154 Folder TAG files 121 Formulars determining fields 149 editor 152 examples 151 Field Formula Editor 152 Full Screen menu item 187 Fullscreen Preview menu item 195 Fullscreen preview window 54 Fullscreen Slide Show menu item 195 G Go To menu item 187 H Help accessing on website 201 local source 201 online help contents and index 201 online source 201 selecting source online or local 201 l Image Editor 90 Image Editor menu item 195 Images cropping 91 editing 90 rotating 91 INDEX 219 Import menu item 173 Importing assets into catalogs See Cataloging categories 70 category assignments maintaining 71 from Text CSV Files 72 menu options 173 process explained 71 quicklists 96 records 70 search queries 41 nformation Ca
196. ere is no difference in format but then you may need to choose a different name or a special backup location to avoid con fusions with the original catalog EE Save in Gy Cumulus Single User gt ei El Filename Copy of My Catalog Save as type Cumulus Catalog ccf Cancel A 4 Click Save The catalog is saved to disk Preparing Catalogs for Special Metadata If you want to capture IPTC XMP or EXIF data from assets and to write back such data to assets the catalog s managing these assets and the Asset Handling Set s to be used must be prepared Cumulus provides special functions for this 164 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE File gt Administration gt Prepare Catalog opens a submenu with options for pre paring catalogs to manage different standard metadata formats For more details see Prepare Catalog p 176 Copying Catalogs The Backup function described above is Cumulus mechanism for copying cata logs in their ready to use state You can also use the conventional ways of copy ing files on your computing platform to make copies of Cumulus catalogs Remember copying catalogs does not copy the associated asset files Repairing Catalogs Ifa catalog becomes damaged Cumulus may be able to rebuild it When you try to open a damaged catalog Cumulus asks to repair it You can also initiate the repair process for local catalogs from within the program by selecting File gt Administr
197. erted 2 Select Asset gt Convert To menu command The Browse for Folder dialog opens for choosing a destination for the con verted asset 3 Select the folder and click Open OK A dialog opens for choosing the converter The dialog lists the Asset Proces sors available to you Available to you for converting are the Asset Processors that are activated in the Asset Handling Set which is chosen for Asset Access in your User Settings 4 Select Pixel Image Converter as Asset Converter The Pixel Image Converter Parameter dialog opens 5 Choose your settings For details see Pixel Image Converter Parameters p 59 6 Click OK The selected image asset s will be converted and the resulting images will be stored in the selected destination Pixel Image Converter Parameters Image Size For the conversion you can define parameters referring to Image Size Image Processing Output Format You can not only determine the image size in pixel as well as inches cm or per cent You can also have the image cropped before it is scaled to the dimension defined by width and height Alternate Source Resolution If you want to use the image with a resolution different from the stored orig inal activate the User Alternate Source Resolution option Crop Area Cropping refers to cutting down an image by cutting away unwanted parts at the edges You specify left top right bottom margins to be cropped o
198. erver you want to upload the album to User Name Enter the user name of the FTP account Password Enter the password of the FTP account Path Enter the directory on the FTP server you want to upload the album to Enter at least a slash but be aware that an existing index html will be overwritten Passive Mode Enable this option if you expect any trouble when con necting through a firewall Overwrite Existing Files If this option is enabled existing files will be overwritten when uploading a new album If not enabled existing files will not be overwritten with the new version To test your FTP settings you can click the Test Settings button Only in cases where the settings do not include any errors you can enable the Upload via FTP option on the General tab Click Start to create your album If you have changed any setting of the album layout or if it is a new album layout you are asked whether you want to save your changes If it is a new album layout you want to save you are asked to enter a name for it 68 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE If the folder you defined under Output Location contains any files you are asked whether this folder should be cleared We recommend selecting Yes If you select Yes all files and subfolders in the output folder will be deleted before the new output files are created If you select No HTML files with the same names as the newly created ones will be overwritten and new cop
199. es Asset Information 182 Calendar pane 180 Category Information pane 180 Category pane 12 Preview pane 183 Record pane 12 resizing 81 179 sub panes for related asset view 80 Thumbnail pane 183 Paste menu item 178 PDF print options 137 printing to 138 Performance increasing for cataloging 162 settings that affect 161 Pixel Image Converter 121 parameters 59 Preferences 100 Asset Actions overview 127 Asset Handling Sets 113 Asset Handling Sets overview 115 Catalog Settings 142 Catalog Settings overview 143 Category View Sets 110 Metadata Templates overview 131 Print Templates overview 134 Record View Sets 105 User Settings 100 User Settings Display Tab 103 User Settings overview 1 101 Preferences menu item under Mac OS 170 Preferences menu item under Windows 178 Prefiller utility options 101 Prepare Catalog menu item 176 Preview menu item 184 187 Preview Sizes menu item 185 Previews full screen display 187 multipage 53 opening 195 printing 175 esizing 187 otating 193 show pane 183 toolbars 52 zoom in 187 zoom out 187 Print menu item 175 Print Preview menu item Windows 175 Print Templates 132 creating a new one 132 editing definition 133 overview 134 overview advanced print settings 136 overview margin settings 135 PDF print options 137 setting as default 133 Print With menu item 196 Printing INDEX 221 contact sheets 102 134 Page Setup 174 p
200. es resemble the folder or directory hierarchy in which the assets reside The Source tab displays them all They are created by default but this option can be disabled Creating Categories S If you ve been snooping around the Cumulus menu bar you can probably guess how to create a new category To create a category 1 Click the category in which the new category should be nested 2 Select Metadata gt New Category or New Related Category This creates a category nested in the selected category 3 Rename the new category Category names can be up to 255 characters in length You can easily change the category hierarchies by clicking a category and drag ging it on top of another category This places the category inside the other cat egory To move a category to the top level of a catalog drop it on the category representing the catalog NOTE n the All tab never change the hierarchy for the categories with names that begin with a sign as they denote the category tabs Renaming categories is easy eh 1 Double click the category s name not its icon Its name will be selected for editing 2 Edit the name Category names can be up to 255 characters long Custom Ordering of Categories By default the categories displayed in the category pane are sorted alphabeti cally As this may not always be the most convenient solution the order of the categories can be changed manually by dragging a category to a
201. et or to have a Cumulus Action performed on the asset s before it is sent 3 Select the desired option and if you decided on an Action the desired Action and click OK Cumulus launches your e mail application in case you have more than one offers you a menu to select launches your default e mail applica tion and attaches the selected asset s to an outgoing message If you decided on an Action the result of the Action will also be saved as defined for the delivering module of the Action Previewing Assets Cumulus provides several ways of previewing assets 52 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Preview pane Preview view Preview window Fullscreen Preview Fullscreen Slide Show Viewing an asset in Preview view or window lets you add user comments to it In Fullscreen Preview you can compare up to six different assets and add labels and ratings The Fullscreen Slide Show displays assets as fullscreen previews ina slide show The Preview pane can be opened additionally at the left side of a collec tion window Preview View and Window The records assets must be available to display Previews can be zoomed in or out and displayed in different sizes using the win dow s toolbar or menu options See Overview Toolbars for Previews below and see Zoom In p 187 and Zoom Out p 187 The default size of the preview display can be set in the User Settings See Over view User
202. etStore 119 Pixel Image Converter 121 TAR AssetStore 119 UNIX File System 120 URL Support 120 Video AssetSore 120 Watermark Asset Processor 121 Windows File System 120 XMP Support 122 215 Zip Asset Processor 121 ZIP AssetStore 120 Asset Handling Sets 113 Asset Access tab 116 Asset Formats tab 117 Cataloging tab 116 creating anew one 114 defining 113 editing definition 113 overview 115 selected in User Settings 102 selecting 102 setting as default 114 Thumbnails tab 115 Asset Information 18 editing 20 field types 19 window overview 28 Asset Processor Modules 121 offered when converting 102 Asset References changing 199 Asset Storage Modules 119 Assets 18 alternates 79 assign 82 archiving 166 cataloging 171 duplicate control during cataloging 116 from FTP or HTTP servers 86 converting 197 copying 197 based on category 197 to an FTP location 89 while cataloging 116 creating own formats 123 deleting 178 different types affecting catalog size 162 drag amp drop 50 explained 8 file naming conventions 83 folder directory naming conventions 84 formats supported 122 fullscreen previews 195 mailing 197 URL cataloged 88 menu options 195 moving to an FTP location 89 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE to specified location 198 opening for viewing with specified application 196 opening Information window 19 opening URL cataloged 87 opening with specified application 196 previews 184 zoom in 187 zoom o
203. ets employing this module no directory categories will be automatically created and assigned to the record es To store information in addition to or different from the default settings you can add fields to the catalog either by activating them from the list of fields that Cumulus supports or by defining a custom field MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG SETTINGS 155 To add a record or category field 1 Make sure the collection window containing the catalog is the active win dow in Cumulus 2 Select Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences 3 Click Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window is displayed If the active collection window contains more than one catalog select the catalog you want to edit under Catalogs 4 Click Record Fields or Category Fields This displays a list of the current record or category fields included in the catalog 5 Click the Add Field button This opens the dialog Add Field This dialog provides three tabs Two of them can be used to add fields that Cumulus supports but that are not currently in the catalog You can either select the field to be added from an alphabetically sorted list or from a tree structure that lists the fields sorted by the module that provide the fields The Modules tab displaying nodes Catalogs Catalog Templates Mod ules and Languages The Catalogs nodes expands to a list of all catalogs open in the active col lection Clicking the plus sign in front of a cat
204. ew mode is active you can select different sizes for the previews Menu equivalent to the toolbar icon TIP The preview image can be resized using the zoom slider Activates Report View Displays thumbnail and metadata information in horizon tal order a sort of hybrid between the Details and Info View modes It offers a convenient way to display the contents of text fields that contain lots of informa tion Can display as many lines as needed for quick browsing Menu equivalent to the toolbar icon TIP The thumbnails can be resized using the zoom slider Record View Set Opens a submenu with the available Record View Sets For more information on Record View Sets see Record View Sets p 105 Disabled unless a record is selected TIP You can easily access the preferences of Record View Sets by selecting the Customize entry in the list for selecting Record View Sets This entry opens the preferences for the current Record View Set MENU REFERENCE THE VIEW MENU 185 Category View Set Opens a submenu with the available Category View Sets For more information on Category View Sets see Category View Sets p 110 Disabled unless a cate gory is selected TIP You can easily access the preferences of Category View Sets by select ing the Customize entry in the list for selecting Category View Sets This entry opens the preferences for the current Category View Set Preview Thu
205. ff the source image The cropping function can be used to trim the edges of an image Enter the size of the edges to be removed Define the measurement under Units NOTE f you use an alternate source resolution be aware that this resolu tion is the basis for any cropping in inches or cm measurements Scale Dimension The values for width height and resolution determine the size of the con verted image The image size can be specified in pixel dimensions or print dimensions And you can decide to have the image converted either to an individual size or to a fixed size the maximum of which is defined by a bounding box The result depends on the selections set for the conversion Work at If you want to specify the size in inches or cm and have the software calcu 60 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Image Processing ating the pixel dimension automatically depending on the set resolution select Document Size If this option is activated the entered values deter mine the print dimensions f you want to specify the pixel dimension not caring about print size select Image Size ote that the final output size depends on the output device s settings e g dpi of printer TIP Working at Image Size is useful when preparing images for online dis tribution Keep in mind that changing pixel dimensions affects not only the size of an image on screen but also its image quality and its printed characteristics either its pr
206. field type of the field selected as criteria Search in Sample Catalog lu Operator J66 36 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 4 Either select a value from the Value list type a value in or drag an appropri ate object onto the field Appropriate objects can be either thumbnails or categories 2 Search in Sample Catalog MEKE j z Value z EY EA 5 Leave the default search method Search in All Open Catalogs This method searches all catalogs included in the current collection 6 Click New Collection so that the records found will be displayed in a new collection of their own 7 Click Find Compound Searches In larger catalogs finding records with a single search criterion may not be effi cient To avoid sifting through tens of thousands of records you may need to use more than one search criterion For example you may be looking for a photo graphic image in EPS format Cumulus lets you do this in two different ways You can enter a compound search more than one search criterion OR You can narrow the results of a simple or compound search See Narrowing the Search p 38 Building a compound search isn t much more difficult than building a simple search You just have to thinkin terms of what you are asking Cumulus to do and then translate that request into the search fields For example your request in English might read
207. fields to one view of at least one Record View Set Fora description on how to add fields to a view see Adding a Field to a Record View p 107 For XMP Adobe s XMP Extensible Metadata Platform is a labeling technology that allows you to embed metadata into the asset itself With an XMP enabled application e g all applications of Adobe Creative Suite information about a project can be captured during the content creation process and embed ded within the file and into a content management system Cumulus can read XMP metadata information while cataloging from assets of the following formats PDF JPEG DNG TIFF and Adobe Photoshop Illustra tor and InDesign files You can view and edit this metadata and Cumulus can write your changes back to the asset Writing back XMP data is only possible for assets of the following formats JPEG DNG TIFF and PSD For more infor mation on writing back metadata see Write back Metadata p 191 If you want to capture XMP data from assets and to write back XMP data to assets the Asset Handling Set s and the catalog s managing these assets MENU REFERENCE THE EDIT MENU 177 must be prepared for this feature XMP record fields have to be added to the catalog s and their properties have to be enabled for field linking The Writ ing back Metadata option must be activated in the Asset Handling Sets used to handle the assets containing XMP data The function makes the process of prepa
208. fined by the user ve venerated field values 2 Fills the field with an initial value as defined in the field to Cece inital vake the right See Initial Value for Fields p 149 for details ZI Alew user to eat 3 Allows a user to edit the field contents Equivalent to the ase User Editable check box in the Field List column EAEE o tounge and roes 4 If activated the field must be filled with a value when meta Type Name data are edited In the Information window or view empty mandatory fields are marked with a special icon and a vali 4 dator pane is displayed Changed metadata can only be saved if all required fields are filled in Formula based field values No function with Single User No function with Single User No function with Single User If activated the field values are based on the formulas defined below For details on how to define such formulas see Field Formulas p 149 MANDAN J Allow User to Edit Mandatory Field e E Validate content using regular expression stomize O 7 Restrict Edit to the following Users and Roles String List Editor Tab This tab is provided for String List fields only See Editing a String List Field p 157 for details Field Linking Tab Linking 1 When cataloging assets the selected record field will be Linking filled automatically Read One only the first matching field 7 When Cataloging Assets
209. g i e written to the hard disk in which case there is no problem or the changes will have been marked as not yet fully committed in which case the system will read the journal which can be rolled up to the most recent point of data consistency SPECIAL TECH INFORMATION Cumulus Catalog Journal A Cumulus catalog journal consists of 5 circular log files named as the catalog file with the extension redo These log files are saved along with the catalog file in the same folder Each of these files has an initial size of 20 MB and the files can become quite large The required space differs as rule of thumb twice the size of the catalog file is recom mended IMPORTANT Copying or Moving Journaling Catalogs When copying moving or backing up a catalog externally the journal of the catalog all 5 redo log files must be included e g copied or moved along with the catalog file IMPORTANT Using Backup Files Created by Cumulus lf you want to replace a damaged catalog file of a journaling catalog with a backup file created by Cumulus you must delete the journal of the catalog all 5 redo log files before you copy and or rename the backup file You activate journaling for a catalog in the Catalog Settings Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences gt Catalog Settings gt General New Catalogs You may create as many new catalogs you need Creating Catalogs 5 To create a new catalog 1 Select File gt New Catalog
210. g HTML size tags more convenient MainPageBanner200x50 gif Or to use this manual as an example file names for screen shots of menus and dialogs each begin with either M_ or W_ to identify the platform from which the images come For example the file name for the Mac OS X File menu is M_FileMenu tif It s Windows counterpart is called W_FileMenu tif Using the two file name prefixes not only helps differentiate the files at a glance but also helps to make the filing system more predictable From this one exam ple you can probably guess the file names of most images in this document Consistency and predictability are key to developing a naming convention that will serve you well 83 84 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Develop an Effective Folder Naming Convention Apply an equally clear naming convention to your folder directory structures Cumulus can use your folder hierarchy to create categories when cataloging assets This is a real time saver if your folder structure helps to identify your assets Some users may choose to store assets in folders based on file type rather than project name A sound clip of audience applause for example may be used in many projects but it will always be a sound clip You can use Cumulus catego ries to associate assets with one or more projects Cross Platform Catalog Use Though the catalogs that Cumulus creates are completely cross platform com patible it is up to you to u
211. g searching a breeze Asset metadata fields can also be field linked to generate Cumulus categories This is handy if your assets contain metadata keywords that you want translated into Cumulus categories Cumulus can even generate category trees that emu late the folder structure the asset was found in If your current folder structures are based on hierarchies that enhance your workflow this option offers a great way to get instant category trees that will be familiar to users A collection is Cumulus speak for a set of records from any one catalog or even multiple catalogs It is a way of looking at your catalog s the way that you look at it at any given time Whenever you work with assets in the record and category panes which make up the Collection window you re creating or modifying collections When you view the records in any category you re looking at a co lection When you view the results of a search you re also looking at a collection The same is true for individual records you ve dragged and dropped into the win dow any snapshot of your catalog can comprise a collection A collection acts as your temporary workspace in Cumulus and you can also save it as a file While a collection can contain all records in a single catalog or all in a single cat egory it is neither one nor the other A collection can also contain and here is where its advantages become obvious the results of a search ei
212. g that lets you selec t the field that contains the metadata to be imported The Import Field Value column displays how the data will be imported Use the arrow buttons to page through the data To have your selected field added to the selection of Import Fields click OK This brings you back to the main dialog Import to String List Fields If you want to import data as values of a String List field of the Cumulus catalog you have to specify the assignments between the import fields and the Cumulus String List fields Skip First Line Often the first line of the import file does not contain information that you want to import You can disable the import of the data of the first line by acti vating the Skip First Line option Import Field Pattern Preview Displays how the data will be imported Import Field Pattern Lists the fields from which the values should be imported You can insert additional information by clicking in a field s entry in this column If you want to import data from more than one field use a right alternate USE ASSETS WORKFLOW ENHANCEMENTS mouse click in a field s entry in this column to geta list for selecting additional fields Cumulus Field Lists the Cumulus Fields into which the data of the import field shall be imported As soon as a new Import Field entry is added the field s entry in this column is filled with the first field of the list of available Cumulus Fields Click in the field
213. g toa view 111 creating 156 defining display properties 112 field types 19 Category Information window overview 28 Category Information Pane menu item 180 Category Tabs displaying selected 113 Category View Set menu item 185 Category View Sets 110 defining 110 editing definition 110 Central Asset Location activating 143 copying assets to during cataloging 116 employing 144 fields required for Duplicates Control 143 on FTP server 89 Change Asset Reference menu item 199 Character Encoding for Export 71 for ZIP files 65 Close menu item 170 Collapse menu item 188 Collapse All menu item 188 Collapsing categories 188 panes 81 179 Collection Basket Pane show 181 INDEX 217 Collection window delete workspace 183 save default layout 183 save layout as 183 use default layout 183 use layout 183 Collection Window Layout See Workspace Collections 16 explained 9 inverting 189 new 170 opening 171 removing catalogs from 171 saving 171 saving as 171 showing all categories of entire catalog 189 showing all records of entire catalog 188 working with 17 Compare Previews menu item 195 Compress menu item 177 Compressing assets into Zip archives 64 catalogs 177 Contents and Index menu item 201 Convert To menu item 197 Converting assets 197 catalogs to other database engines 165 pixel images 58 Copy menu item 177 Copy Assets Assigned to Category To menu item
214. ge brightness and con trast without losing color Only the brightness information of the image is affected by the modification the color shades are left unchanged 92 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Gamma Color Resizing Applying Filters The gamma value of an image affects the way how its colors are perceived Dragging the slider to the left decreases gamma value dragging it to the right increases the value The options offered depend on the color space of the asset Dragging the sliders to the left decreases the levels dragging them to the right increases the levels The Resize tool is used to change the size of an image To resize an image define the new width and height in the corresponding fields To maintain the current proportions of width to height activate the Keep Proportions option The original resolution of images is not affected by resizing with Cumulus Click Apply to accept the resizing Click Cancel to exit the tool Select a filter type from the pull down menu Depending on the filter type you can define the strength and the radius range for the filter 1 100 The radius determines how far the filter considers surrounding pixels that affect the filter action Select the radius according to the image resolution The following filters are available Average Blur Filter Softens an image It smoothes transitions by averaging the color values of surrounding pixels Eliminates noise where significant
215. ge within the resulting image is defined by anchor points You can control the size of the watermark image by scaling it When scaling pro portions are constrained and the images will be scaled to provide the maximum overlay Small watermark images will be enlarged and large ones will be made smaller You can also define to have only small images enlarged Following scal ing options are available At long edge The watermark image is scaled at its long edge The long edge will be scaled to fit the source image and with proportions constrained the short edge will be scaled accordingly At short edge The watermark image is scaled at its short edge The short edge will be scaled to fit the source image and with proportions constrained the long edge will be scaled accordingly Fit to image size The watermark image is scaled to fit the size of the image depending on the image orientation portrait or landscape Scale up only A watermark image that is smaller than the source image is enlarged to provide the maximum overlay Proportions are constrained NOTE f you do not activate the scale option watermark images larger than the source image will be cropped The Previously selected image field will display an image only if the watermark ing parameters are defined for an Asset Action Then the watermarking image will be provided by the Cumulus Server and the field displays a preview of the image that was transferr
216. ger Real Date String List exact string matching Binary fields accept Audio Picture Automatic Creation of Folder Categories Adding Fields The fields linked to Categories record field are responsible for the automatic cre ation of folder categories in a catalog Under which tab master category such a folder category is created is defined under Category Target You can change the default target by clicking into the field and selecting another tab If you don t want automatically created folder categories in a catalog you have to deactivate the corresponding modules To avoid the automatic creation of folder categories you have to change the default linking of the Categories field 1 Make sure the collection window containing the catalog is the active win dow in Cumulus 2 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences 3 Click Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window is displayed If the active collection window contains more than one catalog select the catalog you want to edit under Catalogs Click Record Fields Select the field named Categories and click the Properties button Click Field Linking Select the module which to be deactivated the one that should not create categories during the cataloging process e g Windows or Mac OS File Sys tem AssetStore a L ABA 8 Click Deactivate 9 Click OK This brings you back to the fields list Click Apply to save your changes If you now catalog ass
217. gories These correlate with the Category Tabs The top bar of the Category pane indicates the total number of categories in all open catalogs the number of currently visible categories and the number of selected ones if any Additionally the Category pane top bar contains three icons indicates the active category search options opens the Search amp Sort preferences opens a menu to change the Category View Set ay closes the Category pane 3 Record Pane displays the records of cataloged assets The top bar of the Record pane indicates the total number of records in all open catalogs the number of currently visible records and the number of selected ones if any Additionally the Record pane top bar contains icons and selection lists displays and or activates filters toggles the sort order ascending descending Record Name displays the current sorting criteria clicking on the arrow opens a selection list of available sorting criteria record fields displays the current Record View Set clicking on the arrow opens a selection list of available Record View Sets et opens closes a subpane of the Record pane for more information see page 80 z 4 Status Bar contains icons for toggling the display of additional panes and one icon to change the order of the left side panes opens a menu to mange the workspace hides shows the Category pane shows hides the Information pane providing further information on the sele
218. h Opens a submenu with options for choosing an application for viewing the selected asset Disabled if no records are selected Creating Application Opens the selected records assets with the application that created the assets if it is known and available Other Opens a dialog to choose an application with which to view the selected records assets Customize Lets you customize the options in the View With menu You can add and delete applications Edit With Opens a submenu with options for choosing an application for opening and editing the selected asset Disabled if no records are selected Creating Application Opens the selected records assets with the application that created the assets if it is known and available and lets you edit the asset Other Opens a dialog to choose an application with which to open and edit the selected records assets Customize Lets you customize the options in the Edit With menu You can add and delete applications Print With Opens submenu with options for choosing an application Disabled if no records are selected Creating Application Other Customize Prints the selected records assets with the application that created the assets if it s known and available Opens a dialog to choose an application with which to print the selected records assets Lets you customize the options in the Print With menu You can add and delete applications MENU REFER
219. h as a price of 2 99 Long Can store 64 bit integer numbers Data Size size in bytes can store 32 bit values up to 4 GB Data Size Long size in bytes can store more than 4 GB values up to 64 bit values Date Any valid date day and time later than 1970 entered in the format of your computer s system settings e g Record Modification Date Date only any valid date for any day entered in the format of your com puter s system settings Time only Any valid time of day entered in the format hh mm ss Optionally you can also enter milliseconds by employing a dot as separator hh mmiss 123 Length in inches displayed in the measurement you have chosen in your User Settings for the Cumulus application Resolution in dots per inch Binary Not user editable administered by custom asset information appli cations which can manipulate and store binary data for further automation Asset Reference Special binary field used for asset references only Not user editable Picture Pictures can be pasted into these fields e g Thumbnail String List This field type supports lists such as menus which can make data entry easier The items in the list can be defined by the user e g Status Audio Can store voice annotations that can be recorded directly into the computer or come from the assets themselves Label Enables users to label records by assigning colors Rati
220. he AE Se 6 Loads the last record category from the collection window s current selection PEG 7 Displays the selected Record View Set Duration in month 8 Click to select a Record View Set Notes The sample Information window on the right shows 9 Name of the field as defined in the Catalog Settings pan i E HE 10 Content of the field for the selected record category editable or not depending O rejected O no value on the field type and whether Allow User to Edit is checked in the record field properties If the field background is dark gray it cannot be edited 11 Displays the categories the asset is assigned to For more on categories and category tabs see Categories p 24 WORM j ge Heig 745 pix Available Sizes S M Ix The letters mark a few examples of the various field types A Date Can be user editable click in field and type new value or in Windows use arrow up down keys B Integer User editable numbers only without decimal places up to 32 bits C Boolean Check box for selected or deselected If the field has no value under Windows the check box and mark are gray and under Mac OS the check box is Image Width 1128 pix Aperture 5 Contrast Normal Color Space Uncalibrated gt Comments TechDoc marked with a hyphen Asset Reference Windows Unix Dan D Picture Not user editable maintained by Cumulus or an Asset Storage Mod Ca A ule Annotation eo E Stri
221. he Metadata Template will be filled with the values of the selected Metadata Template Note that these changes will not be saved until you do so TIP If you have the appropriate permissions you can easily access the preferences of Metadata Templates by selecting the Customize entry in the list for selecting Metadata Template This entry opens the pref erences for the current Metadata Template In general a record s size can depend on several factors The size and quality setting of the thumbnail if you choose to include one The amount of text and notes stored in various record fields The asset format the record represents Different assets generally require dif ferent amounts of data to describe them The amount of additional information you include in the record such as voice annotation The customizability of Cumulus means that you can determine what information is stored on the assets in a particular catalog If catalog size is a concern there are a few catalog settings to keep in mind These settings can affect the size of the records cataloged 22 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Renaming Records 5 Records are named as the assets they represent by default Sometimes asset names are not what you would like them to be For renaming assets and their records Cumulus provides a special function See Rename p 198 for details However you can also rename the record only Though there is no menu item spe
222. he Pref erences dialog In the Information window clicking on a star in the rating row sets the rating value immediately to the selected value Clicking close left of the first star removes the value When printing rated records the rating marks are printed as displayed if the Rat ing field is included in the fields to be printed Managing Related Assets Relationships Cumulus can manage related assets With Cumulus versions prior to 7 there was no user interface to show this and any relations between assets were defined by program modules only AssetStore modules or the AXR feature Since version 7 Cumulus offers enhanced management for related assets by providing a user interface that displays these relations and also enables the user to determine relations between assets Relations can be different there are hierarchical and flat relations In a hierarchical relations one is special it might be the master or the preferred one it might be the source The different types of hierarchical relations between assets sup ported by Cumulus are 1 Contain An asset contains other assets e g a Zip archive a PowerPoint pre sentation that contains slides a Quark XPress or PDF document that con tains pages USE ASSETS MANAGING RELATED ASSETS 2 References An asset includes references to other assets e g a PowerPoint presentation or a Quark XPress document that includes references to the images on the slides pages
223. he Preview window Multi page Previews Multi page previews are available for the following file formats GIF InDesign JPEG PCX PDF PowerPoint Presentations Photoshop Quark XPress and TIFF For InDesign a multi page preview can be provided only if one of the following requirements is fulfilled A Cumulus Metadata file TAG file is available which was created by the Cumulus Plug in for Adobe InDesign OR The corresponding XPV file is available and a licensed HELIOS Image Server accessible in the network For Quark XPress a multi page preview can be provided only if one of the follow ing requirements is fulfilled The corresponding XPV file is available and a licensed HELIOS Image Server accessible in the network OR The Cumulus DDS Companion is installed and configured in the Cumulus Quark DDS Filter OR Under Mac OS Quark XPress is installed NOTE The preview always shows the current status of an asset So the num ber of pages slides might differ from those cataloged as contained sub assets if the asset has changed and the records were not updated 54 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Fullscreen Preview The Fullscreen Preview window offers an interactive display of up to six different assets at once making it easy to pick the perfect one each time compare qual ity sharpness composition etc Opening the Window Select the records of the assets you want to have displayed in the window and select As
224. hese files and to manage these files For more information see Canon DC Raw Image amp Thumbnail File p 98 Cumulus Metadata Support The module Cumulus Metadata Support supports the storing of an asset s metadata in a separate TAG file for each asset This makes it possible for stored metadata to be used externally e g by other applications Only if the Cumulus Metadata Support module is activated will Cumulus be able to create a TAG file for each asset cataloged For further information on TAG files see Assets Records p 18 and Browse for Assets p 171 You can define the following properties for the Cumulus Metadata Support Never If a TAG file exists Cumulus Metadata Support will read it but no TAG files will be created Only if Metadata Exists If metadata in a TAG file exists it will be updated Always A TAG file for metadata will be created and continuously updated For Directory Categories Folder TAG files can be created Remember Directory Categories are automatically created and resemble the folder hierarchy in which 121 122 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE the assets reside The Folder TAG file for a Directory Category is called Cumulus Metadata tag and resides in the corresponding folder If the Cumulus Metadata Support is activated and the option Always is enabled a Folder TAG file will be created as soon as you change the Category information of a Directory Category Folder TAG fi
225. hould be used for printing an image Apply Assset Action Activate this option to select an Asset Action to be performed e g to watermark printed thumbnail Draw Border around each Image Activate this option to havea frame drawn around each image Fields Under Fields Shown define the fields which values you want to have included in the printout To add fields click the Add button This opens a list of available fields To define the display properties of a field select the field and click the Properties button Properties concerning the layout of all displayed fields are set under Additional Properties Alignment Determines the display position for record field val ues depending on Show Field Names activated or not If Show Field Names is activated the alignment point is the ending of the longest field name Align to Image Determines the display position with respect to the image Margin to Image Outer Margin and Line Spacing see Over view Print Templates Margin Settings p 135 Background Color see below Show Field Names Activate this option to have the field names displayed along with the field value NOTE Space for Displaying Field Information Each image is scaled in proportion to fit to one cell Only the space left in a cell is used to show field information Take this into consideration when selecting the fields and defining their display properties The image takes precedence over
226. ialog you can type a string of text that you would like to search for in all category names of the active catalog Categories whose names contain the text string are highlighted Related categories are included in the search For example Typing oa would find categories called Boats and Oasis Remove from Collection Removes the record category from the current collection but not from the catalog See Delete p 178 for deleting a record category from a catalog 190 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE The Metadata Menu Information Depending on the active pane this menu item opens the Asset Information win dow or the Category Information window for the selected record category Category Information window For further information see Category Informa tion Window p 26 Asset Information window Menu equivalent to the toolbar icon For further information see Asset Information p 18 and Editing Asset Information p 20 Viewing and Editing Multiple Records If you have selected multiple records before opening the Asset Information win dow you can change the field values for multiple records at once But this is only possible if in your User Settings for the Display of the Asset Information window the option Only One Window is activated and Display values identical for all selected records is checked If the asset information of multiple records is shown in one window only fie
227. ields The record fields are provided by the Cumulus application the Asset Storage modules Metadata modules and the filters You can decide when the linking should happen when cataloging assets and or updating records and whether changes to the metadata should be written back to the asset Changed metadata can only be written back if this function is supported by the file format the filter and Asset Storage module used for access ing the asset If the record field s type is String you can also decide whether the linking applies to all or only the first matching asset field If the Read All option is activated the values of the linked fields are read consecutively Under Link Matching Fields all fields which feed the field are listed fields that have the same GUID Globally Unique Identifier or name and type If the Read All option is activated Cumulus 153 154 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE will fill the record field with the data from all activated modules If a module is deactivated its data are ignored by Cumulus NOTE Field Linking Checks for Field Types In addition to its own type a field may be linked to certain other field types only Integer fields accept String Boolean Real Real fields accept String Boolean Integer Boolean fields accept String Integer Real Date fields accept String String List fields accept String String fields accept Boolean true false Inte
228. ies of the assets will be added If you select Cancel the creation of your new album will be canceled The output files of your aloum are created in the folder you defined under Output Location Start the index html page in that folder to see and test your album You can save your album layout configuration by clicking the H Save button If you want to save it under another name click the E Save As button NOTE You may select records of any file formats to create an album not only images However in this case you should not include slides but use links that point directly to the originals Provided Skins and Link Output Options The album design is controlled by skins Canto provides different skins for Cumulus WebAlbum The skin named Canto supports the following output depending on the selected link and output options Link Option Link to Originals through Scaled Images Output Option Make Slides ignored AR Index page with thumbnail Slide page with field information Original asset overview and scaled image Link Option Link to Originals Output Option Make Slides activated r Index page with thumbnail overview Slide page with field information and original asset Link Option Link to Originals Output Option Make
229. iew on Customization Options For Thumbnail Details and Information view as well as for Asset Information win dow and Palette Mode you can decide which record fields are displayed their order and how they are displayed font type style size and color You can also choose a background color for most of the views For some views you can even choose to use the color of a Label field as back ground color For many views you can select the spacing around it and whether the record is displayed within a frame For certain views you can also define that the field names are displayed along with the field values For Preview view and Preview window you can choose a background color For Preview window you can choose whether and how the values and names of record fields should be displayed For each view set you can define the view that is to be displayed when the view set is selected As soon as you have selected a view set from the drop down list the view will switch This action is not activated by default To activate this feature for a view set you have to activate this option in the Set Properties section and then select the desired starting view Whether all views will change when changing the Record View Set or only the current one is determined by each user individually in her his User Settings For details see see Overview User Settings 2 Display Tab p 103 Record View Sets and Multilingual Working Environment For users
230. iews of Selected Records Activate this option to 3 Applies italic formatting attribute to the selected text see the defined template with live previews of images However 4 Applies underline formatting to the selected text depending on the images sizes and resolutions this may be time 5 Open a menu to select a placeholder for inserting automatic text conseming or a small image at cursor position in the header or footer text Automatic text is provided for common header or footer items TIP Previewing a Print Template including Live Previews of Images If such as running total page numbers Page 1 of 10 time and date YOU want to check the result of your settings with live previews of You can also include the name s of the catalog s the Login images you should select these images before you open the prefer name of the user who uses the Print template or the name of the ence dialog Select at least as many images as needed to fill the computer running your Cumulus application intended grid cells of one page NOTE You can also define your own placeholders for headers and footers If you enter a word beginning with the character e g project Cumulus will open a dialog that asks you to fill this placeholder when a print process is started that uses this tem plate PDF Print Options Cumulus requires no additional software to generate print output as PDF The generated PDF documents can even include links to access the records vi
231. iles Cumulus can store any type of digital media assets including all types of documents images audio video layouts from publishing pro grams presentations and PDF files Once assets are stored Cumulus becomes a central media repository from which you can view locate search organize copy move categorize and otherwise manipulate the cataloged assets Once you ve settled on a process for storing and retrieving your digital assets that works for you the process can be automated further enhancing the efficiency of your workflows Intro 8 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Canto Cumulus Single User Canto offers different editions of Cumulus Canto Single User is the perfect stand alone central media repository to efficiently catalog organize and reuse any type of digital file This guide covers the functionality of the Canto Cumulus Single User Edition How to install Canto Cumulus Single User is described in a separate Installation Guide Special functions Learn the basics of working with the Cumulus URL Asset Store Module and find out how Cumulus supports MS Office documents or RAW Images See Specialized Usage chapter starting on page 85 Catalog management Describes how catalogs manage the media assets stored on your system how to define the properties of individual catalogs and how to maintain the catalog files copy compress back up divide merge etc See Managing Catalogs chapter starting o
232. import file Determine the import file the delimiter its data contains and its encoding You can see how the text is affected in the Data Preview below File Choose the file you want to import the data from Use the E button to browse for the file Delimiter A lot of database systems use the tabulator as the field delimiter even Cumulus while exporting data from a catalog If your import file uses another character as separator you can choose or enter another delimiter Character Encoding Select the character encoding of the import file Import Field Indentifier Lists the field indentifiers from the chosen import file as interpreted using the defined delimiter Import Field Value Displays what the values of a field will look like Use the arrow buttons to page through the data If this is how you want to import the data click Next The next steps depend on the selected destination type See below for further information In any case you have to add entries for the fields to be imported Use the Add button to do so Use the Remove button to remove entries for fields If no more configurations are required a Start button is displayed NOTE Now you can save your Import Configuration set for the data import in an import scheme file by clicking the Save as button This set holds information about the field assignments the name of the import file and the appropriate delimiters Click Start The data will be imported If yo
233. inal MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG MAINTENANCE 161 6 Click OK To change an existing Catalog Template 5 1 Select Cumulus amp Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Catalog Templates 3 Under Template select the template you want to edit The settings for the selected template are displayed in the Catalog Template window 4 Make your changes 5 Click Apply to save your changes The Catalog Template Window The Catalog Template window controls several important factors that come into play while managing assets The options are divided into the following sections General Options for Catalog Templates Keep Category Names Unique Prevents the creation of new categories that share names with existing categories Use Journaling Activates journaling for the catalog See Journaling Cat alogs p 158 Use Template for Catalog Creation Makes the template appear in the Get Catalog Template dialog when creating a new catalog So do not acti vate this option if you want to use a Catalog Template for preparing other catalogs only Record Fields Displays the record fields that a new catalog will contain You can add or delete fields and customize selected fields This allows you to organize the information that can be stored on an asset in its record Remem ber metadata retrieved from assets while cataloging can only be stored if the corresponding record fields are included in the catalog For details on how to a
234. includes fields you can define e g record name file format resolution etc See also Thumbnail view Drag and Drop A way to move user interface objects by dragging them with the mouse and dropping them into targets EJaP Embedded Java Plugln Technology that provides unlimited possibilities to add new functionality or to integrate Cumulus into workflows EJaPs are Java code that runs within the Cumulus application EJSP Embedded Server Plug In Technology that provides possibilities to add new functionality or to integrate Cumulus into workflows ESPs are similar to EJaPs Embedded Java Plugin Whereas EJaPs are Java code that runs within the Cumulus application ESPs are Java code that runs at the Cumulus Server EXIF Exchangeable Image File Format Standard for storing interchangeable informa tion in image files especially those using JPEG compression Most digital cam eras now use the EXIF format The format is part of the DCF standard created by JEIDA Japan Electronics and Information Technology Industries Association to encourage inter operability between imaging devices Cumulus can read EXIF metadata information while cataloging You can view and edit this metadata See also Metadata GLOSSARY Filters Software utilities that Cumulus uses to capture information about an asset dur ing the cataloging process For more information on the availability of new file filters please see the Canto Website www canto
235. ing printing export ing to HTML and creating slide shows NOTE Catalogs Created with Versions Prior to Cumulus 5 5 If the field Thumbnail Rotation for storing the rotation value should be available with catalogs that have been created with previous versions this record field has to be added to the catalog The field is then empty There are two ways to fill it out Either open the Asset Information window and enter the according value degree of rotation manually Or select Metadata gt Update Record This will set the thumbnail back to the asset s orientation Then rotate the thumbnail again The value of the rota tion will then be stored in the Thumbnail Rotation field Assigns variants to an asset The asset to which other assets are assigned is called the source of the variant e 1 Select the records of the assets you want to assign as variants to a source asset 2 Select Metadata gt Assign as Variants Then a message prompts you to select the source 3 Select the record you want to be assigned as the source of the variants and click OK To have the variants of an asset displayed open a subpane and select a corresponding Sub Pane Filter For more information on asset relations see Managing Related Assets p 78 Assign Alternates Assigns alternates to assets and lets you define a preferred alternate sh 1 Select the records of the assets you want to become alternates Show Related 2 Select
236. ing Asset Handling Modules Depending on your workflow requirements you may not need to use some of these Asset Handling modules If for example you are not using services from a prepress service provider and do not have access to an OPI server you should deactivate the OPI System Support Deactivating modules which are not needed for your specific workflow enhances productivity by freeing up Cumulus resources and speeding up the cataloging process To meet individual workflow requirements Asset Storage Asset Processor and Metadata modules can be acti vated and deactivated for each Asset Handling Set individually To activate or deactivate an Asset Handling module for an Asset Handling Set 5 Launch your Cumulus application and open any one catalog Select Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences Click Asset Handling Sets Under Set select the set you want to edit ae Ws S CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS ASSET STORAGE MODULES 119 5 Click Modules and select the icon for the module type 6 Select the desired module and click the Activate Deactivate button 7 Click Apply or OK to save your changes Now the module is de activated for the selected Asset Handling Set Asset Storage Modules The Asset Storage module manages the access to files To catalog a file from the file system of a computer the Asset Storage module for that computer s operat ing system must be activated for the Asset Handling Set used It must also be activated
237. ing the current workspace under a selectable name Enter a name for the workspace A saved layout includes window size window location visible panes view sets selected for each pane Manage Workspace Opens a dialog displaying all available workspaces in alphabetic order You can select one and apply it to the current collection window by clicking Open You can also delete workspace layouts via this dialog Select the entry and click Delete Note that shared Workspaces can be deleted by the Cumulus Administra tor only 184 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Thumbnails Details Information Preview Report Activates Thumbnail View Displays records as thumbnails and the contents of record fields as defined in the selected view set Menu equivalent to the toolbar icon Once this view mode is active you can use the zoom slider to change the size of the thumbnails or use predefined sizes via menu View gt Thumbnail Sizes Activates Details View Displays records in a sorted text list as defined and the contents of record fields as defined in the selected view set Menu equivalent to the toolbar icon Activates Information View Displays metadata information stored with the record The displayed fields are defined by the selected view set Menu equiva lent to the toolbar icon Activates Preview View Displays records as previews The records assets must be accessible to display the preview Once this vi
238. inted dimensions or its image res olution Constrain Proportions To maintain the current proportions of width to height activate this option This option is not available if you have selected multiple records for converting or if you are defining a Cumulus Action TIP To keep the proportions if you have selected multiple records or if you are defining a Cumulus Action we recommend you to specify height and width in percent Use Size as Bounding Box If this option is activated the size defines the bounding box into which the images has to fit The image will be resized proportionally to fit the size of the bounding box No dimension of the converted image will exceed the size of the box When using this option the proportions of the images are always constrained and that s why the Constrain Proportions option is not available If you want images that are smaller than the size of the bounding box to be enlarged to this size activate the Enlarge Smaller Images option TIP To define the size for a box you want to fit for portrait and landscape images make it a square Then the longest edge of an image height or width will be resized to the entered value and the shorter edge will be resized according to the proportions of the image You can choose different units of measurement To enter values as percent ages of the current dimensions choose Percent as the unit of measurement With the conversion th
239. ion To move an asset to an FTP location 5 1 2 Select the record whose asset you would like to move Select Asset gt Move To The Select Asset Storage Module dialog opens which lists all available Asset Storage Modules Select the URL AssetStore and click OK A window for entering an URL opens Enter a valid FTP URL and click OK Cumulus moves the asset to the selected location and updates the refer ence of the selected record Copying an Asset to an FTP Location To copy an asset to an FTP location amp 1 2 Select the record whose asset you would like to copy Select Asset gt Copy To The Select Asset Storage Module dialog opens which lists all available Asset Storage Modules 3 Select the URL AssetStore and click OK A window for entering a URL opens Enter a valid FTP URL and click OK Cumulus copies the asset to the selected location Central Asset Location on FTP Server Each individual catalog can be configured so that Cumulus saves a copy of each cataloged asset to a specific location called a Central Asset Location This option allows for the quickest possible way to locate and track a catalog s assets The URL AssetStore Module enables you to employ an FTP server as a Central Asset Location for a catalog To set a URL as Central Asset Location Make sure the collection window containing the catalog is the active win dow in Cumulus Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences
240. ion is to include the field B formula in the formula of field A Field A formula fieldvalue Image Height 3 0 1 5 An in line function and syntax reference is built into the formula editor This fea ture provides a handy reference that will save you time and help you avoid syn tax errors Three types of in line help are available Syntax reference See an example of the syntax used with a function Usage reference See information about the purpose of a function the value it returns and a usage example Autocompletion See a menu list of functions whose names match charac ters you ve typed To activate in line help 1 Click to place your cursor within the function s name in the formula editing field 2 Type CTRL p syntax reference or CTRL q usage reference The usage refer ence help window that appears may be resized as needed Both windows disappear when another key is pressed or the mouse is clicked in the Formula editing field itself Hint Escape Shift CTRL or ALT are good keys to use to dismiss the window because they don t introduce any new characters into the Formula field 3 For function name autocomplete assistance type the first few characters of a function s name and press CTRL Spacebar to see a list of functions whose names match the characters you ve typed Some asset formats e g JPEG can store metadata Cumulus can read store and manage this metadata by linking it to record f
241. ion when used with the Action Disabled if no properties avail able 5 Opens a dialog to select the processor s to be added 6 Removes the selected processor Packing 7 Lists the selected packing module s 8 If checked the packing module will display dialogs e g for choosing parameters when the action is performed 9 Opens a window to set parameters for the selected packing module when used with the Action 10 Opens alist of available packing module s to be added 11 Removes the selected module 12 13 14 15 Delivering Displays the selected delivering module Opens a list of available delivering modules for selection If you select the URL AssetStore the resulting file s will be uploaded to FTP and HTTP To determine the URL click Prop erties 19 Opens a window to set parameters for the selected delivering module when used with the Action NOTE If the Delivery module is the File System AssetStore You can have the asset that derives from an Asset Action cataloged automatically Note that the new asset can be cataloged only to acatalog that is open in the current collection when the Action is performed If no packing module is included the new asset will be determined as a variant To have automatic cataloging activate the Catalog Resulting Files option in the File System Support Parameters dialog The Settings button enables you to select a catalog as well as an Asset Handling Set for the cata loging
242. is section covers the basics of working with IPTC metadata and the IPTC Infor mation window In order to make use of Cumulus IPTC data management capabilities some prep arations have to be made The Cumulus catalogs in which you want to store IPTC data from assets have to be prepared If you want to capture IPTC data from assets and to write back IPTC data to assets the Asset Handling Set s and the cat alog s managing these assets must be prepared for this feature IPTC record fields have to be added to the catalog s and their properties have to be enabled for field linking The Writing back Metadata option must be activated in the Asset Handling Sets used to handle the assets containing IPTC data Cumulus provides a script to help make the process of preparation easy Prepare Catalog For IPTC found in the Administration submenu of the File menu see Prepare Catalog p 176 for details As image files often contain IPTC and XMP metadata we recommend preparing the catalog for XMP as well In order to know what you should be aware of when working with IPTC and XMP metadata see the note that follows the description on how to prepare catalogs for meta data in your Cumulus edition s user guide IPTC Information Window This Information window is specially designed for displaying and editing the IPTC data of assets Cumulus can read IPTC metadata information while cataloging You can view and edit this metadata and Cumulus can write yo
243. iting a Print Template Anew Print Template is created by duplicating an existing one and adapting its settings e 1 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Print Templates 3 Under Template select the Print Template to be used as the basis for the new one 4 Click the Duplicate button The Name and Settings dialog opens Enter a name for the new template and optionally e Activate the Allow Sharing option if you want this template to be avail able to other users Activate Copy display names only if you also want to take over the lan guage specific display names from the original not recommended for new print templates e Activate Copy description only if you also want to take over the descrip tions specified for other languages from the original not recommended for new print templates 6 Click OK 7 Define the new Print Template See Print Templates p 132 for an over view of the options available TIP If you define advanced print settings use the Preview function to check your settings before you save them CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS SETTING A DEFAULT PRINT TEMPLATE 133 8 Click Apply to save your changes TIP Previewing a Print Template including Live Previews of Images If you want to check the result of your settings with live previews of images you should select these images before you open the prefer ence dialog Select at least as many images as needed to fill the intended gri
244. its name may be entered for you Enter the Mac OS file type in the Mac OS File Type field The file type will always be 4 characters in length Enter the file format identifier typically the mime type in the File Format Identifier field Choose the kind of thumbnail you want to be displayed for the assets You can use either the asset s Finder Windows Explorer icon a thumbnail generated by an external application or an image that you specify If you want to specify a thumbnail image to be used for the assets of the specified format activate the Static Thumbnail option which enables the Browse button Then click the Browse button to select an image You can use any JPEG file as a static thumbnail The image is resized if necessary and pasted into the thumbnail image area Each asset cataloged with this format will use this image as its thumbnail Click OK to save your new format To have the new format available for Asset Handling Sets you have to add it to the Asset Formats list Click the Asset Formats tab and click Add The Add Format dialog opens Expand the Generic Filter entry by clicking on the plus sign on its left The formats available are displayed Select the format you want to add and click OK New formats are placed at the end of the list by default Use the arrow buttons to the right of the list to move the format if necessary TIP A If anything goes wrong while cataloging check the file extensio
245. k with them in Cumulus Although the records of URL cataloged assets behave just like any record which has been cataloged through the supported file systems working with the assets themselves from within Cumulus is slightly different This chapter also describes how to copy or move cataloged assets to FTP servers and how to set up the Central Asset Location for a catalog on an FTP server Cataloging Assets from FTP or HTTP Servers If you want to catalog from FTP or HTTP servers or to work with URL cataloged assets you must use an Asset Handling Set that has the Asset Storage Module supporting URL activated If you want an Asset Handling Set to neither work with URL cataloged assets nor to catalog from FTP or HTTP servers you may want to deactivate the URL AssetStore Module For details on how to activate or deacti vate an Asset Storage module for an Asset Handling Set see De activating Asset Handling Modules p 118 There are two ways to catalog assets from FTP or HTTP servers via menu item and with drag and drop Let s start with the menu item method And remember You need a fully licensed version of the URL AssetStore Module to catalog from FTP or HTTP servers NOTE TAG Files Cumulus can create TAG files on an FTP server while cataloging if the Asset Storage module Cumulus Metadata Support is activated for the employed Asset Handling Set and the user who catalogs is allowed to save files on this FTP server Cataloging
246. ke this Price Euro 99 Running an Import Process from a Text File IMPORTANT Before you start importing information into a Cumulus catalog using the Cumulus Importer utility you should make a safety copy Make sure a current safety copy of the catalog exists before you go ahead and change the metadata in the catalog There is no UNDO function for the import available You can only go back to the initial version of the catalog if there is safety copy available that you can open instead of the changed catalog To set up an Import Configuration Set and run an import process E 1 Open the Cumulus catalog to which you want to import the information 2 Select File gt Import gt From Text CSV File This opens a dialog that leads you through the steps required 73 74 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 8 9 Import to Category Tree Choose whether you want to create a new set or load an existing one To select an existing one open the list with the arrow down button This lists all sets that are available for you Click Next If you decided to load an existing set go on reading with step 7 If you are creating a new set a dialog opens to choose the type of import destination where you want to put the data For information on the different types see above Select the destination and click Next This dialog lets you select the file you want to import from choose the appropriate delimiter and the encoding of the
247. ke your changes 5 Click J to save your changes If you want to edit further records in the collection you can use the arrow icons to load a new record Editing a String Field in Multiple Records If you are about to edit the content of a string field for multiple records at once and one or more records already contain text in the field you want to edit Cumulus will ask you how to handle the new text Editing Fields with Validators Ifa catalog contains fields with validators and one or more of these fields contain invalid values or if mandatory fields have no value at all a validator pane is dis played at the bottom of the Information Window or Information View and the respective fields are marked with a special icon The message s displayed in the validator pane can be different for each field depending on the settings defined by the administrator Clicking on a message immediately activates the field with the erroneous value even if it is not visible in the first place As soon as you enter a correct value both the special icon and the message disappear As long as a record contains invalid field values it can not be saved Either you fill in appropriate values in all of these fields or any changes made to the record will be discarded EXPLORE CUMULUS ASSETS RECORDS 21 Using a Metadata Template Default Metadata Template Customize Record Size To add information to the metadata information that is stored on
248. l Shift 6 Shift Cmd 6 When dragging amp dropping an OPI file into another applica R high resolution file Alt H place ow resolution file Alt L Toggle category and record pane Tab Tab Collection Window Category Pane Create new category Ctrl J Cmd J Expand all categories Ctrl Alt X Alt Cmd X Collapse all categories Ctrl Alt C Alt Cmd C Category search for previous category Alt arrow up Alt arrow up Category search for next category Alt arrow down Alt arrow down Category search for selected category Enter Enter Enterprise Remove categories from collection Del Del Workgroup Delete categories Delete categories Ctrl Del Cmd Del With collapsed category arrow left arrow left Go to category of next higher level With expanded category Collapse category With collapsed category arrow right arrow right Expand category With expanded category Go to next subcategory Go to previous category arrow up arrow up Go to next category arrow down arrow down Go to first category unmarked Ctrl Home Cmd Home Go to previous category page unmarked Ctrl PgUp Cmd PgUp Go to next category page unmarked Ctrl PgDn Cmd PgDn Go to last category unmarked Ctrl End Cmd End Go to first category marked Home Home Go to previous category page marked PgUp PgUp Go to next category page marked PgDn PgDn Go to last category marked End End Collection
249. la n N Print Preview Administrat Ol 45445 412 22 25 4555 k ala at The Edit Menu F Nc l j 177 Undersea e E COPY V a r E T AS Palee DD DD Dr aa Select All ciccccccccccccsssssssecssnsssesssessseussssssssesssessssssssssseeevesssne 178 Deselect Al ier eee 178 Preview TOOIS vecccccccsscssssesssssssssssssesssssssessesseesssssesseseeesseess 178 Preferences The View Menu seeeeees 178 Palette Mode wiceeccccssscssssssssssesseessssssssssssssssessseseesenessest 178 TOOBAL Sua Taner erse e lene nd 179 StATUSDAM M HH rm 179 WONK DACE x cd cnn d k nda ay n dak 179 JR U DID Sa A AA n ak italics DelallS e Jina bal annale dan formai O 45 54 455445 44245 5545544455154542 an n ROVS W cn ee ne NE n k KA el RepOF E5 aa o E e Eke K en Record View Ste eccccccccssssssssssseesssssesssesssessssesesseesneseese Category VIEW SEL cik snna cilen nik Preview Thumbnail Sizes J Sort Direction Pi OV OW a an kan aaay d n dandin WAK Dan n d Dal ALEC ORES PES J De e O r The Find Man u j j 188 Find RECOS sena d Sind ee We kah ka nedin edin AW 188 Find All RecordS a ceessssssssssesssssssesesseesassesuseeesaseeeeasee 188 Find Records DY Query wreesssssssussesensesenssesssnsesssnsee 188 Find Records Assigned to Categories 188 F F ind Duplicates uiuuirmeremereereereneeeeeene in
250. ld contents which have the same values are displayed So the Asset Reference and Thumbnail fields will always be empty Check boxes Boolean fields with differ ent values appear gray The field Categories only displays categories that the selected records have in common All other field types are displayed with no value if there are different values for fields Fields with different values do not show a value but can be edited this also applies to gray neutral check boxes If you add an additional category this cat egory is added to the set of categories for each record If you add any text to a field that already contains values for one of the selected assets you are asked whether you want the new text to replace the existing value or to be appended to the existing text IPTC Information Bulk Edit Opens the IPTC Information window that provides special access to the IPTC information on the asset s stored in the selected record s Disabled when no record is selected See Using the IPTC Information Window p 93 for details For a description on how to prepare a catalog for IPTC see For IPTC p 176 Opens a dialog to edit metadata of previously selected records The Bulk Edit dialog shows the same fields as the Asset Information Window of the current Record View Set but only if they are user editable For each field you can decide how its value is dealt with default Keep Current Value Click the icon
251. le numbers Enter the numbers to be searched for separated by semicolons TIP Greater Range You can search for ranges greater than or less than a specific value Leave the From field empty to search for matches less than the value in the to field Leave the to field empty to search for matches greater than the value in the From field Select From existing values to search for exact matches with existing values Once you have activated this option existing values are displayed which you can select to be searched for Time Only amp Date Only Limits filter results to records with Time data or dates that match or do not match a specific date date range or time period Select a matching option Select Matches to search for records that contain the selected dates Select Does not match to search for records that do not contain the selected dates Select the type of value to be searched for and enter or select the value Select Range to search a specific date time range Enter the range in the From and through fields Select Any of the following dates times to search for multiple statements Enter the time data to be searched for separated by semicolons D TIP Greater Range You can search for ranges greater than or less than a specific value Leave the From field empty to search for matches less than the value in the to field Leave the to field empty to search for matches greater than the value in the F
252. le records categories 4 The open window displays the records categories currently selected in the Collection window and follows any selection changes 5 The open window displays the values that are identical for all cur rently selected records categories Window Position 6 Always displays the window on top of all other windows Window Position V Always keep window on top Preview Window Mode 7 Always opens a preview in fullscreen en 8 Always opens a preview in a separate preview window Fullscreen Window 9 Keeps the Preview window always on top of the Cumulus main window Default If deactivated the preview window remains inside the Cumulus main window as in earlier versions of Cumulus Z7 Always keep window on top Preview View Size 10 Defines the sizes of small medium and large preview views The Orr sizes defined here for preview views are those displayed when the Man oe u respective size is selected Large 300 pixels Preview Image Size You can select one of the following options reVEV ena S 11 Shows asset previews at the selected predefined preview view size xeb SON 12 Shows asset previews at the actual size of the asset For large Fit1mage images with high resolution this could result in a very large pre E vie w e Fit Width 13 Enables selecting whether previews are enlarged or reduced to fit E the size of the preview window Qor 14 Enables selecting whether the width of previews is e
253. les are also created if you Drag amp Drop a category to your Desktop or if you employ the menu item Copy Assets Assigned to Category To for details see Copy Assets Assigned to Category To p 197 And note that if you use this way of copying assets the TAG files associated to the assets themselves will not be copied even if the Cumulus Metadata Support module is activated XMP Metadata Support The XMP Metadata Support module enables Cumulus to manage XMP files e g Adobe Sidecar No properties to be defined Asset Format Support Probably one of the first questions you had about Cumulus was What kinds of assets does it support Plain and simple Cumulus supports all kinds of assets in one way or another Enhanced support is offered for most popular formats meaning that Cumulus is aware of them and knows what information to extract from them Others are supported only to the extent that they can be added to a catalog assigned to categories and searched but no preview or automatic in depth asset informa tion is available And in some rare cases an asset s record will feature a thumbnail on one platform but not on another For an overview on Cumulus enhanced for mat support see Canto s website Cumulus uses what are called filters to help it catalog the contents of an asset Cumulus tells these filters what information to look for in that asset type so that it can become part of the asset s record Cumulus comes with
254. lick the selection is increased or reduced by a range of items Double clicking any highlighted date or the month year title starts a record search Double clicking a date inside a multiple date selection finds all records belonging to any of the selected days months The search result will replace the current selection in the record main pane If you hold the Ctrl key while double clicking a highlighted item in year view it switches to the specified month displayed in month view The Calendar pane has its own toolbar Calendar Pane Toolbar Items AoA QU N Switches to current month year Switches to the previous year Eines nn aa Switches to the previous month disabled in year mode 00000000 Switches to next month disabled in year mode Switches to next year Opens a menu with following options Record View Set Calendar Mode month year Field Minimizes the pane Closes the pane Category Pane Toggles the Category pane on and off Menu equivalent to the toolbar icon Category Information Pane Toggles the Category Information pane on and off The Category Information pane displays information about the selected category Which fields are dis played in the Category Information pane depends on the settings in the current Category View Set MENU REFERENCE THE VIEW MENU 181 Collection Basket Pane Toggles the Collection Basket pane on and off The Collection Basket that enables you to g
255. list you can activate certain options Sorting Contain Search User Editable If this is not checked the field contents cannot be modi fied In the Field Properties dialog you can define more options for the field Select the field s entry in the list and click the Properties button The options available from the Field Properties dialog depend on the field type For details see Overview Field Properties p 147 MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG SETTINGS 10 Click OK to close the Field Properties window This brings you back to the fields list 11 Click Apply to save your changes If you want this field to be shown in a view you have to customize the corre sponding view set and add this field See Adding a Field to a Record View p 107 for details Editing a String List Field To edit the entries of a String List field the Field Properties dialog for the field must be displayed The String List Editor tab lets you view and edit the terms of the selected String List Each term has an ID and can be stored in multiple languages This is only impor tant when working in a multilingual environment If you want users who open the catalog with anoth guage you have to sto version of Cumulus th The String List Editor tab le an existing term by usi er language version of Cumu re the translation of this term e term in the corresponding ts you edit an existing en make with the OK but t
256. ll without disrupting your workflow Once you see something you like or could use again save it as a collection and recall it whenever you need it You can even send your collection as an attachment to an e mail message in one easy step A collection also acts as your temporary workspace in Cumulus meaning that changes made to your collections do not affect the content of your catalogs Even deleting a record from a collection does not remove it from the catalog unless you really want it to which you can do too For more information see Collections Like folders in a filing cabinet Cumulus categories serve to organize assets files But here the similarities end Assets can appear in any number of Cumulus cate gories at the sametime For more information see Categories Records represent assets Each record represents one asset Records hold infor mation on the asset such as file size type location creation date and much more Cumulus allows the creation of customizable record fields which can con tain almost any sort of information you desire Since these user defined record fields are also fully searchable you can tailor Cumulus to fit your requirements It s very important to draw the distinction between records and assets Records are part of Cumulus catalogs assets are not Records represent assets For more information see Assets Records 10 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE In order to exploit
257. log file names 84 164 legal cross platform characters 84 renaming 143 new 170 opening 170 opening recent 170 performance issues 13 preparing for EXIF 176 preparing for IPTC 176 preparing for XMP 176 rebuilding 177 reducing size by dividing 165 removing from collections 171 repairing 164 scope of 13 securing 158 settings 142 showing all categories 189 showing all records 188 size factors affecting 13 Things You Can Do with 13 thumbnail size options 115 updating with Catalog Templates 161 Categories 24 assigning multiple 193 auto cataloging 27 avoiding automatic folder categories 154 collapsing all 188 collapsing selected 188 copying associated assets 197 deleting from catalog 178 detaching multiple 193 dragging and dropping associated assets 50 editing a record s category assignments 22 editing information 27 expanding all 188 expanding selected 187 explained 9 exporting 174 fields 26 find names containing 189 importing 173 information 190 Information pane 180 merging 177 naming length limit 25 new 25 opening Information window 26 printing 175 removing records category assignments 22 renaming 25 searching for 42 searching with 188 show original for related 189 show related 189 showing all of a catalog 189 showing and hiding 180 synchronizing 173 Things You Can Do with 28 types 24 visible number of 12 Category Fields adding to a catalog 154 addin
258. lue For date field types the current date is shown initially illustrating the date format to be entered A date may be entered manually in the given format or selected with a date picker To have a field filled when the Metadata Template is used the Use option for the field must be enabled You can either change existing templates or create new ones Metadata Templates are created and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus Edit gt Preferences gt Metadata Templates Creating A Metadata Template 5 A new Metadata Template is created by duplicating an existing one and adapt ing its settings 1 Select Cumulus amp Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Metadata Templates 3 Under Metadata Template select the Metadata Template to be used as the basis for the new one 4 Click the Duplicate button The Name and Settings dialog opens Enter a name for the new template and optionally e Activate the Allow Sharing option if you want this template to be avail able to other users Activate Copy display names only if you also want to take over the lan guage specific display names from the original not recommended for new templates e Activate Copy description only if you also want to take over the descrip tions specified for other languages from the original not recommended for new templates 6 Click OK 7 Define the new Metadata Template See Overview Metadata Templates
259. lus can ascertain that automatically if the deriving asset was created using a Cumulus function For a description on how to determine such a relation see Assigning Variants p 83 4 Alternates The user can create groups of alternate assets An asset is deter mined as an alternate by assigning it to the preferred alternate For a description on how to determine such a relation see Assigning Alternates p 82 The information on an asset s relations is stored in the asset s record 79 80 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE SPECIAL TECH INFORMATION The information on an asset s relations is stored in the record fields Related Master Assets and Related Sub Assets The field Related Sub Assets stores the information which assets are contained referenced deriving or alternates Whereas the field Related Master Assets stores the information in which other assets the asset is contained in refer enced by derives from or which asset is its preferred alternate There can be several relations between assets Each asset can have various relations This example shows a PowerPoint presentation and its rela tions as well as the relations of assets related to the presenta tion The presentation contains slides pages references images is source for variants Let s try to find out about the different relations between the assets that are related to the presentation All slides are containe
260. mbnail Sizes Opens a submenu to select the size of thumbnails or previews Small Displays records as small thumbnails previews default 64 x 64 pixel You can change the default size See User Settings p 100 for details Medium Displays records as medium thumbnails default 128 x 128 pixel You can change the default size See User Settings p 100 for details Large Thumbnail Preview Displays records as large thumbnails default 256 x 256 pixel previews You can change the default size See User Settings p 100 for details Sort By Opens a list of the available fields of the current collection Select the field you want to determine the sorting of Menu equivalent to the statusbar field NOTE The selected field should be one with the most records containing information otherwise you will be quite unhappy with the sorting TIP Unsorted The option Unsorted will display the records in the order they were cataloged You can sort by two fields In Details view Cumulus lets you select a second field as sorting criteria Click the column header for the field you want to use as first sorting criteria and then Shift click the col umn header you want to use as second sorting criteria If you switch to other views the sorting will remain until you change the sorting Record Name 4 File Format Asset Modification Date amp Rating Details view allows sorting by two fields The first sorting
261. move activated the asset field will fill the record field buttons to add remove fields to from this list 6 Activates deactivates the selected field for matching 9 Opens a dialog to select the field to be added 7 If a new Filter module is added that provides any matching 10 Removes the selected field from the list fields these fields will be added and activated automati cally Referenced Tab Provides an overview of the View Sets Metadata Templates and Print Templates that bear a reference to the field MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG SETTINGS 149 Defining Field Values Initial Value for Fields Mandatory Fields Table Fields Field Formulas The values of fields can either be defined by the user or be based on formulas If defined by the user a field can have an initial value and you can allow users to edit it or even force them to edit it mandatory fields To add a default text to a field e g the Notes field of all newly cataloged assets in a certain catalog you have to enable the option Initial Value for the field and enter the text you want to have as default If the asset s metadata already contain a value for this field the initial value will be ignored As the initial value of a String List field must be one of the terms you entered for the String List you do not enter the initial value but select a term from the list provided when clicking the J button next to the field The initial value of a Boolean field is
262. mulus Edition 96 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Editing Quicklists The list displays the current values for the corresponding field You can edit or delete these values or add new values to the list To add a new value Enter the new value in the field above the list and press the Enter key or click the Add button You can then start typing the next entry immediately To edit a value Select the value The value will be displayed in the field above the list Edit the value in this field and then click Replace The value in the field will replace the selected value in the list To delete a value Select the value in the list and click Delete Exporting and Importing Quicklists 5 5 Once you have adapted a quicklist to suit your needs you may want to save it for special purposes or provide other users with That s why Cumulus offers you the option of exporting and importing quicklists When exporting a quicklist it is saved into a document of the type QLS File file extension qls To make use of such an exported quicklist with the IPTC window you have to import this list by opening the document it is saved to To export a quicklist savinq it to a document 1 Select the EF button in the IPTC Information window The standard dialog for selecting a location and saving a file opens 2 Enter a name select a location and click Save Now the list is saved and can be imported To import a quicklist
263. n Cumulus Asset Actions Cumulus Actions simplify daily workflow needs An Asset Action refers to a com bination of certain functions and can be saved under a chosen name Whenever you wish to perform this combination of functions all you need to do is select the corresponding action and it will be done An Asset Action can include three different types of functions Processing Packing Delivering Firstly you can have the selected assets processed then you decide whether the result of this process should be packed into one file and finally you define where CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS CREATING AN ASSET ACTION this file should be delivered By default the delivery destination is the file system and the only packing possibility is the ZIP AssetStore Processing Defining a processing module for an Action is optional Processing modules will always produce as many files as records were selected for the Action For processing a list of possible modules is provided from which you can choose the module you want to use For descriptions of the modules see Asset Pro cessor Modules p 121 If you select more than one processing module for an Action the sequence is important NOTE The sequence of the processing modules must make sense For example having the Zip AssetProcessor as the first processing module and then using the Pixel Image Converter to produce JPEG files does not make any sense However doing it the other way around is fi
264. n Sample Catalog ln xl r Record Name gt contains free yj Find Method Found Records _ ind ir Update Current Collection Fin iori C Create New Collection Find and Add to Current Collection Help Advanced Mode Find All 8 Click Find In Current Collection as the search method 9 Click Current Collection so that the records found will replace those in the current collection 10 Click Find Cumulus searches through the ten records found in the first search and narrows the set of records down to just two images Sunset with Tree and Tree in Winter If it helps you might want to think of Narrow Current Collection as an and Bool ean operator That is after your first search you conduct another search with dif ferent search criteria and the final results are the same as from the corresponding compound search using and In the example above the same final results were achieved with the compound search previously conducted Broadening the Search If the results you get from either a simple or compound search are too narrow Cumulus can be of assistance again The search method Find and Add to Cur rent Collection adds the results of a subsequent search to the records contained in the current collection Let s conduct an example search using the Find and Add to Current Collection search method e 1 If the Find window is not open click Find gt Find Records to open it
265. n Help Advanced Mode Find All 6 Leave the default search method Find in All Open Catalogs This method searches all catalogs included in the current collection 7 Click Create New Collection so that the records found will be displayed in a new collection of their own 8 Click Find The search finds two images Sunset with Tree and Tree in Win ter Additional conditions may be added to further refine the search Add and delete conditions using the following buttons Inserts a new search condition before the current condition The current condition is the line in which a field is highlighted or the flashing cursor l beam is found Click in any field to make that line the current condition Inserts a new search condition after the current condition X Deletes the current condition This is not undoable Sequence of Search Conditions When performing a Find window search Cumulus performs one search condi tion after the other The Boolean and and or operators define how Cumulus has to connect the previous and next search conditions The operator and defines that the records must match both conditions The operator or defines that the records need to match one of the conditions only If you have more than two search conditions in a search query a condition connected with and will search the matches of the previous condition and reduce this result whereas a condi tion combined with or will search the entire
266. n either panel is performed on the other two panels at the same time and in the same way see Linking Panels p 54 Comparison results can only be viewed but not saved rated or labeled And of course there is no metadata for the comparison result to be displayed To get rid of the comparison result and possibly restore the preview image that was displayed previously in that panel select the compare image then open the context menu with A the right mouse button Control key mouse and select Reset Compare Panel Repurposing Assets Cumulus provides several ways for you to repurpose your cataloged assets The following sections describe how you can do this making use of Cumulus Con verter module Converting Image Assets The Pixel Image Converter enables you to convert any cataloged pixel image into the different formats on the fly e g JPEG TIFF BMP GIF ScitexCT PNG PCX and PDF It also lets you resize the image and convert it into another color space With Cumulus the images can also be cropped rotated or flipped Sharpen and Blur filters can be applied for the image processing The sequence of the conver USE ASSETS REPURPOSING ASSETS 59 sion processes is cropping first then resizing and after that applying a filter Finally the image is saved in the specified color space and output format To convert image assets into another format 1 Select the record s representing the image asset s to be conv
267. n in their record fields on the asset file they represent Generally the range of information each record includes depends on the kind of asset represented However Cumulus makes it possible to determine precisely what sort of infor mation should be kept on assets Remember this can be defined differently for each catalog as each catalog has its own properties It is the catalog settings that determine what information is stored on the assets in the record fields As it comes out of the box Cumulus has many record fields ready to be filled while cataloging depending on the nature of the asset Not all of the record fields that Cumulus supports are activated with Cumulus default settings Asset Information The information stored on an asset can be viewed and edited in the Information view or in the Information window What you see depends on the fields selected to be displayed in the current Record View Set the fields of the catalog the asset is cataloged in and whether these fields contain any information or not TIP The View Set you select should match with the catalog s you use it with For example if you have a special catalog for images that includes all fields that are important for images and you use a View Set that was designed for audio files you may not see much information If the catalog does not contain the fields that are selected for display in the View Set no information can be displayed
268. n on TAG files see Options While Cataloging p 172 Convert the asset to another file format See Convert To p 197 Copy the asset into another application by dragging the record into the application Create copies of the assets in another location See Copy To p 197 Customize the display of the information on an asset See Record View Sets p 105 Delete an asset See Delete p 178 Move assets See Move To p 198 Open assets using the application they were created with or another appli cation See Edit With p 196 24 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Categories Category Types Preview a record s asset See Preview p 195 Print assets using the application they were created with or another applica tion See Print With p 196 Send your assets by e mail See Mail To p 197 Rename assets See Rename p 198 Show information on an asset See Asset Information p 18 Show the location of the asset See Show Location p 198 Show a preview image of the asset See Preview p 195 Cumulus categories are used to organize records much like folders are used to organize files in a traditional filing cabinet But the asset can appear in any num ber of Cumulus categories at the same time They are similar in purpose to key words used in other programs Simply double clicking on a catego
269. n page 141 Cross Platform Issues Cumulus is a cross platform application meaning that it runs on Windows and Mac OS X Macintosh systems Though the program s features are identical in each version portions of the user interface differ due to operating system or key board conventions These differences are denoted or explained when necessary and assumed otherwise e g the difference between maximizing a window in Windows and zooming a window in the Mac OS X is not explained This icon denotes what pertains to Mac OS X only A This icon denotes what pertains to Windows only User Interface Item Conventions To differentiate user interface items buttons menus text fields etc from sur rounding text those items are displayed in bold For example Click the Open button To differentiate menu hierarchies the gt character is used For example Select File gt Open to open a file This example means to select the Open item from the File menu Understanding Cumulus Assets To get started with Cumulus you need to understand only a few basic concepts Cumulus creates special files called catalogs which Cumulus uses to keep track of your valuable assets As you catalog your assets Cumulus creates special cata log entries called records that represent the assets to be managed Each record contains vital searchable information about the asset it represents To make searching and retrieving
270. ne Then you will get one ZIP file for each selected record and each ZIP file will contain a JPEG image Packing Packing modules pack the selected assets or the files resulting from the pro cessing into one file For example if you have selected Pixel Image Converter for processing to produce TIFF files and then Zip AssetProcessor for packing the result will be TIFF files for each selected record packed in one Zip file Another example that might sound odd but also might make sense in certain circumstances if you have selected the Zip AssetProcessor for processing as well as for packing the result will be Zip files for each selected record packed in one easy to handle Zip file NOTE The sequence of the processing modules must make sense For example having the Zip AssetProcessor as the first packing module and then using the PDF Page Merge AssetProcessor does not make any sense However doing it the other way around is fine Then you will get one PDF compressed into a ZIP archive Delivering Defining a delivering module for an Action is not optional You have to define a delivering module for every Action Asset Handling Set You can also select a specific Asset Handling Set to be used for the Action If you don t specify one the Asset Handling Set will be used that is defined in the User Settings of the user who uses the Action As this Asset Handling Set might have some modules not activated that are needed for the action we rec
271. nena 84 Cross Platform Catalog Use 84 Specialized Usage 85 Using URL AssetStore 86 Cataloging Assets from FTP or HTTP Servers 86 Working with URL cataloged Assetts 87 Storing Assets on FTP Serveres 88 Central Asset Location on FTP Server u 89 Working with Images 90 Editing lmaqes sisusseeeeeeeeererereeneee meke 90 Using the IPTC Information Windovw 93 OVERVIEW THE IPTC INFORMATION WINDOW 94 Working with Raw lmaqges uneeee 96 Customize Cumulus 99 Preferences ceceeeceeeeece 100 User Settings j j 100 Overviews on User Settings 100 OVERVIEW USER SETTINGS 1 OVERVIEW USER SETTINGS 2 DISPLAY TAB 103 Record View Sets j j j 105 Overview on Customization Optione 105 Creating and Editing Record View Sets 105 Setting A Default Record View Set 106 Adding a Field to a Record View 107 Adding a Separator to a Vievv 108 Changing the Properties of a Displayed Field 109 Category View Sets 6 110 Category Info Window
272. new categories for entries in the import file that do not correspond to already existing cate gories in the current catalog Import of Values to String List Fields You can import data from an import file as values into the properties of a string list field The values can be imported to any category or record field of the type String List It is not necessary that the newly created list entries are assigned to records A lot of database systems use the tabulator as the field delimiter even Cumulus while exporting data from a catalog If your import text file uses another character as field separator you can choose or enter another delimiter Also the delimiter for category levels can be set to any character Definition of Additional Information For the import you can define additional information that is imported prior to the text that comes from the import file The additional information may increase the readability of information in a field EXAMPLE Additional Text If you import a lot of different data into the same text field it might be helpful to define additional text that is imported prior to the informa tion from the import file For example if you want to import the price of a product into the notes field and your import file contains the fig ures only you can define additional information like Price Euro that is added to the text before importing it into the Cumulus catalog After the import the notes field looks li
273. ng Enables users to rate assets or records 20 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Table Special field type that can include other metadata fields This field type was designed for special usage purposes e g the user comments added to a preview are managed by such a field The fields included in a Table field can be configured to be searchable and sortable Asset Types Supported Cumulus can catalog any kind of digital asset you throw at it Moreover it directly supports file formats with specially developed filters See Asset Format Sup port p 122 for details on supported formats Visit Canto s website www canto com for news updates and downloads including new file filters as they are developed for registered users only Editing Asset Information 5 In general you can edit the information stored on an asset But you can only edit information which is stored in record fields you are allowed to edit To edit the information stored on an asset 1 Select a Record View Set that displays the information you want to edit in the Information View or the Asset Information window 2 Select the record you want to edit and change to Information View or open the Asset Information window 3 Click the field you want to edit Fields with white backgrounds can be edited If a field has a gray back ground then it cannot be edited Either you are not allowed to edit or the field is not editable in general 4 Ma
274. ng User editable characters and numbers NOTE None of the default fields is an Audio field An F String List Can only be filled with predefined values The values are either dis Audio field always has to be set up as a custom field played as alist or as radio buttons defined in the View Set Click the arrow but Click to record a voice annotation A dialog appears ton to select a value from a list from which you can stop or cancel the recording G String List Multi Select The values are displayed with check boxes You can Click to play the voice annotation Button changes to select multiple values by activating them in the check boxes a for stopping while playing H Asset Reference Not user editable maintained by Cumulus or Asset Storage Click to delete the voice annotation Field has no Module value then Audio User editable only available when QuickTime is installed on your com puter QuickTime 7 0 is recommended You can record voice annotations for the record If you have selected multiple records before opening the Asset Information window and the option Display values identical for all selected records User Settings gt Display gt Asset Info Window is activated you can change the field values for multiple records at once If the asset information of multiple records is shown in one window only those field contents are displayed which have the same value So the Asset reference and Thumbnail fields will always be em
275. ng its set tings 5 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Record View Sets Under Set select the set to use as a basis for the new one Click the Duplicate button The Name and Settings dialog opens A I a 5 Enter a name for the new view set and optionally Activate the Allow Sharing option if you want this view set to be available to other users Activate Copy display names only if you also want to take over the lan guage specific display names from the original not recommended for new view sets Activate Copy description only if you also want to take over the descrip tions specified for other languages from the original not recommended for new view sets 6 Click OK 7 Define the new view set For details see Adding a Field to a Record View p 107 and Changing the Properties of a Displayed Field p 109 8 Click Apply to save your changes Setting A Default Record View Set You can define one view set to be the default view set This default view set will be used in case no other set is available or the selected set is not accessible For example a set that is stored with a collection was deleted after the collection had been saved The default view set is denoted by bold characters in the list for selecting a view set 5 CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS ADDING A FIELD TO A RECORD VIEW 107 To set the default view set W R eS 5 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences
276. nlarged or E Enlarge smaller preview images reduced to fit the size of the preview window pedis Boe en nee 15 Enables selecting whether the height of previews is enlarged or r reduced to fit the size of the preview window 16 Selects a predetermined size for all previews Additional Preview Settings 17 Hides the toolbar when the preview is displayed fullscreen only Additional Preview Settings available with the Preview Window settings ee eae BR Ee V Show error message when unable to generate preview 18 Shows an error message if a preview can t be generated Use Mouse Wheel in Preview For 19 Toggle the mouse wheel function Either use the mouse wheel to cycle between records or between the pages of multi page z ER records Page navigation hold CTRL for record navigation TIP Press Ctrl while using the mouse wheel to invert the way it works CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS OVERVIEW ON CUSTOMIZATION OPTIONS 105 Record View Sets Cumulus offers different views for records The following views are defined in a Record View Set Thumbnail View Report View Details View Info View Asset Info Window Palette Mode Preview View Preview Window View Sets make it easy for you to switch between different views that are set up for certain formats or tasks Once View Sets have been appropriately defined to meet differing demands you can switch between them with just a mouse click You can extensively customize most views Overv
277. o meet differing demands the user can easily select them for printing records If you have the appropriate rights you can extensively customize most tem plates There are Print Templates for individual use and templates that are shared with other users Shared templates are displayed in italics A Print Template defines how records will be printed Print Templates include definitions for the document layout page size and orientation as well as mar gins and the layout of the records to be printed To serve as print layout for the records you can either use a Record View Set or define advanced print settings The advanced print settings allow you to specify how the printed records will appear on the page They include options for the grid to be used e g number of rows and columns the thumbnail e g alignment and resolution the fields to be included in the print out of each record including font selec tion the header and footer text including font selection PDF creation PDF security settings When defining advanced print settings for a Print Template a Preview function enables you to check the result of your settings You can see just what a page looks like before deciding to save the template Print Templates can be used when printing records File gt Print Print Templates are created and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus fM Edit gt Preferences gt Print Templates Creating and Ed
278. og as the one selected That s why it is recommended that you use a simple collection and not a multi catalog collection when your work includes the relation aspect You can manually group alternates of assets When you group them as alternates you have to determine one as the preferred alternate Select the records of the assets you want to become alternates and select Meta data gt Assign Alternates Then a message prompts you to select the preferred alternate From the selected records select the one you want to be the preferred alternate and click OK To delete such relations you must delete the corresponding entries in the Related Sub Assets and Related Master Assets fields from the Alternates tab in the Information window or view To get the alternates of an asset listed use the split view and an according list option Sub Pane Filter For more information see How does Cumulus Display Relations between Assets p 80 Assigning Variants USE ASSETS WORKING SMART You can manually assign variants to an asset The asset you assign them to is called the source of the variant Select the records of the assets you want to assign as variants to a source asset and select Metadata gt Assign Variants Then a message prompts you to select the source Select the record you want to be the one assigned as the source of the variants and click OK To delete such relations you must delete the corresponding entries in the Related Sub A
279. ommend selecting a certain Asset Handling Set And it should correctly support the modules chosen for the Action See Overview Cumulus Asset Actions p 127 for an overview of the options available for a Cumulus Action You can either change existing Actions or create new ones Asset Actions are cre ated and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus f Edit gt Pref erences gt Asset Actions Creating an Asset Action Anew Asset Action is created by duplicating an existing one and adapting its set tings E 1 Select Cumulus amp Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Asset Actions 3 Under Action select the Action to use as a basis for the new one 125 126 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 4 Click the Duplicate button 5 The Name and Settings dialog opens Enter a name for the new Action and optionally Activate the Allow Sharing option if you want this action to be available to other users e Activate Copy display names only if you also want to take over the lan guage specific display names from the original not recommended for new Asset Actions e Activate Copy description only if you also want to take over the descrip tions specified for other languages from the original not recommended for new Asset Actions Click OK Define the new Action See Overview Cumulus Asset Actions p 127 for an overview of the options available Click Apply to save your changes Editing an
280. omparison result is computed and displayed as the difference of the RGB values of the corresponding pixels Pixels that are identical in both images appear as black in the comparison result If the two images to be compared have the same aspect ratio but different sizes the larger one is scaled down to the size of the smaller one If the images differ both in size and aspect ratio they are overlaid centered Compare Previews is especially useful for detecting subtle differences in appar ently identical image assets Starting the Comparison The preview comparison can be startet either from the collection window or from the fullscreen preview sl 1 In the collection window select the records of the two assets you want to compare then select Asset gt Compare Previews OR In a Fullscreen Preview of multiple assets select the previews of the two assets you want to compare then open the context menu with the right mouse button Control key mouse and select Compare A fullscreen preview comprising a comparison result behaves the same way and offers the same options as any fullscreen preview see Fullscreen Preview p 54 The statusbar of the panel with the resulting image displays the title Comparison Result and the current zoom factor By default the comparison result and the two previews of the compared assets are linked for all zooming rotating and panning commands i e each zooming or panning operation i
281. on while cataloging from FTP or HTTP servers 86 while working with URL cataloged assets 87 User Guide conventions used 8 User Interface Information window 28 IPTC Information window 94 The Find Window 34 User Settings Display overview 103 User Settings overview 1 101 User Live Filtering 43 User Settings 100 Asset Handling options 102 Asset Handling tab 102 Cataloging Prefiller options 101 Display tab 103 general options 103 transparency options 103 Printing tab 102 Search amp Sort tab 102 Search options 102 224 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE V Variants 79 assign 83 Variants tab 82 Video AssetStore 120 View sets for categories defining 110 for records defining 105 selecting in Information window 29 View With menu item 196 Views adding separators 108 Details View 184 Information View 184 Preview View 184 Report View 184 Thumbnail View 184 Voice Annotation 29 play 29 record 29 W Watermark Asset Processor 121 parameters 62 Watermarking images 62 parameters 62 WebAlbum 65 Windows fullscreen preview 54 Workspace resizing panes 179 save as 183 save current layout 183 use 183 use default 183 Workspace menu item 179 X XMP and IPTC 192 preparing catalog for 176 XMP Support 122 XSLT support 70 Z ZIP AssetProcessor 64 121 ZIP AssetStore 120 Zoom In menu item 187 Zoom Out menu item 187
282. on category such as project name To copy categories and associated assets 1 Select one or more categories that you want to copy along with the associ ated asset files 2 Drag and drop the selected categories into the target application NOTE fyou use this way of copying assets any associated metadata files eg TAG files will not be copied even if the corresponding metadata modules are activated A folder named as the category is created containing the asset assigned You also have the option of copying only the asset files associated with selected categories see Copy Assets Assigned to Category To p 197 Using Asset Actions Cumulus Asset Actions simplify your daily workflow needs An Asset Action refers to a combination of certain functions and can be saved under a chosen name Whenever you wish to perform this combination of functions all you have to do is select the corresponding Action and it will be done You can perform an Asset USE ASSETS MAILING YOUR ASSETS 51 Action either on selected records or when mailing assets To perform an Asset Action on records selected in the Record pane you employ the menu item Asset gt Perform Asset Action For details see below To perform an Asset Action on records in the Collection Basket pane you employ the Collection Baskets tool bar For details see Outputting the Collection Basket s Contents p 182 These Asset Actions can be defined in your User
283. on of Field Properties windo you click the Apply button to save your Catalog Se us to see the term in this lan Depending on the language column will be displayed try add a new term or delete ng the corresponding buttons Save any changes you w They are valid as soon as tings To edit a term of a String List field just select its entry in the list and double click the term you want to edit To create a new term for a String List field 1 Click Add 2 Enter the new term in the dialog that appears and click OK The new term appears in each language field of the list If you are working in a multilingual environment you can now double click the field for a language and enter the translation for the term A user will only have the terms of one language displayed The language a user gets displayed initially depends on the language defined during the installation but can be changed by the user anytime You can edit a term of a String List field at any time 1 Select the entry for the term you wish to edit Double click the term in the language you want to edit in and type the new term in the field The term will be changed in all records that use it when you have saved the changes and closed the Properties window You can define the sorting of the terms of a String List field You can select differ ent sorting modes for a String List field Alphabetical default sorting mode The terms of the String List
284. on will be a copy of the active collection In other words the col ors fonts and fields of the new collection will be the same as the previous one From here you can proceed to make any changes you like while retaining the old collection in the background You might want to save your new collection after you have assembled the desired records and carefully arranged them Collections stored with previous Cumulus versions can be imported File gt Import gt Collections To store collections at any location you can use the export function File gt Export gt Collections For sending a collection via email to another user a special export function is provided File gt Export gt Mail Collection To However don t forget Since a col lection is always connected to catalog s it is necessary for the recipient to have access to the catalog s serving the collection To make use of a collection you received you use the import function Things You Can Do with Collections Create a new collection See New Collection p 170 Open an existing collection See Open Collection p 171 Save a collection See Save Collection As p 171 and Save Collection p 171 Search through a collection See Searching p 32 Send a collection by e mail See Export p 174 18 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Assets Records In Cumulus each asset is represented by one record
285. on window via list selec tion or by a menu item via the Asset menu The menu item Assign Label will be available only if the effects of assigning the abel can be immediately seen by the user This means that it is available only if at least one label field is included in the catalog AND if at least one label field is included in the current view or set as background for records entire record or record name in the current view The menu item will assign the label set as background of the current view If no abel is set as background or for views where a label cannot be set as back ground the menu item will assign the label from the first field of type Label from the current view The order refers to the field list of the view settings in the Pref erences dialog n the Information window the field will be displayed as a drop down list The current color is displayed and the available colors are included in the hidden list To select a color open the list and select the desired label color To remove a abel open the list and select the no value entry When printing labeled records the label marks are printed as displayed if the Label field is included in the fields to be printed Z7 78 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Rating Assets NOTE Multiple Labeling Systems Each catalog can have its individual labeling system However be careful using multiple labeling systems If you work with several catalogs in one col
286. ontents of the folder and Cumulus files that are new in the folder are automatically cata loged Available for folder categories only Setup Auto Cataloging Import Opens a dialog to define auto cataloging for the selected category See Cate gories and Auto cataloging p 27 for details Available for folder categories only Opens a submenu with several menu options Each opens a dialog in which you can select an appropriate file type for import The various file types are listed by the import type below 174 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Export Page Setup Assets Lets you add assets to catalogs After selecting an Asset Handling Set a dialog opens to browse for the assets you want to add For a description on how to go on see Browse for Assets p 171 Records Lets you import records that were exported to XML files or to Cumulus Record Exchange Files If you have multiple catalogs open in one window you are prompted to select the catalog to which you want to import the records The imported records are appended to the active collection Categories Lets you import categories that were exported to XML files or Cumulus Category Exchange Files If you have multiple catalogs open in one window you are prompted to select the catalog to which you want to import the categories The imported categories are appended to the active selected catalog If a category in the import file has the same name as
287. opens 7 Select the desired module and click OK The next steps depend on the elected module Nn Selecting the URL AssetStore opens a dialog for entering a URL Enter a valid URL of an existing FTP directory and click OK Selecting a File System AssetStore opens a dialog to select a folder Browse for the folder you want the asset to be stored in and then click OK A further dialog appears offering options for the automatic creation of sub folders None All cataloged assets are stored in the same folder By Date Subfolders are created on a daily basis Assets cataloged on the same day are stored in the same folder If two or more assets have identical file names a unique identifier will be added to the file name By Unique Identifier Every cataloged Asset gets it s own folder and unique path where it is stored within the Central Asset Location Select the desired option and click OK 8 Select the mode for copying assets to the central asset storage location cho sen above The mode determines when the Central Asset Location is used MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG SETTINGS 145 As Set in Asset Handling Set the Asset Handling Set employed for cata loging decides if assets are copied to the selected Central Location Always Assets are always copied to the selected Central Location regard less of the Asset Handling Set used 9 Click Apply to save your changes and select the next catalog you want to set up for a Cen
288. ories as subcatego ries of a specific category Determine this category either by entering the cat egory hierarchy data for the parent category or by using the currently selected category in the category pane When entering the category hierar chy data you must use the displayed delimiter Select the field that contains the values to be imported as categories The Import Field Value column displays how the data will be imported Use the arrow buttons to page through the data To have your selected field added to the selection of Import Fields click OK This brings you back to the main dialog Import to Records Categories If you want to import data into a record field of the Cumulus catalog you have to define a relation between the import text file and the Cumulus catalog by specifying one or more relations In most cases it will be the Asset Name to determine the record and in addition to that multiple relations that determine from which import field the data should be imported to which Cumulus field NOTE You can assign fields of the import file to the Cumulus record field Cat egories Then the affected Cumulus records will be assigned to these catego res If you want to import information into category fields of the Cumulus catalog you have to define a relation between a category field and the field of the import file The procedure is identical to the procedure necessary when importing infor mation into record fields
289. ormation is stored in the asset s record Java Server Page Java Server Page USP is a technology for controlling the content or appearance of Web pages through the use of servlets small programs that are specified in the Web page and run on the Web server to modify the Web page before it is sent to the user who requested it Media file Any electronic or digital media file including graphic page layout presentation sound and video files See also Asset Menubar Appearing at the top of the Cumulus application window the menubar houses menus that contain every program command 212 CUMULUS GUIDE Metadata Metadata is any data that helps to describe the content or characteristics of an asset It is the information stored with each asset such as file name location etc Different types of assets have different metadata fields an image file for example would contain information on color and resolution while an audio file would have a field for the playback duration Palette Mode View mode that is specially designed for using Cumulus with another applica tion e g a desktop publishing application In palette mode the Cumulus applica tion shrinks to a palette that can conveniently be used with another application That way you can easily drag and drop cataloged assets into other applications Path Pathname A description of the location where a file is stored on a computer hard drive server or removable medium
290. ory Pane Display To set up the display of the Category Tree to your needs you can select a back ground color and define the font type size and color To change the display 5 Se DA NIE Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Category View Sets Under Set select the tab whose view set you want to edit Click Category Pane Make your selections To change the background color click the button next to the Back ground Color field To change the font click the J button next to the Font field 6 CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS EDITING AN ASSET HANDLING SET To change the default display of the category pane you can enable dis able various display options You can activate the option to display the number of records assigned to the category right next to the category name You can decide which tabs are to be displayed and which tab will be displayed when the current view set is selected by a user For details on options only important if working in a multilingual environ ment see Category Pane and Multilingual Working Environment p 113 Click the Apply button The Category pane is displayed according to your settings Category Pane and Multilingual Working Environment For users working in a multilingual working environment the settings for the Cat egory pane offer following options To allow sorting of categories according to the rules of a specific language and to enable the display of a manuall
291. ory to the record or the record to the category See Editing a Record s Category Assignments p 22 It is also possible to add a category assignment to a record via the Asset Information window which displays a list of the categories the record is associated with To add a category assignment to this list 1 Select the record whose category assignments you want to change 2 Select Metadata gt Information The Asset Information window opens which shows information on the asset If necessary drag this window aside so that you can also see the Category pane of the Collection window 3 Click the category in question in the Category pane 4 Drag the category to the categories list in the Asset Information window The category is assigned to the record EXPLORE CUMULUS ASSETS RECORDS 23 5 Click J to save your changes If you want to edit more records in the collection you can use the arrow icons to load a new record Things You Can Do with Records Assign a record to a category See Editing a Record s Category Assign ments p 22 Change a record s category assignments See Editing a Record s Category Assignments p 22 Copy Cut and Paste records between catalogs and or collections Record categories are copied along with records Create a new record same as cataloging assets See Browse for Assets p 171 Delete a record and optionally its asset See Delete p 1
292. others http jrepository engblom org However note that Cumulus WebAlbum does not support all JAlbum skin possibilities Importing and Exporting Cumulus can export and import records categories and collections Collections can only be imported and exported in Cumulus exchange file formats whereas records and categories can also be exported to and imported from XML files Exported catalog metadata in XML files can be used by other programs as well as on other platforms Paired with the metadata import options Cumulus offers you have a complete metadata round tripping solution to make integrations with your other systems easy Cumulus supports XSL Transformations XSLT XSLT is a programming language for transforming XML documents into other XML documents XSLT was designed to be used with XSL which is a stylesheet language for XML With the Cumulus export function XSLT can be used for example to place images and metadata in InDesign documents Importing and exporting data with Cumulus is easy but there are a few things to be aware of in order to avoid unexpected results which are explained below Cumulus Exchange File Formats XML is the recommened export format But for special purposes Cumulus can also export and import records categories and collections in special Cumulus exchange file formats These files can be used on any supported Cumulus plat form But note that records and categories do not support the Cumulus 8 T
293. ouble click on the statusbar of the collapsed topmost pane will expand all panes below Minimizing Double clicking a pane s split bar minimizes the pane or resizes it again 180 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Calendar Pane Toggles the Calendar pane on and off Use the Calendar pane to search for records by date Dates that correspond records are highlighted If you move the cursor over a highlighted date a tooltip shows the number of corresponding records in all catalogs open in the current collection Clicking on the By icon opens a menu with the following options Record View Set to change the used Record View Set Calendar Mode to toggle between Month mode and Year mode In month mode you can select a single day or multiple days of the month or an entire month for searching In year mode you can select a single month or multiple months of the year or an entire year for searching Field to select the record field to which the highlighted items in the Calen dar pane correspond e g Asset Creation Date Asset Modification Date Record Creation Date etc You can select from all date fields and date only fields that are indexed for searching in the currently open catalogs If you move the cursor over the BJ icon a tooltip shows the current settings Select a day month by a single click on any highlighted item With a AA Ctrl click Command click the selection is increased or reduced by single items With Shift c
294. ow only You can define the number of lines to display the contents of the field For String List fields you can define the number of lines as well as display options For String List fields that do not allow multi select you can decide to have the values displayed as drop down list or radio buttons String Fields Scroll Bar Display for Info View Window on Mac OS To have a scroll bar available for a String field in Info View or Info Window you need to give it at least 5 lines Picture Fields With Info Window Thumbnail Report and Info View Icons can be displayed to quickly inform about embedded metadata e g EXIF IPTC and XMP data as well as included color profiles available versions or multi page assets Categories Field With Info Window and Info View only The language of Category tabs in the Asset Info window and in the Info view can be set via the Properties dialog of the Categories field The set language governs the names of the Category tabs as well as the names of the catego ries displayed in the tabs To specify a preferred language for the names acti vate Preferred language and select the desired language from the list To automatically have displayed the language chosen in the View menu select As defined in View Menu Category View Sets 5 A Category View Set defines the display options for the Category Information window and the Category pane display For each tab you can define different dis play options Catego
295. play of a preview jm RR _ a 2 If activated the transparent areas of a thumbnail are displayed as agrid and you can select the grid size If not activated the back ground color selected for the Record View Set is used for transpar ency display of a thumbnail 3 Allows you to choose colors for the grid You can either choose a pre defined color combination or define your own custom combi nation Click the buttons to select the colors for your custom com bination View Modes Groups of Options The options for the different view modes that is the Info View the Asset Info Window the Preview View the preview Window and the Category Info Window comprise one or more of the following groups Audio 1 When you open the view the voice annotation in the first Audio Audio field of the Information window will be played ksmexar ay rt ut fl 104 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview User Settings 2 Display Tab Assets Categories Specifies what happens once you open an Information window When Opening the Asset Info Window 2 Cumulus opens a new Information window for each asset cate papa o BEK Only one window is opened even if multiple records are selected gory R 7 Update window with selection in collection window 3 Cumulus uses one window to show information on all currently 6 _ El Pey vake kewe Iz l eded jeon selected assets categories Displays and lets you edit common information for multip
296. ploying Custom Record Fields The drop down list for selecting a record field displays the Cumulus standard fields only If you want to include a custom field you must enter the GUID Glob 63 64 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE ally Unique Identifier of the field into the Content field of the Watermark Assset Processor Parameter dialog To find out the GUID open the Properties of the field 69 Cumulus Edit gt Preferences gt Catalog Settings and on the General tab double click the field name of the field Field Name This copies the GUID to the clipboard and you can paste it A Cumulus GUID is composed of exactly 38 characters and looks like this af4b2e12 5f6a 11d2 8f20 0000c0e166dc Embedding Watermarks into Image Assets 5 5 You embed watermarks into image assets by employing the Convert menu com mand or by including the Watermark AssetProcessor in a Cumulus Asset Action For information on how to include an Asset Processor in an Asset Action see Cumulus Asset Actions p 124 To watermark image assets via the Convert menu command 1 Select the record s representing the image asset s to be watermarked 2 Select Asset gt Convert To menu command The Browse for Folder dialog opens for choosing a destination folder for the watermarked asset s 3 Select the folder and click Open OK A dialog opens for choosing the converter The dialog lists the Asset Proces sors available to you Availa
297. provide fields Clicking the plus sign in front of a module s name displays the fields supported by the respective module but not yet included in the view Either select the name of a module to add all fields supported by that module or select the individual fields tyou want to add The Languages node expands to a list of all languages configured for string field values Clicking the plus sign in front of a language name dis plays the fields that support values in the respective language but are not yet included in the view Either select the name of a language s to add all respective fields or select the individual language specific fields you want to add Additionally all language independent fields that are not yet included in the view are listed and can be added Select the field s you want to add Click OK to add the field s to the list of shown fields Click OK or Apply Your changes take immediate effect 108 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE TIP Copying Replacing The Fields From Another View You can copy the fields included in one view to another view of the same Record View Set or you can replace all fields Select the icon for the view you want to have the same fields as another view and use the alternate right mouse button to open a context menu Select first the desired function and the view from which you want to copy the fields Adding a Separator to a View Separators in views can make it clear to
298. pty Check boxes Boolean fields with different values appear gray The field Categories only displays those categories the selected records have in common All other field types are displayed with no value if there are different values for fields Fields with different values do not show a value but can be edited as well as gray neutral check boxes If you add an additional category this category is added to the set of categories for each record 30 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE If you can t find it you can t use it With Cumulus it is easy to find the assets you are looking for as Cumulus provides easy and powerful search capabilities These are described in this chapter Find Assets 32 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Searching Cumulus provides several ways to search for records searching by category quick searching and searching with the Find window Depending on the size of your catalogs and the complexity of your search requirements you may find one way better suited to your needs Searching for Records By Category The simplest form of searching for records is simply double clicking on a cate gory in the Category pane This quickly finds all of the records that are associated with that category You can also select more than one category to see all the records associated with the set To quickly view the records assigned to categories hold down Alt 6 both Altt Cmd and press an arrow key up down l
299. r PDF Pow erPoint Zip and Quark XPress documents Asset Access Tab Writing back Metadata 1 Record field content is never written back 2 Record field content is written back to assets if possible 3 Ifactivated the asset modification date will be updated when record field content is written back to an asset 4 Ifactivated record field content is written back to external metadata container only e g sidecar files without modifying the assets 5 Record field content is written back to assets if possible dialogs may appear while resolving connection to assets Accessing Versions 6 No function with Single User 7 No function with Single User Thumbnails Cataloging Asset Access Asset Formats Modules When Cataloging Central Asset Location Add only f catalog is set to As set in Asset Handling Set Add and update Copy asset to central location acess ar Add Only Assets Duplicates Handling E Delete original asset Catalog duplicates Also copy contained assets as discrete assets Skip duplicates slower Adding Metadata Operating System Shortcuts Aliases Links letadata Editor View Set Standard x Resolve and catalog JT Use Metadata Template Skip Show Metadata Editor for new records AXR Options Show Metadata Editor for updated records E Also catalog referenced assets not yet cataloged Operating System Shortcuts Aliases Links 6 Cumulus resolves any links shortcuts aliases found in the
300. r the asset appears indicating that the cata loging process was successful and a record has been created for the asset NOTE f you catalog many or huge files you can save time by deactivating the display of the cataloging progress Before you start cataloging disable the Show Progress Bar General section of an Asset Handling Set definition under While Cataloging Cataloging Assets via Drag and Drop 5 To catalog assets from FTP or HTTP servers via drag and drop 1 Open the catalog to which you want to add the assets 2 Launch your Web browser application 3 Navigate to the asset FTP folder or Web page which you want to catalog 4 Select the link for the asset or FTP folder and drag it into the Cumulus Collec tion window The progress information window appears and records are created for each of the assets If you are prompted to select an Asset Handling Set for this cataloging pro cess make sure you select an Asset Handling Set that has the URL AssetStore activated Working with URL cataloged Assets Opening Assets 5 Certain functions in Cumulus work slightly different for assets stored on FTP or HTTP servers The following sections describe only these slightly different func tions All of these functions are options of the Asset menu If you open print or mail an URL cataloged asset Cumulus first makes a copy of the asset To work with assets stored on FTP or HTTP servers you need to employ an Asset Han
301. r to Cumulus users CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Rearranging the Order of Asset Records in the Basket As you would in any other collection window you can drag thumbnails around in the Collection Basket to rearrange them You can also sort the contents of the Basket using the Sort By menu found under the icon located at the top of the Collection Basket pane Use the Sort Direction menu to reverse the sort Outputting the Collection Basket s Contents The icon open a list from which you can select an output option for the con tents of the Collection Basket lists the asset actions available and also includes several standard Cumulus functions such as emailing creating Web albums and printing thumbnails Choose an asset action and then use the buttons provided to choose whether you intend to output the entire contents of the Collection Basket or just the selected items Once you make your selection and click OK the Collection Basket passes the list of assets to the selected action Then the asset action is processing At that point you might see the user interface of the active module and can set parameters for the processing Or if you ve chosen an asset action that is configured for no user interaction you will not see any further windows For information on asset actions see Using Asset Actions p 50 For information on the Mail To function see Mailing Your Assets p 51 For information on the
302. racters in length without the extension NOTE Ifyou choose an existing ZIP asset as archive name the ZIP AssetProcessor will update the already contained assets and append new assets Under Use Character Encoding you can define the character encoding used to save the file name s in the ZIP file The default is your local system encoding the encoding of the computer you are working with this encoding would be used by WinZip and Stufflt also The character encod ing chosen should account for the language and the operating system of the computer where the ZIP is to be unpacked Find some common encoding recommendations listed below Windows and West European languages WinLatin 1 Windows and East European languages WinLatin2 Windows and 2 byte character encoding e g Japanese WinJapanese Mac OS X UTF8 Mac OS 9 and West European languages MacRoman Mac OS 9 and 2 byte character encoding e g Japanese MacJapanese Mac OS 9 and Russian MacRussian UNIX Ask the person you will provide the ZIP archive with which encod ing is needed Under Macintosh Resource Support you can define how to support Mac intosh resources Activating the Store as MacBinary Format option determines the assets to be stored including the Mac OS resource fork data fork and finder infor mation e g File Type Creator This option should only be activated if the file will definitely be extracted under Mac OS as the MacBinary fo
303. ration easy Follow the on screen instructions NOTE To view the captured metadata the corresponding record fields must be included in one of your Record View Sets If none of your Record View Sets provide a view that includes the fields you have to add these fields to one view of at least one Record View Set For a description on how to add fields to a view see Adding a Field to a Record View p 107 Rebuild Catalog Opens a dialog in which you can repair rebuild the active catalog Backup Catalog Opens a dialog in which you can save a backup copy of the active catalog Compress Catalog Opens a dialog in which you can compress the active catalog Disabled if the catalog is already compressed as much as possible Migrate Catalog Open a dialog to convert older Cumulus catalogs into a format compatible with the latest Cumulus version amp Exit Quits Cumulus The Edit Menu Undo Allows you to undo some of the errors you may have made while entering text into fields It reverts to the former text entry It works for string fields of the Infor mation window or view for the Quicksearch entry field and when renaming cat egories Disabled if not available Note that this function is limited to revert text entries it will not reverse any func tions Cut Removes the current item or text selection and places it on the Clipboard so that it can be pasted elsewhere Copy Copies the current item or
304. rayscale and color thumbnai the Thumbnail Preview area Overview Asset Handling Sets Asset Handling Sets control the way the records of newly cataloged assets are created and how cataloged asset are accessed The Asset Handling Sets defined here can be selected in the User Settings dialog or within dialogs when cataloging or accessing assets Thumbnails Tab Create Thumbnails from 1 Some programs can save images with embedded thumbnails This option uses those thumbnails if available instead of cre ating new ones Stored thumbnails may differ in size Uses embedded thumbnails if available and large enough the ow Size minimum is the size defined in the section below see 4 Creates thumbnail images of the entire asset s content These thumbnails are of best quality but this option slows the cata loging process If a thumbnail cannot be created the stored thumbnail is used Thumbnail Size 4 Selects default thumbnail size for all newly cataloged assets Current records thumbnails can be adjusted to the new size by updating the record See Update Record p 191 Optimize Thumbnail 5 Equalizes the thumbnail images for newly cataloged assets automatically This can also be done afterwards See Opti mize Thumbnail p 193 Quality 6 Sets thumbnail quality for the different color modes Line art NORMAL 2 color HIGH 4 color grayscale NORMAL 8 bit grayscale more compression
305. reation Date 6 The date the asset was created 11 22 97 Date Color Mode String List The color mode of an image Select from Value list Cataloging String e The name of the user who cataloged the asset Clint Carolyn User Notes String O Records with a group of characters in the Notes Any line of text For example ball finds ball balloon and baseball Il field that matches criteria rights res finds All rights reserved Record Cate String 6 The name of the record category Balloon Clouds Gun Shot Illustration Aircraft Sounds gory Name Field Type Categories Thumbnail Date Real String String Integer List Operator is similar to The menu options for this is not not similar to 5 A Menu contains field type may differ depend Options ae ing on the field properties has no value has no value Using the Find Window All example searches on the following pages are based on the Sample catalog Simple Searches To set up a simple search as opposed to a compound search described on page 36 has no value Click Find gt Find Records or Find Categories to open the Find window 2 Select a search criterion from the Criteria list This menu lists all record or category fields activated for searching Search in Sample Catalog ex Criteria zif E E 3 Select an operator from the Operator menu This menu lists all operators that are possible for the
306. rence xn lf an asset reference cant be resolved Assign record to special category Ask for asset location Skip record Hee hok Cancel N A Assign record to special category Records with unresolvable asset refer ences are assigned to a special category named Update reference Skipped Assets and can be processed later All other records are properly updated Ask for asset location The update process stops on every unresolvable asset reference and asks for the appropriate location Skip record Records with unresolvable asset references are ignored All other records are properly updated Change Asset Reference Select Single Opens a submenu This function allows you to update selected records to reflect a new location of their assets This is useful if you have cataloged assets from a remote drive or vol ume that has since been renamed or have simply moved cataloged assets to a new location and did not use Cumulus for moving them Without this function the records would still point to the old asset paths This function does not over write move or otherwise affect asset files at all You can either change the asset reference for a single asset by selecting an asset or you change the asset refer ences for multiple assets through a batch process Opens a dialog to browse for the asset that should be represented by the selected record 200 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE
307. rent Record View Set MENU REFERENCE THE VIEW MENU 183 Preview Pane Toggles the Preview pane on and off The Preview pane displays the record selected in the active record pane in Preview View This means that the display depends on the selected Record View Set Preview Pane Toolbar Items 1 Shows first page of preview available with multi page previews 2 Shows previous page of preview available with are em X multi page previews 000000 3 Shows next page of preview available with multi page previews 4 Shows last page of preview available with multi page previews 5 Opens alist for selecting a Record View Set 6 Closes the pane For more information on multi page previews see Multi page Previews p 53 TIP The preview images can be resized using the zoom slider in the main toolbar Sub Pane for Relations Opens a sub pane below the active record or closes it The sub pane displays records or other information that are related to the selected record as defined in the active Sub Pane Filter Thumbnail Pane Toggles the Thumbnail pane on and off The Thumbnail pane displays the record selected in the active record pane as thumbnail Save Current as Default Workspace Saves the current layout as your default workspace for collection windows Use Default Workspace Applies the saved default workspace as layout for the current collection window Save Current Workspace As Opens a dialog that allows sav
308. revent an unforeseen technical mishap from damaging or destroying your catalogs and your work schedule consider regular and fre quent backups It s important to remember that backing up a Cumulus catalog does not back up the catalog records associated asset files Make sure that all your important files are included in your regular backups There are different ways of backing up a catalog Any backup software program With the Cumulus Backup feature The first way may be the quickest and most convenient particularly if you already use a backup software program A Cumulus catalog being just another file on your computer can be copied to other volumes or included in a network or automated backup Catalogs should be closed before they are copied to other volumes to ensure that all changes are safely saved However you can back up an open catalog if you employ the Cumulus Backup feature To back up a catalog using the Backup feature with Single User 1 Make sure the catalog you want to back up is the active window in Cumulus If you have more than one catalog opened in the active window you will be asked to select the catalog Select File gt Administration gt Backup Catalog The Backup window opens Select a location for the backup and enter a name The name for the backup catalog file defaults to the same name as the origi nal catalog file with the file name extension bak You may also choose the file name extension ccf Th
309. rint previews Windows 175 Print Templates 132 printing assets with other applications 196 printing records categories or previews 175 to PDF 138 URL cataloged assets 88 Program performance settings that affect 161 Program performance concerns catalog size 13 cataloging progress bar disabling 101 deactivating unused formats 123 Properties Q defining for Cumulus Metadata Support 121 Digital Camera Raw Filter 98 filters 123 Mac OS File System 119 MediaDex Metadata Support 121 TAR AssetStore 120 Windows File System 120 ZIP AssetStore 120 Queries exporting 40 importing 41 oading 40 saving 40 Quicklists editing 96 exporting 96 importing 96 using 94 Quicksearch 32 fields defined for search 102 search options 32 Quit menu item under Mac OS 170 R Rating 78 assign menu item 193 Rebuild menu item 177 Record Fields adding to a catalog 154 adding to a view 107 creating 156 defining display properties 109 Digital Camera Raw Filter 97 linking 153 Related Master Assets 80 Related Sub Assets 80 types 19 virtual 143 Record View Set menu item 184 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Record View Sets 105 creating anew one 106 editing definition 106 selecting 12 selecting in Information window 29 setting as default 107 Records 18 affecting catalog size 162 archiving 166 asset references updating 23 assigning categories 193 cataloging duplicate control during 116 cat
310. rmat often cannot be extracted properly under Windows or UNIX Activating the Store as Mac OS X archive compatible option saves the files in the same structure as in an archive created with the Finder of Mac OS X 10 3 or later NOTE f you have activated the Macintosh Resource Support with the option Store as Mac OS X archive compatible the character encoding is always UTF 8 6 Click OK The selected asset s will be compressed and the ZIP asset stored in the selected destination Cumulus WebAlbum enables Cumulus to output selected images records as a Web ready album This album is based on static HTML pages complete with thumbnails scaled versions of images and links to the original assets You can use different skins for the layout and functionality of your album such as those pro vided by Canto or other providers e g by JAlbum or those you develop your self WebAlbum takes the selected records and converts their assets to files suitable for display on the Web This includes the automatic creation of copies of the assets in the Web ready JPEG image file format You have full control of album design through the use of skins WebAlbum will create thumbnails of your images and display them in index pages in HTML WebAlbum can also produce slide shows of your images for easy navigation 66 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE An album created with Cumulus WebAlbum can be uploaded on any common Web server
311. rmulas in conjunction with Cumulus s Field Linking By adding special meta data write back fields to your catalogs you can add formulas that concatenate the contents of several fields or fields with data types incompatible with write back operations such as string lists and field link them for write back to your assets Category information not conventionally available Categories don t have auto matic creation or modification date fields associated with them In addition there is no conventional way to determine which user created a category or last modified its metadata Field formulas make it possible and easy to track all this information and more Generate printer friendly reports Setting up formula filled fields that you use on print templates offers you a great way to output metadata in formats suitable for review by others Formulas enable you to combine metadata fields that would otherwise be report hostile such as string lists Booleans and labels and ratings into strings that fit nicely onto printed pages Formulas also enable you to manip ulate metadata that you intend to export from Cumulus for use in other systems A field formula is an expression that returns a single value which can be of type number real boolean string date date only or time only The constant value null can also be returned to represent an empty field value When applying operators on two values of different types
312. rom field Select From existing values to search for exact matches with existing values Once you have activated this option existing values are displayed which you can select to be searched for Date Time Boolean Categories FIND ASSETS USER LIVE FILTERING 47 Limits filter results to records with Dates that match or do not match a specific date date range or time period Date range restrictions limit results to records that contain or do not contain a date range date time range or time period Select an option to indicate if the results meet the specified dates and times Select Matches to search for records that contain the selected dates and times Select Does not match to search for records that do not contain the selected dates and times Select the time period to search Select From date to search a specific date range Enter the range TIP Greater Range You can search for ranges greater or less than a specific value Leave the From field empty to search for matches less than the value in the to field Leave the to field empty to search for matches greater than the value in the From field Select From date time to search a specific date time range Enter the range This option is only available for date time fields Select a time period option to search a specific period such as last week or last year This option is only available for date fields that include the time such as even
313. rsor If the active window or pane is the category pane the categories all or selected will be printed as they appear in the Category window Make sure to expand the category list if you want to see all the subcategories in the print out the record pane and thumbnail or details view is the current view mode the records selected or all of the active collection are printed using Print Tem plates For more information on Print Templates see Print Templates p 132 the record pane and information view is the current view mode the informa tion displayed will be printed an information window the information displayed in the window will be printed a preview window the preview will be printed in case it is available as a pixel image e g JPEG TIF or GIF The preview will be printed in the size of the paper selected under Page Setup This may take a while If your intention is to print the actual asset instead of its record or preview see Print With p 196 for details Opens a submenu with several administration options Descriptions on how to use the administrative functions for catalogs see Catalog Maintenance p 161 Switch Application Language Prepare Catalog b Rebuild Catalog Backup Catalog Compress Catalog Migrate Catalog Switch Application Language Opens a dialog to select a different language for your Cumulus application s user interface Expand the list to see the
314. ry View Sets are created and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus 8 Edit gt Preferences gt Category View Set To change a Category View Set Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Category View Sets Under Set select the tab whose view set you want to edit AR W 2 Make the changes For details on changes for the Category Info window see Adding a Field to the Category Info Window p 111 Changing the Properties of a Displayed Field p 112 For details on changes for the Category pane see Changing the Category Pane Display p 112 CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS CATEGORY INFO WINDOW 111 5 Click Apply to save your changes Category Info Window You can add fields to the display and change the properties of a displayed field Adding a Field to the Category Info Window To add a field to a Category Information window Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Category View Sets Under Set select the view set you want to edit a L Click Category Info Window A list of fields that are shown in the Category Info window is displayed 5 Optionally select the entry of the field after which you want to place the new field If no entry ist selected new fields will be added at the bottom of the list A field s position can be adjusted anytime with the buttons on the right side 6 Click the Add button The Add Fields to View window appears providing two tabs
315. ry is the most direct method of searching in Cumulus All records assigned to that category are displayed You can also use the category list to find contents of two or more categories at a time Other options for category list searching include the ability to see the contents of cat egories in the tree either above or below the one you double click See Search amp Sort Tab p 102 for more detailed information To make organizing easier Cumulus provides multiple tabs Instead of having all categories appear in one category pane categories can be created and dis played in separate tabs The Keyword tab contains those categories that are created with the inten tion of organizing the assets via keywords These categories may be created manually by the user or automatically by Cumulus Filters and AssetStores The Sources tab will display the automatically created categories that resem ble the folder or directory hierarchy in which the assets reside Use the Categories tab to create your own individual category hierarchy a hierarchy that suits your specific needs The All tab gives you an overview on all categories contained in the current collection In the All tab the other tabs are denoted as categories with names that begin with a sign NOTE Do not rename or move these special categories Categories can be nested within one another The highest hierarchical category evel is the category representing a catalog
316. s The following formula examples rely on specific catalog fields If using these for mulas in your catalogs make sure you substitute the same field names with fields from your own catalogs Adding text labels formatting output and rounding numeric values Catalog field disp_Duration String Length String fieldValue Duration 1f seconds Duration field value 3 467 Output Length 3 5 seconds This formula takes the real value in the catalog s Duration field rounds it to a sin gle decimal place and surrounds the resulting value with text strings The 1 portion of this formula will be familiar to those who have worked with the print f function available in many programming languages Cumulus supports the following printf formatting options Data Type Supported Example String S 20 20s Integer L lL U XX d Real e E f g G 5 2f In addition you may use the new line escape character n within a string to force a line break where needed Vertical fieldvalue Vertical Pixels n Horizontal fieldvalue Horizontal Pixels 152 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Multiplying the values of two catalog fields Catalog field disp_Megapixels String fieldvalue Horizontal Pixels fieldvalue Vertical Pixels 1024 1024 megapixels Horizontal Pixels field value 3456 Vertical Pixels field value 2304 Output 7 megapixels
317. s Disabled if all parent cate gories are already collapsed The Find Menu Find Records Opens or activates the Record Find window See Searching with the Find Win dow p 33 for details Find All Records Resets the current selection of records to the entire contents of the catalog s opened in the collection This is useful after a search operation has reduced the number of visible records Find Records by Query Opens a list for selecting a record query that will be performed immediately Dis abled unless at least one record query is saved Find Records Assigned to Categories Finds all records that are associated with the selected categories This is the menu equivalent to double clicking on categories Disabled unless one or more categories are selected Find Duplicates Searches the current collection for records with the same record name the assets and asset names may be different The search result will replace the cur rent collection NOTE This function may take a while Hence we suggest that you put up a collection that fits this search before starting this function Find Records with Invalid Field Values Checks all records of the current collection for any field value that is invalid according to the defined field validators This function will find any record with invalid field values even if the field in ques tion is not displayed in the current Record View Set MENU REFERENCE THE FIN
318. s menu item 193 Details menu item 184 Digital Camera Raw Filter defining properties 98 record fields for 97 sequence of formats for Asset Handling Set 97 supported formats 98 Drag and drop assets into other applications 50 copying categories and associated assets 50 dragging records between catalogs 165 moving categories 25 Duplicates searching for 188 while cataloging 116 Duplicates menu item 188 Duplicates Control while cataloging 116 with Central Asset Location required fields 143 E Editing category names 25 information on assets 20 IPTC data 93 metadata of multiple records at once 190 records category assignments 22 Entering information on assets 20 IPTC information on an asset 93 EXIF preparing catalog for 176 Exit menu item under Windows 177 Expand menu item 187 Expand All menu item 188 Expanding categories 187 panes 81 179 Export menu item 174 Exporting categories 70 category assignments maintaining 71 character encoding 71 menu options 174 process explained 71 quicklists 96 records 70 search queries 40 F Field Properties overview 147 Field types 19 Audio 29 Table 149 Fields Category fields 26 defining initial value 149 editing String List 157 for assets relations 80 formulas 149 mandatory 20 95 149 mandatory explained 149 properties overview 147 Record fields 18 types 19 Fill Metadata menu item 192 Filters accessing 117 adding user live filt
319. s Record Name Notes Keywords and Categories 7 No function with Single User 8 Enables an individual setting for Quicksearch If this option is activated Quick Search will search the fields displayed in the list You can then set up an individual selection of record fields to be used with Quicksearch Click the Add button to get alist of all available record fields of the type String String List and Integer Quicksearch will perform a contains search for all included String and String List fields and an is search for all included Integer fields Make sure the fields are correctly indexed for searching in the Catalog Settings of the catalogs where you want to use Quicksearch Printing Tab 1 If a Record View Set defines the layout for printing and not the Advanced Print Settings the records thumbnails will be printed in high resolution so the printouts can serve as con tact sheets Asset Handling Tab 1 You can preset one Asset Handling Set used for cataloging in all catalogs and one Asset Handling Set for the asset access done in all catalogs If you activate the Show dialog option you can select an Asset Handling Set when cataloging assets OR 2 Youcan assign different Asset Handling Sets to different cata logs even different ones for cataloging and asset access NOTE The Asset Handling Set selected for asset access also deter mines the asset processors offered when converting an asset General
320. s and represented by icons Select the corresponding icon to define your layout Grid The grid determines how many records can be printed on one page The number of columns and rows defines the amount and size of cells Each cell contains a record The grid shrinks to fit into the space left by the defined margins and spacing For an overview of the mar gins and spacing see Overview Print Templates Margin Settings p 135 Additional Options are Background Color Determines the background color for the entire pages except the areas around the image and for the field information See also below Draw Border around Each Cell Activate this option to have a frame drawn around each cell Images Each image regardless of size is scaled in proportion to fit to one cell Alignment Determines the alignment point for the image with respect to the cell Background Color see below Outer Margin see Overview Print Templates Margin Set tings p 135 Use Entire Assets at Determines whether the entire asset should be used for printing and the highest resolution an image should be printed with The resolution for the printout cannot be higher than that of the original Using the thumbnails is faster but using the entire assets lets you choose the dpi and so you can decide on the quality Using the entire assets also lets you choose the JPEG quality Use Thumbnails Determines whether the thumbnail s
321. s like these into your catalogs through a menu command This offers a great way to synchronize your Cumulus catalogs with other systems such as product databases or financial systems For example say you have a database that contains details about each of your products UPC codes color options sizes etc and you use Cumulus to keep track of product photographs used for packaging online sales and advertising By importing the product data into Cumulus you can perform the same searches for product images as you can for product information This is a workflow example already in use successfully at Cumulus installations now One customer produces weekly fliers that showcase sale items UPC codes for products to be featured are sent to the graphics department who then use Cumulus to find acceptable product images This ensures the correct image is used for each product in the advertisements If you ve ever seen a weekly mailer that describes one product but shows another you can understand the value of this workflow Category trees can also be constructed based on imported data This makes it easy to create an organizational structure that s familiar to your employees just provide Cumulus with a text file that represents your current organization struc ture and the category tree is created for you automatically The import function can also make upgrading to Cumulus from other DAM systems much easier No matter what the origin
322. s of newly cataloged assets will always be added to the current collection 8 Users carrying out auto cataloging via a directory category will be informed of auto cataloging activities the Metadata Editor window will pop up 9 Activate to include the records of unchanged assets in an update process useful e g if catalog settings have been changed 10 Activate to updated the records for contained assets related sub assets 11 Activate to additionally delete records of no longer contained sub assets 12 Not available with Single User WebAlbum 1 Automatically loads the Album Layout that was used last when the WebAlbum feature is started See WebAlbum p 65 for a description on how to use the WebAlbum feature Display Tab CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS OVERVIEWS ON USER SETTINGS 101 General Display Search amp Sort Printing Asset Handling Double Click on Record E Opens asset preview j 4 Edit with application WebAlbum View with application Measurement it pixel X While Cataloging J Show progress bar Always catalog into front collection e Show Auto Cataloging window When Updating j Update even if assets are unchanged Update records for contained assets Dele Longer Co Checkout Use Checkout Location C Program Files x86 Canto Cumulus Client When Starting Re open collections and catalogs 13 Cumulus will open all catalogs and collections that were open when Cumul
323. s your default e mail application Copies the selected records assets to the location specified in the dialog that appears The original assets are left alone Disabled if no records are selected Copy Assets Assigned to Category To Opens a dialog in which you can choose a destination Cumulus then copies the assets of records that are associated with the selected categories to the location you selected The assets are saved in folders named for the categories selected This option is handy for collecting production files for output assuming the files all have at least one common category such as project name Disabled if no cat egory is selected Duplicate Asset and Record Duplicates the asset of the selected record and the record itself A dialog appears in which you can choose a name and set several options for the new asset and record 197 198 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Activate Copy Record Metadata to copy the metadata from the original to the duplicated record except creation date and modification date Activate Update Record to update the metadata in the duplicated record from the duplicated asset Activate Assign as Variant to assign the duplicated asset as a variant to the orig inal asset Activate Assign as Alternate to assign the duplicated asset as an alternate to the original asset Create WebAlbum Show Location Move To Rename Single Batch Opens a dialog in which you c
324. se a catalog file naming convention compatible with each platform on which you plan to use your catalogs Keep in mind that catalog names and catalog file names are two different things For cross platform purposes you need only be concerned with catalog file names See Renaming Catalogs p 164 for catalog naming information Consult your operating system s documentation for details on the range of char acters that can be used In the meantime here is one important tip Windows uses a backslash to differentiate folder hierarchies Mac OS X users should avoid using this character in their catalog names The Mac OS X uses a colon to differentiate folder hierarchies but this character is not allowed in file names on either platform so it is of no real concern Characters that are safe for use on all Cumulus platforms include all upper and lowercase letters all numbers the hyphen and the underscore _ This chapter covers Cumulus functions that help you with special tasks It includes descriptions on how to work the URL AssetStore and how Cumulus supports you working with images by providing a spe cial IPTC Information window and maintaining raw image formats of digital cameras Specialized Usage 86 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Using URL AssetStore This chapter covers the basics of working with Cumulus URL AssetStore Module It describes how to catalog assets from FTP or HTTP servers and how to wor
325. sestttstttsttisettttstzttizzi 28 Find Assets 31 S arching 5 5455524 553 2 5 43 2al alan Searching for Records By Category Searching with Quicksearch Searching with the Find Window Be OVERVIEW THE FIND WINDOW ccccwesttteeeeemseeeeeneeer OVERVIEW SAMPLE SEARCH OPTIONS c cee eenesn Using the Find Window 35 Simple Searches wsesssssssssssssessssssesssssssessssseesssssssseesesssee 35 COMPOUNA Se arche ccceeossssussssssssnssssessssesesssnseseeeee 36 Narrowing the Search z sszs 38 Broadening the Search 39 Saving and Loading Search Queries 40 Things You Can Do with Searches Queries 41 Using the Find Window in Advanced Mode 41 Searching for Cateqgor esS 42 User Live Filtering 43 Adding ICT Si n ARE 43 Managing Filter Seisein 44 Configuring FIIerS ssseseesneeeesesseeneetseteneetettnt 45 Use Assets 49 Drag and Drop e 50 COPYING ASSO lS yu sc l asad Key y R n ke 50 Copying Categories and Associated Assets 50 Using Asset Actions 50 Mailing Your Assets 68 51 Previewing Assets eeeee 51 Preview View and Windovwi 52 O
326. set gt Fullscreen Preview Using the Window Linking Panels 5 5 You can have record fields displayed What is displayed along with the previews depends on the selected Record View Set and its setting for the Preview window For a description on how to configure the view of the Preview window see Record View Sets p 105 Always displayed on the statusbar and not depend ing on the selected Record View Set are the fields Record Name Label and Rating if contained in the catalog In Fullscreen Previews of multiple assets two or more panels can be linked together for synchronous zooming rotating and panning To link panels 1 Click the icon on the statusbar of every panel you want to link OR AR CTRL click CMD click any of the icons to link all panels in the fullscreen preview In linked panels the icon is highlighted To unlink panels i e to exclude them from synchronous zooming rotating and nannina 1 Click the highlighted icon of every panel you want to unlink OR AB CTRL click CMD click any of the icons to unlink all panels in the fullscreen preview NOTE n fullscreen previews of single assets the P iconis not displayed Displaying the Info Window Ready slide on access to the Info Window makes metadata edits easy Move your mouse pointer to the left edge of the screen and the Info window will show up Click the pin icon to dock it so it will stay when you change the mouse pointer
327. settings for multilingual fields they are displayed in English To solve this inconsistency and always have the same category language used both in the Category pane and in the Categories field displayed in a record view open the Record View Set preferences select the desired View Set and View and make sure that the Preferred Language settings in the Properties of the Cate gories field are identical to the Preferred Language settings of the Category pane NOTE This has to be done individually for every View in every View Set where the Categories field is displayed Go To Preview Zoom In Zoom Out Fit to Window MENU REFERENCE THE VIEW MENU 187 Opens a submenu for navigation The available options depend on the current focus Opens a submenu for preview display options Disabled if no Preview window or view is activated Doubles the size of a preview image Preview images can be increased to eight times or 800 of their original size Disabled if no Preview window is activated Halves the size of a preview image Preview images can be reduced to one eighth or 12 5 of their original size Disabled if no Preview window is activated Resizes the Preview window to fit inside the main Cumulus window Can be set as default see User Settings p 100 for details Disabled if no Preview window is activated Fit Width to Window Resizes the Preview window to fit the width of the main Cumulus window Can
328. simple as the concatenation of two field values into a single string or as complex as if then decision making Formulas can be assigned to record and category fields Values for existing records and categories are calculated or recalculated when the record or cate gory s metadata is saved after an edit Formulas are executed during cataloging operations for newly created asset records and categories Field formulas offer many significant benefits Metadata display versatility Used in conjunction with display only metadata fields you add to your catalogs field formulas enable you to provide users with data displays formatted in more meaningful ways Example A video s Duration field might contain the value 25 566 Even when displayed using the field s label the user sees Duration 25 566 which could be 150 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Syntax Overview more clear A simple field formula can round that value and display it with adja cent strings that tell a more complete story Length 26 seconds This also permits you to do away with including field name labels in thumbnail views by adding labels only to the fields that need them In the image shown neither the asset record name top nor the format field bottom require field name labels because their values make clear what the field is used for By using a formula to make the Duration field s value more clear three lines of vertical space are saved
329. special window that displays the information about a cataloged asset This information is stored in the asset s record See also Record Cumulus also pro vides an Information View and an Information Pane Asset Reference The mechanism by which Cumulus tracks the actual location of an asset man aged in a Cumulus catalog AXR Asset Cross References Automatic detection of usage and cross references of assets within Cumulus Cumulus is able to detect links and placed assets in compound documents such as QuarkXPress EPS Adobe InDesign and Illustrator version 8 9 as well as Microsoft Word and PowerPoint documents Boolean A system of logic based on two possible values true or false Cumulus uses the Boolean operators and and or to combine search conditions Cache A temporary storage area where frequently accessed data can be stored for rapid access Catalog A special file with the extension ccf that Cumulus creates to manage cataloged assets See also Asset and Cumulus Catalog File Catalog file name Name of the special file for a catalog A with the extension ccf The catalog name defaults to this file name without the extension The catalog name can be changed without changing the catalog file name See also Cumulus Catalog File GLOSSARY 209 Cataloging The process by which a user adds one or more assets to a catalog Category Cumulus categories are used to organize records much like folders ar
330. ssets and Related Master Assets fields from the Variants tab in the Infor mation window or view To get the variants of an asset listed use the split view and an according list option Sub Pane Filter For more information see How does Cumulus Display Relations between Assets p 80 Working Smart Following a few simple guidelines will ensure your workflow is as efficient as pos sible Develop an Effective File Naming Convention Even though Cumulus makes it easy to keep track of assets with its thumbnail previews and wealth of search options there is no substitute for a well planned filing system There will be times when you must access files without the conve nience of the Cumulus interface For example when writing scripts to enable Cumulus to automate the workflow a consistent and predictable filing system can not only save many hours of script debugging but it can also enable func tionality that might not otherwise be possible How you name your files will depend on how you use them A news agency may decide to name incoming news stories prefixed with the current date and affixed with the file type 2003 06 01 ElectionResults txt 2003 06 01 ElectionResults tif Using the date in this order lists the files chronologically when sorted alphabeti cally It also makes it easier for Cumulus scripts to select files based on a date range A Web design group may chose to include an image s file size in its name to make enterin
331. strings if the Record field set as search criteria is acti vated for word searching Enclose the word you are searching for in single quotation marks and Cumulus will only find the records that contain the exact word For exam ple searching for copy will find records containing the words copy as well as copyright copyhold copyfree and so on Searching for copy will find records containing the word copy only Inserts a new search condition before the current one Inserts anew search condition after the current one NOTE The order of search conditions is important when you connect search conditions with the Boolean operator or For more details see Sequence of Search Conditions p 37 7 Will search all open catalogs of the current collection 8 Will search the current collection only 9 Found records categories are added to the current collec tion 10 Found records categories replace the current collection 11 Found records categories will comprise a new collection 12 Displays help text 13 Opens the Advanced Find windows for entering nested que ries 14 All records categories of those catalogs opened in the cur rent collection will be shown 15 Starts the search 16 Opens a menu for saving or loading queries For more details see Saving and Loading Search Queries p 40 NOTE Cumulus search options are NOT case sensitive BACKGROUND INFORMATION Window Connected to Collection When
332. such as CD ROM Syquest Zip Jaz or MO car tridges Preview A special program mode in which you can examine cataloged assets such as video clips sound files and image files Query A combination of search conditions Queries can be saved to disk and loaded into the Find window Quicklist A list containing default field values to fill in fields In Cumulus available with the IPTC Information window Record The actual catalog entry Cumulus creates when an asset is added to a catalog Records store valuable information about an asset such as the file name file loca tion file type resolution etc Record Exchange File See Cumulus Record Exchange file Record pane Located on the right side of the Collection window the Record pane displays records as thumbnails or plain text See also Record Thumbnail view and Details view Related category An alias of an existing category that acts as a virtual cross reference to the original category You can use related categories to place multiple instances of the same category under various parent categories without having to copy the entire con tents of the category By default the names of related categories are displayed in italics with a related appendix Record View Set A setting that defines how records are displayed in the different view modes Cumulus provides Thumbnail View Details View Info View and Information win dow GLOSSARY Resolution The n
333. t Handling Sets to different catalogs even different ones for cataloging and asset access And each user can define to be asked for an Asset Handling Set when cataloging assets See Overview Asset Handling Sets p 115 for details You can either change existing sets or create new ones Asset Handling Sets are created and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus Edit gt Preferences gt Asset Handling Set Editing An Asset Handling Set To change an existing Asset Handling Set e 1 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences 2 Click Asset Handling Sets 113 114 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE 3 Under Set select the set you want to edit 4 Make the changes 5 Click Apply to save your changes See Overview Asset Handling Sets p 115 for an overview of the options avail able for Asset Handling Sets Of all the various settings available within an Asset Handling Set those concern ing Asset Storage modules are described in detail in the section Asset Handling Modules p 118 Asset Formats are described in the section Asset Format Sup port p 122 Creating An Asset Handling Set 5 A new Asset Handling Set is created by duplicating an existing one and adapting its settings Select Cumulus A Edit gt Preferences Click Asset Handling Sets Under Set select the set to use as a basis for the new one Click the Duplicate button The Name and Settings dialog opens
334. t date time fields Select In the to search a specified number of days weeks months or years before or after the current date Select Last or Next enter a number and select the time period Select From existing values to search for exact matches with existing values Once you have activated this option existing values are displayed which you can select to be searched for Limits filter results to records with True or false set Select an option Limits filter results to records that are assigned to any or all categories selected Check the categories to be searched for Note that the categories available under Is Assigned To depend on the tab currently selected in the Category pane 48 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE If you intend to do anything more than simply browsing through cat alogs you should read this section It describes how to use present and share your cataloged assets This is followed by a few simple guidelines that will ensure your workflow is as efficient as possible Use Assets 50 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Drag and Drop Copying Assets Cumulus does not only support drag and drop in the Cumulus application and for cataloging From within Cumulus you can drag and drop assets into other applications that support drag and drop Under Mac OS you have to press the ALT key when starting dragging You can drag and drop a record into another drag and drop supporting applica tion
335. t have to decide on one of the three main options either on one of the simple ones Has value Record will be included in the filter result if the field contains something Has no value Record will be included in the filter result if the field is empty Or the third one which offers further options that allow a precise description Matches Does not match for most types OR Contain Does not contain String lists only OR Is assigned to Categories field only The further sub options depend on the field type and range from general search criteria to exact matches with existing values For most types the option From existing values is offered It enables you to search for exact matches with existing values Field Type Specific Condition Options String String List The options offered as conditions depend on the type of the field you have selected as search criteria Limits filter results to records with Text that matches or does not match specific text string or a regular expression Select a matching option Select Matches to search for records that contain the text Select Does not match to search for records that do not contain the text Select the type of value to search for and enter or select the value Select Custom value to search for a text string you define Enter the string and select the search operator Select From existing values to search for exact matches with existing values Once
336. t in all records that contain the string Canto Cumulus i e the words Canto and Cumulus sepa rated by a space in any of the searched record fields To combine search terms with or rather than with and you have to separate them with two pipes Entering Canto Cumulus will result in all records con taining either Canto or Cumulus or both To search for records that do not contain certain terms in any of the searched record fields you have to prepend the terms with a minus symbol Entering Cumulus Cloud will result in all records that contain Cumulus but do not contain Cloud To search for one of the special characters you have to put a backslash in front e g to find the minus symbol amp amp to find amp amp or V to find NOTE f the Categories field is included in Quicksearch the search results also depend on the settings specified under Category Search Also Finds Records of Preferences gt User Settings gt Application gt Search amp Sort See Search amp Sort Tab p 102 for details FIND ASSETS SEARCHING 33 The Quicksearch Menu The Quicksearch menu is displayed by clicking the arrow button next to the magnifying glass icon Find Find in Collection Find and Add to Collection Find All Records berlin Section with previously dog cat used search terms Clear Quicksearch List Find records modified in the last 7 days Section with saved Find records modified
337. t or enter the size for the thumbnails left field and select the compression quality right field Images Select or enter the size for the scaled images left field and select the compression quality right field NOTE Images will maintain aspect ratio and constrain their propor tions Page Layout valid only if the skin interprets these values Columns Enter the number of columns for the index page s Rows Enter the number of rows for the index page s Image Order Select the record field you want used for alphabetical sorting of the thumbnails Reverse Sorting Order If this options is enabled the sorting order is Z to A or 9 to 0 Skin Name Select the skin you want to use for this album The selected skin defines the overall appearance of your album layout and functionality Style Select a style e g color theme and look for the above selected skin Automatically load Skin Settings Enable this option if you want the selected skin s layout hints to be loaded automatically valid only if there are any hints provided with the selected skin The Fields Section Use the Add button to add the fields of the contents you want to include with the slides Use the arrow buttons to place the fields in order The FTP Section FTP Settings FTP Server Enter the name of the FTP server you want to upload the album to Port If it is not the standard FTP port number 21 enter the required port number of the FTP s
338. t the records At this point you could cut and paste the records between the catalogs as one way of moving them which would save you the step of deleting the old records in the old catalog Click on the thumbnail of any of the selected records and drag the set into the new catalog window The records are copied The copied records cate gories are created in the new catalog NOTE Cumulus doesn t consider copying records from one catalog to another as cataloging assets Therefore the Asset Handling Sets have no effect on this action You can optionally delete the records from the old catalog by first clicking on the old catalog s window to activate it and then selecting Edit gt Delete before the selection of records has changed Migrating Catalogs Catalogs from versions prior to Cumulus 6 cannot be migrated within Cumulus 8 If you need to migrate Catalogs from versions prior to Cumulus 6 please contact your Cumulus support When you first open a Cumulus 6 or 7 catalog with Cumulus 8 it is prepared to be used with Cumulus 8 You can immediately start working with it However you need to explicitly migrate a Cumulus 6 or 7 catalog file to Cumulus 8 if Integer or Long Integer field values are used for sorting A catalog s type and size can be viewed in its Catalog Settings window Cumulus 8 Edit gt Preferences gt Catalog Settings gt General tab 165 166 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE
339. t the renaming To define a compo nent select it in the right list and click Properties For each component a different window is opened to define its properties The result of your definitions is displayed under Preview Once your definitions are as you like them you have to decide what you want Cumulus to do if the MENU REFERENCE THE ASSET MENU 199 name or one of the names created according to your definitions already exists in the folder where the asset to be renamed resides Cumulus can either skip the renaming of this asset or add an auto number to the name of the renamed assets If any assets can not be renamed due to e g no writing rights or not writable storage media a new category is created named Rename Skipped Assets and inside a subcategory indicating date and time of the process to which the assets are assigned The definitions you made for renaming can be saved as a set Using the icons you can save the definitions as a set or open a saved set for renaming of the selected records You can also open an existing set modify it and then save it under a new name by using the Save As icon Update Asset Reference s Updates the path used to find the selected asset files e g when assets have been moved Asset references can only be updated if the assets are available Disabled if no records are selected Opens a dialog to specify how to proceed if asset references cannot be resolved N a Update Asset Refe
340. talog If you have multiple catalogs open in one window you are prompted to select the If you have activated tings and have mu select the catalog dlin catalog to which you want to add the assets selected Asset Handling Set match Employing the Metadata Editor e Asset Handling Set you use has the Show Metadata Editor for New Records If th activated a dialog the option Show dialog while cataloging in your User Set tiple catalogs open in one window you are prompted to to which you want to add the assets and select an Asset Han g Set for this cataloging process Make sure the selected catalog and the is displayed when cataloging assets lt allows you to add meta data information to the records of those assets you are just cataloging The fields MENU REFERENCE THE FILE MENU 173 displayed depend on the Record View Set that was selected for the Metadata Editor in the settings of the Asset Handling Set You can use a Metadata Tem plate and or manually enter metadata information If you don t want to add any of your own information to the current asset s record select the Skip button Creating TAG Files Ifyou catalog assets from a location where you are allowed to save files Cumulus can create a TAG file for each cataloged asset The file has the same name as the asset with the extension tag added and is saved in the folder where the asset resides TAG files are a standard exchange file format for met
341. te existing records whose assets have changed 2 Cumulus adds new records and updates those records whose assets have changed 3 Cumulus updates existing records only No new records are added Add only Asset Duplicates Handling 4 When cataloging if Cumulus finds an asset that has already been cataloged a duplicate record is created for the asset NOTE This is possible only when Add Only is selected other wise Cumulus thinks you re trying to update the existing record 5 When cataloging if Cumulus finds an asset that has already been cataloged it does not create a duplicate record AXR Options 8 No function with Single User Central Asset Location 9 Copies all newly cataloged assets to a central location specified in the Catalog Settings and makes the newly created record ref erence the copied asset If you enable the Delete Original Asset option the asset will be deleted at its original location after it was copied to the central location Can be overridden by the Catalog Settings 10 This is the off position for 9 Assets are cataloged normally and not copied to a central location 11 No function with Single User 12 Cumulus also copies assets that are contained in a cataloged asset to the Central Asset Location as discrete assets Requires an activated corresponding AssetStore that can detect this relation and extract sub assets that can be saved as discrete assets Appropriate AssetStores are available e g fo
342. ted multilingual fields are always displayed in the language of the field that was added to the view To allow language switching in the Category pane the Preferred Language option must be activated and set to As defined in View menu in the Cate gory Pane preferences of the current Category View Set If the Preferred Lan guage option is not activated multilingual categories are always displayed in their base language There is one more issue with the category pane Instead of coupling the language of the Category pane to the selection made in the View menu you may as well select a language to always be used with the category pane independent of the language used for other metadata fields Activate the Preferred Language option in the Category Pane preferences and select the desired language Category Pane and the Categories Field Making the Language Consistent If your Category pane is set to a language different from the language of other multilingual fields you may nevertheless want to have the categories displayed always in the same language both in the Category pane and in any specific View of your View Sets For example you may have a German Category pane whereas multilingual fields are set to be displayed in English If category assignments of an asset are dis played in the Info View or the Asset Info Window you would expect to see Ger man category names here as in the Category pane However according to the language
343. tegory menu item 190 nformation menu item 184 190 nformation Pane menu item 182 nformation view 184 nformation window opening with double click on record 101 overview 28 nitial value for fields 149 nvert Collection menu item 189 PTC and XMP 192 preparing catalog for 176 writing IPTC data back to assets 176 IPTC data viewing 93 writing back to assets 93 IPTC Information menu item 190 IPTC Information window 93 overview 94 J JPEG flipping 200 rotating 200 K Keyboard shortcuts 203 L Labeling 77 Labels assign menu item 192 colors of 77 included in views 77 Language switch application language 175 License opening window 201 License menu item 201 Lighttable previewing multiple images 54 Linking record fields 153 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Location activate central for assets 143 central for assets 116 employing central for assets 144 show for selected record 198 show for seleted folder category 198 M acBinary AssetStore 119 ail To menu item 197 ailing assets to 197 URL cataloged assets 88 anaging related assets 78 andatory field 95 explained 149 enus Asset 195 File 170 Help 201 View 178 Merge Categories menu item 177 Metadata and catalogs 13 and filters 118 and records 18 and TAG files 18 EXIF 176 Find and Replace 192 IPTC 176 IPTC and XMP 192 linking fields 118 modules for 118 XMP 176 Metadata Modules 121 Cumulus
344. ter your first search you conduct another search using a different criteria and the final results are the same as from the corresponding compound search using or Saving and Loading Search Queries S Although Cumulus remembers your search set ups if you leave them open when you quit Cumulus you can also save search set ups called queries This prevents you from having to rebuild them each time you need them It also ensures that your searches are consistent from session to session which is important for some purposes Cumulus query files can be used on any supported platform You can store and load queries for quick retrieval To save the current query 1 Click the button and select Save A dialog appears in which you can name the query 2 Type a name for the query in the Query Name field If you want the query to be available for other users activate the Share Query option 3 Click Save The query is stored in one of the two special query files Cumulus provides one for the individual queries of a user and the other one for shared queries To load a query 1 Click the button A menu containing entries for all queries that are avail able to you is displayed 2 Select the entry for the desired query file If you want to store a query as a separate file anywhere in the file system you have to export it S 1 Click the button y FIND ASSETS USING THE FIND WINDOW 41 2 Select Export A dialog app
345. ters You can assign the information to Cumulus fields The data can be imported into record or category fields into string list fields as values or into the category tree which enables the Importer to create hierarchi cal categories The configuration for an import process can be saved as an Import Configuration Set There are different types of import destinations available with the Cumulus Importer Import of Categories into the Category Tree You can import data from an import file as categories to a Cumulus catalog You specify the field of the import file which data is to be imported as cate gories And you specify the hierarchy level where they shall be inserted Delimiters USE ASSETS IMPORTING AND EXPORTING Import of Metadata into Record Fields You can import data from an import file into record fields of a Cumulus cata log You define relations between a record field and a field of the import file Furthermore you can create new records records that are not related to assets for entries in the import file that do not correspond to already existing records in the current catalog Import of Metadata into Category Fields Enterprise only You can import data from an import file into category fields of a Cumulus cat alog You define relations between a category field and the field of the import file The procedure is identical to the procedure necessary when importing information into record fields Furthermore you can create
346. ters and creating new ones Check Canto s Website www canto com for the latest Filter ver sions Cumulus makes it possible for you to determine precisely what sort of informa tion should be kept on the assets This can be defined differently for each catalog as each catalog has its own properties It is the catalog properties that determine what information is stored on the assets in the record fields For further informa tion see Catalog Settings p 142 Linking metadata fields to record fields feeds the record with asset metadata during cataloging The link can work in both directions if supported by the corresponding Filter or Asset Storage Mod ule meaning that you can also write modified record field contents back to asset fields By default all Cumulus supported record fields are linked to the matching asset fields This also applies to fields that are included with Cumulus but not activated by default in every catalog When you set up a catalog you can define how these asset fields from both Asset Storage modules and Filters should be linked to the catalog s record fields You can also define how to link the custom fields you define to asset metadata If you want to learn more about Cumulus various modules what they do and how they are configured to customize Cumulus to your specific workflow then please continue reading the following sections that describe these modules De activat
347. text selection and places it on the Clipboard so that it can be pasted elsewhere 178 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Paste Delete Select All Deselect All Preview Tools Preferences Places the contents of the Clipboard into the current location or text insertion point Deletes the selected records or categories from the catalog after confirmation of the action Disabled if no records or categories are selected The confirmation dialog for deleting records offers two options to delete the record only or to delete the record and its associated asset too This is not undo able Make sure that you no longer need an asset or that you have a copy else where before deleting one If you decided to have the asset deleted as well but the asset cannot be deleted e g because it is read only access the record will not be deleted either Note that records that represent assets stored on CDs will be deleted NOTE Deleting Related Assets If the record to be deleted represents a preferred alternate or a variant source you will get an informing message that also lets you cancel the process Selects all objects or text The type of selection depends on which window is active and whether you have clicked inside a text area Cancels any previous selection Opens a submenu that lets you toggle between Hand tool and Select tool and that offers functions for the comment tool For more information on these tools see Overview
348. that would ordinarily be required for field names Another usage example would be to combine the values of the fields Horizontal Pixels Vertical Pixels and the appropriate resolution field to provide a single line of commonly used information 2400 x 1200 300 DPI This single formula applied to the properties of a string field you add to your cat alog saves you a full 5 lines of vertical space in your thumbnail display The added string field ensures that each field s original value remains intact Calculations Field values can be calculated to provide useful searchable meta data values that would not otherwise exist in your catalogs without manual data entry Example say you have a field for Cost Per Use Another field Times Used tracks how many times you ve used the particular asset A third field Total Cost of Use uses a simple multiplication formula to offer a sum of the total costs associ ated with the asset Workflow monitoring and guidance Field formulas can also set values in asset records that are later used as flags by managers Live Filtering or Scheduler actions for further consideration Metadata Write back Flexibility The flexibility of the Cumulus architecture makes it possible and easy to use metadata taxonomies and field types that cannot be written back to assets because of the string only limitation of most metadata standards You can circumvent this limitation in many cases by using fo
349. the Category pane Collections To store collections in any location other than the Cumulus Server Mail Collection To Sends a collection via email to another user However don t forget Since a collection is always connected to catalog s it is necessary for the recipient to have access to the catalog s serving the collection To make use of a collection you received via email you use the import function For detailed information on exporting see Importing and Exporting p 70 This menu item opens a standard page setup window from which you can con figure your printing options The options available to you will depend on your system configuration See your computer s operating system manual for details Under Mac OS the Preview button allows you to view the printed output before it gets sent to your printer Under Windows Cumulus provides a Print Preview menu item Q Print Preview Print Administration MENU REFERENCE THE FILE MENU This option allows you to view the print output before it gets sent to your printer The output options are taken from the current print settings Opens a submenu with the following menu options Selected Prints selected items records categories or preview sections depending on the active window or pane All Prints all items depending on the active window or pane The print function is context sensitive meaning that what is printed depends on the position of the cu
350. the field information Ifan images fills a cell the record field information will not be shown Background Colors Background colors are defined by settings on the Grid Images and Fields tab CUSTOMIZE CUMULUS SETTING A DEFAULT PRINT TEMPLATE 137 Overview Print Templates Advanced Print Settings Header and Footer 6 Ruler that displays the tab stop positions and right document The header and footer are printed at the top or bottom of each page margin The measurement unit for the ruler is the unit selected in throughout the print output Headers and footers can include individ the Document Settings ual text and automatic text for example page numbers the date To insert a tab stop click on the position where you want it the catalog s name or the user name The text can be formatted To move a tab stop drag the tab marker to the right or left on the Header amp Footer horizontal ruler aenal e E AA ia PDF Options For an overview on the various options see PDF Print Options p 137 Oli2 314151 0718190 1 Preview Provides a preview reflecting the current status of the print template Use this function to check your settings before you save them by clicking Apply or OK E TIP Resize the Preference window to see the preview sized to your 1 Opens a dialog for defining the font attributes for the selected needs text 2 Applies bold formatting to the selected text Use Live Prev
351. ther as a new collection or replacement of the current collection or any records you drag and drop into the Collection window Any individual set comprises a collection The records in one collection may even belong to different catalogs Once saved a collection file remembers the records it contains and the Record View Set used A collection file also keeps track of column width of the Details View Assume for example that you have a catalog containing thousands of records organized neatly into categories Your latest project however only requires assets from four of those categories and from those it only requires the image files You could first run a search to pull all image files from those four categories Then you could select a Record View Set and emphasize the exact information you need for this project Save the collection and from now on you can simply open the collection containing the records you really need while the entire cat alog remains available to you in the background You could then e mail the col lection to in house members of the project team A collection whether saved or unsaved is always connected to its catalog s When a collection is open the catalog s storing the records of the collection are EXPLORE CUMULUS COLLECTIONS 17 also open In order to open a particular collection you must have access to its catalog s Ifa record is removed from a catalog it is removed from any of the col
352. today search queries Tif or jpg Find Window The Quicksearch menu Besides a section displaying previously used search terms and a section display ing saved search queries see Saving and Loading Search Queries p 40 the Quicksearch menu provides the following entries Find Searches in all catalogs open int the current collection replaces the current collection with the search result Equivalent to the magnifying glass icon Find in Collection Searches in the currently displayed collection only e g in the result of a previous search Handy for narrowing down search results Find and Add to Collection Searches in all open catalogs adds the search result to the currently displayed collection Handy for broadening a search result Find All Records All records of all open catalogs are displayed Equivalent to clicking the B icon or pressing Enter on an empty search field Clear Quicksearch List Deletes the previously used search terms Find Window Opens the Find window See Searching with the Find Win dow below for details Searching with the Find Window The Find Window reveals the true search power of Cumulus Complex search set ups queries can be constructed to find virtually any type of data stored for an asset Boolean operators and or increase the query possibilities even further Different search methods let you define the search area either all records of all cat
353. ton of the pane To refresh the display of a sub pane Click the button of the pane For the TIP Resizing Panes You can resize the panes by pressing the ALT Option key and dragging the split bar Just clicking the split bar will resize the main pane and the sub pane of the dragged split bar only Collapsing Pressing the ALT Option key and double clicking in a pane s statusbar will collapse the pane so that the statusbar only is displayed and the pane above will fill the area Just double clicking lets the pane above remain its size and the main pane will be enlarged A double click on the statusbar of the main pane topmost pane will collapse all panes below Expanding Pressing the J ALT Option key and double clicking in a collapsed pane s statusbar will expand the pane again using space from the above pane If you just click it without the ALT Option key the pane will be expanded using space from the main window A double click on the statusbar of the collapsed main pane will expand all panes below Minimizing Double clicking a pane s split bar minimizes the pane or resizes it again each pane you can choose the view the sorting direction and an option for content to be displayed How the displayed assets are related to the asset selected in the upper pane is chosen from a menu that offers the following opt ions by default 81 82 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUI
354. tor toolbar Then you may define the file format and color space and compression rate or image quality if applicable for the chosen file format for the edited image The following options for saving a file are offered Save as new asset creates a new asset and if desired assigns it as variant to the original asset Overwrite asset replaces the original asset with the modified file Export to file system saves the modified file to any place on your file system Cropping Rotating SPECIALIZED USAGE WORKING WITH IMAGES 91 IMPORTANT Embedded digital photo metadata IPTC XMP or EXIF that may have existed in the original file will not be saved with the edited image The following sections describe how each of the Image Editor tools work The Crop tool is used to reduce the visible area of an image To begin cropping click the image and draw a box around the desired area Before accepting the crop you can adjust the edges of the selection to fall exactly on the desired location Simply place the cursor over one of the four side handles and drag to the desired location While adjusting the cropped area you can review the coordinates of the crop in the fields on the right You can also enter the desired size of the area to be cropped This is useful for cropping an image for specific print or screen sizes such as 4x6 or 640x480 If you enter a size a box according to the dimensions is displayed and can be dragged over th
355. tore IPTC Information To store IPTC metadata within TIFF and JPEG images activate this option Store XMP Information To store XMP metadata within TIFF JPEG PNG and PDF files activate this option The selected asset s will be converted and stored under the name of the original asset in the selected destination The Pixel Image Converter will automatically add the correct File Type and Creator f file extension to the file name The name will be extended by a number if a file with that name already exits at the selected destination Watermarking Assets With the ever increasing number of digital assets digital watermarking has become an important topic Watermarking helps you to protect your intellectual properties Protect your images by adding watermarks Digital watermarking is a technology for embedding information into digital assets In general information for protecting copyrights is embedded as a water mark A watermarked image can prove its origin thereby protecting copyright A watermark also discourages the making of illegal copies BACKGROUND INFORMATION Watermarking can serve many different purposes from tamper proof ing to authentication Three major aspects in the protection of digital assets have been pointed out each of them with different require ments first copyright protection protecting ownership and usage rights secondly tamper proofing aiming at checking document integrity and thirdly authentic
356. tral Asset Location OR Click OK to save your changes and close the Preferences window When users catalog assets to this catalog from now on the asset can be copied or will be copied to the selected Central Asset Location NOTE Central Asset Locations and Asset Handling Sets Every Asset Handling Set that is to be used with a Central Asset Location for cataloging or access must be configured with the Central Asset Location s corresponding asset storage module activated So activate the Mac OS and Windows AssetStore modules for file system locations the URL AssetStore for FTP locations Customizing Field Properties The properties of a catalog field can be extensively customized You can define whether the field can be edited whether the field values should be based on formulas whether and how the field is indexed for sorting and searching whether and how the record field is linked with the asset and its metadata fields To access the properties of a record field 1 Make sure the collection window containing the catalog is the active win dow in Cumulus 2 Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences 3 Click Catalog Settings The Catalog Settings window is displayed If the active collection window contains more than one catalog select the catalog you want to edit under Catalogs 4 Click Record Fields or Category Fields This displays a list of the current record or category fields included in the catalog 5 Select th
357. u want to import data as categories to the Category Tree of a Cumulus cata log you must specify the import field which holds the data to be imported as cat egories and the hierarchy level where you want the categories to be inserted Delimiter for Category Hierarchy What delimiter separates your category levels By default Cumulus uses a colon as separator for indicating the levels in the category hierarchy If your import file uses a different character enter the appropriate delimiter Skip First Line Often the first line of the import file does not contain information that you USE ASSETS IMPORTING AND EXPORTING 75 want to import You can disable the import of the data of the first line by acti vating the Skip First Line option Import Field Pattern Preview Displays how the data will be imported Parent Category Displays the category to which the data from the import field will go as sub categories See below on how to define the parent categories Import Field Pattern Lists the fields from which the values should be imported as categories You can insert additional information by clicking in the field s entry in this column f you want to import data from more than one field use a right alternate mouse click in a field s entry in this column to geta list for selecting additional fields To add field entries click the Add button This displays a dialog that lets you Determine a parent category You can import the categ
358. uage Activate the languages your users run the Client application in Then a language specific sorting index will be created for each of the selected languages And if the Cli ent application is started in one of these languages a lan guage specific sorting of records can be provided Field can be used for searching by means of the operators contain or doesn t contain Equivalent to the Contain Search check box in the Field List column If activated searching the contents of String fields can be speeded up significantly Use this option with care because it enlarges the catalog size The optimization of the search index requires more memory in the catalog and therefore activating this option is only recommended for fields with little data content If activated Cumulus provides an additional search func tion for the Find window and the Advanced Find window You can search for whole words not just for matching strings Enclose the word you are searching for in single quotation marks and Cumulus will only find the records that contain the exact word Additional Options 16 Field will be included in the Record pane s drop down list for sorting 17 Field will be offered as search criteria in the drop down lists of Find windows and filter definitions MANAGING CATALOGS CATALOG SETTINGS General Field Values String List Editor Field Linking 147 Field Properties 1 Field Name Color Mo
359. uicklist all previous text in the field will be replaced except in the Keywords and Supplemental categories fields where new entries will be added to the existing entries NOTE f a quicklist contains more than ten values for one field the display of the value is split into submenus The fields for which you can edit the corresponding quicklist provide an entry Edit Quicklist If you select this entry a dialog for editing the quicklist opens See Editing Quicklists p 96 for details If a field contains a value that is not included in the quicklist yet an entry Add to Quicklist is provided Use this entry to add the current entry of the field to the quicklist Saves the changes Loads the first record from the collection window s current selection Loads the previous record from the collection window s current selection Loads the next record from the collection window s current selection Loads the last record from the collection window s current selection 10 Opens a dialog for importing a quicklist See Exporting and Importing Quick lists p 96 for details 11 Opens a dialog for exporting a quicklist See Exporting and Importing Quick lists p 96 for details 12 Lets you choose a Metadata Template to apply pre configured metadata 13 Saves the changes and closes the windows 14 Closes the IPTC Information window without saving changes 15 Saves the changes without closing the window The
360. umber of pixels per inch in any graphic file format Higher resolution files have a higher number of pixels per inch than lower resolution files Working with higher resolution files usually requires more memory and hard disk space than working with lower resolution files Script A list of instructions executed by a computer Scripts are used by Cumulus to per form complex tasks automatically Simple search A search query consisting of one search condition Skin A term for the particular way in which information is arranged and displayed on a computer screen Statusbar A bar providing descriptions on category record status TAG file The Cumulus Metadata Exchange file format which Cumulus can create when cataloging assets from a location where you are allowed to save files The file has the same name as the asset AQ with the extension tag TAG files can hold all information that can be viewed in the Asset Information window and more For example if a particular asset has been cataloged into different catalogs this infor mation is part of that asset s TAG file Thumbnail A miniature display of a cataloged asset Thumbnail view The record appears with a miniature display of the cataloged asset in the Record pane Toolbar A standard program tool that offers buttons as shortcuts to commonly used commands Tooltip A small floating descriptive window that appears above a toolbar button when the cursor is position
361. ur changes back to the asset Cumulus management of IPTC information conforms with the IPTC standard Being considered the industry standard its specifications are available to the public Adobe Photoshop also partially uses this standard meaning that text in images captioned in Photoshop s File Info will be displayed in the IPTC Information window Photoshop only uses some of the available fields the IPTC standard comprises Note that even if the other fields are not displayed in Photo shop they are interchangeable between Cumulus and Photoshop NOTE IPTC Data back to Assets If you want to write back IPTC data to assets your Cataloging Options entry for the IPTC filter activated and the catalog managing these assets must be prepared for this feature IPTC record fields have to be added and their proper ties have to be enabled for field linking Furthermore writing back metadata must be enabled in the the Writing back Metadata section of the Asset Han dling Set employed for asset access Preferences gt Asset Handling Sets gt Asset Access Cumulus provides a utility to help make the preparation pro cess easy Prepare Catalog For IPTC found in the Administration submenu of the File menu see Prepare Catalog p 176 for details The IPTC data will be written back to the asset when any record information is changed 95 94 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE To open the IPTC Information window e 1 Click once on a record to
362. us was closed the last time at startup If this option is not enabled Cumulus will always start with out an open catalog or collection General Display Search amp Sort Printing Asset Handling 2 Q Load last used album layout at startup Application N WebAlbum See Overview User Settings 2 Display Tab p 103 for details Startup Settings 102 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Overview User Settings 1 Search amp Sort Tab Select the tab first and then click the icon for the component Cumulus Application Category List Search amp Category Search The options found here affect the way the Cumulus application finds records using category searching double clicking on a cat egory 1 Found records must match at least one selected category 2 Found records must match all selected categories 3 Found set includes records assigned to parent categories of the selected category Categories that have subcategories are called parent categories 4 Found set includes records assigned to subcategories of the selected category 5 Found set includes records belonging to the original category of a related subcategory NOTE The settings 3 to 5 Category Search also influence the search results when the Categories field is included in a search request e g as Quicksearch does Quicksearch Fields 6 Activates the default setting for Quicksearch a contains search in the record field
363. ut 187 printing URL cataloged 88 with specified application 196 ing 78 ation types 78 naming 198 esampling 197 Things You Can Do with 23 variants 79 assign 83 Ooo 9 Assign Categories menu item 193 Auto cataloging 27 Automatic folder categories avoiding 154 AXR relation types 79 B Backup menu item 177 Batch changing asset references 200 renaming assets 198 Bulk Edit menu item 190 C Calendar pane 180 Calendar Pane menu item 180 Canon Raw Metadata Support 98 Canon THM files 98 Catalog Assets menu item 171 Catalog Settings customizing 142 employing a Central Asset Location 144 Catalog Templates 160 creating a new one 160 editing definition 161 using for updating preparing existing catalogs 161 Cataloging adding assets via menu item 171 Asset Handling Set selecting 102 assets from FTP or HTTP servers 86 automatic via folder category 27 copying assets to central location automatically 116 defining Asset Handling Set for 115 increase performance 162 Prefiller options 101 Catalogs 13 archiving 166 assets adding via menu option 171 select Asset Handling Set 171 backing up 163 177 Catalog Settings overview 143 closing 170 compressing 162 177 converting to other database engine 165 copying 164 damage prevention 164 deleting 164 dividing 165 explained 9 journaling vs mirroring 158 maintenance 161 maximum number of records 162 naming 164 catalog names vs cata
364. ut extensions Because of operating system naming restrictions the use of other file system combinations can lead to problems when finding files on either platform 168 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE This section serves as a road map to the entire Cumulus product from the perspective of the user interface Explanations are given for each of the program s menus and toolbars Menu Reference 170 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE The Cumulus Menu About Cumulus Displays a dialog that shows the version of Cumulus you re using It also provides a button that launches your default Web browser and initiates a connection to the Canto Website This requires an Internet connection Preferences Opens the Preferences window from which you can set all preferences See Customize Cumulus p 99 for details Quit Cumulus Quits Cumulus The File Menu New Catalog Creates a new catalog If available you can use a catalog template for the new catalog For more information see Catalog Templates p 160 A dialog is dis played for you to name the new catalog and choose a location for saving it Then you can have the new catalog opened in a separate window or in the window of the current collection Activate the desired option Open Catalog Opens a dialog that lets browse for a catalog file When opening a catalog you either open it in a separate window or in the win dow of the current collection Activ
365. ven asset type to Cumulus They are in fact what enables the program to offer enhanced metadata support for so many file formats For example the JPEG filter knows to parse incoming JPEG assets for information common to that file type such as horizontal and vertical dimensions and much more The MP3 filter extracts audio related metadata such as length and sample rate Filters are like plug ins they can be added activated and deactivated at any time The Cumulus SDK software development kit enables others to create custom filters Metadata Extraction As mentioned all file formats include at least a basic set of metadata that Cumulus captures during the cataloging process For many file formats this core information is the only metadata captured during cataloging Some formats however store extensive metadata right inside the file itself through the use of metadata standards called XMP IPTC and EXIF Popular formats that support one or more of these standards include JPEG PDF and TIFF Many applications enable users to stuff metadata directly into files using these standards During the cataloging process Cumulus copies this data into the asset record making it easily searchable Cumulus can also write data back into some metadata fat file formats Metadata can also come from sources other than assets such as databases or financial systems Cumulus enables you to import metadata originating from source
366. which Asset Stores and Fil ters should be used where the assets should be stored when cata loged and which metadata template if any should be automatically applied TIP Cataloging Asset via Drag amp Drop You also catalog assets by dragging them from an Explorer Finder window into the Cumulus window Several options for the cataloging process are possible most of them depend on the selections made in your User Settings Cumulus Edit gt Prefer ences gt User Settings gt General or Asset Handling Showing Progress Dialog If activated in the User Settings a progress dialog is shown while Cumulus is cat aloging the assets With Cumulus you can have multiple cataloging processes running simultaneously and you can go on working with Cumulus while catalog ing With a Cumulus Client under Mac OS X you see an icon for each of the pro cesses Selecting Asset Handling Set If you have activated the option Show dialog when cataloging in the Asset H dling section of your User Settings you will be prompted to select an Asset H dlin Make sure the selected Asset Handling Set fits to the catalog you want to add t g Set for each cataloging process assets to In the list of Asset Handling Sets you can use the Customize option to access t preferences of the selected Asset Handling Set See Overview Asset Handling Sets p 115 for details on how to set up Asset Handling Sets Sele cting Ca
367. will import the data of the Import field specified in the left hand column to the Cumulus field specified in the right hand column NOTE f you import data without identifying corresponding records by a equals relation the Cumulus Importer utility will create new records that are not assigned to any assets You may do so if for example you want to import metadata for assets that are not cataloged yet The corre sponding assets may be assigned to the records later Cumulus Field Lists the Cumulus Fields into which the data of the import field shall be imported As soon as a new Import Field entry is added the field s entry in this column is filled with the first field of the list of available Cumulus Fields record or category field depending on the destination type you have cho sen for the Import Configuration set Click in the field s entry in this column D Only toca to select the desired Cumulus Field Fill Mode isplays how the field will be filled For String fields you can define whether you want the imported values to replace the existing value or to be added to the existing text before or after Click in the field s entry in this column to select the desired mode if you are importing data to the Categories field of records to assign records tegories you must determine the delimiter that is used to separate the cat egory levels To add field entries click the Add button This displays a dialo
368. working in a multilingual working environment certain view settings offer an Allow language switch for multilingual fields option This option enables users to switch the language in which multilingual metadata fields are displayed If this option is not activated multilingual fields are always displayed in the language of the field that was added to the view Creating and Editing Record View Sets You can either change existing View Sets or create new ones Record View Sets are created and edited in the Preference dialog window Cumulus f Edit gt Preferences gt Record View Set 106 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE To change an existing set eh Select Cumulus Edit gt Preferences Click Record View Sets Under Set select the view set you want to edit Click the icon for the view you want to change Gi oe U2 hos lt 2 Make the changes For details see Adding a Field to a Record View p 107 Changing the Properties of a Displayed Field p 109 6 Click Apply to save your changes TIP Customize Entry in List for Selecting If you have the appropriate permissions you can easily access the preferences of Record View Sets by selecting the Customize entry in the list for selecting Record View Sets e g in the Collection window or the Asset Information window This entry opens the preferences for the current Record View Set A new view set is created by duplicating an existing one and adapti
369. y Print preview Ctrl P Cmd P Edit with creating application Ctrl E Cmd E Preview Fullscreen only Start stop loop spacebar spacebar Close fullscreen mode Escape Escape Multi page Previews Load first page of preview Alt Shift Home Alt Shift Home Load previous page of preview Alt Shift arrow left Alt Shift arrow left Load next page of preview Alt Shift arrow right Alt Shift arrow right Load last page of preview Alt Shift End Alt Shift End This Glossary offers an alphabetical listing of terms and phrases used throughout this manual and Cumulus Glossary 208 CUMULUS GUIDE Action Function or combination of certain functions Cumulus provides different types of actions See also Asset Action Asset A general term describing any type of digital media including graphic page lay out presentation sound and video files that has value to its owner Asset Action Combination of certain functions saved under a chosen name that is performed on assets in Cumulus Asset Handling Module When cataloging and accessing assets Cumulus uses different modules Asset Storage Asset Processor Metadata and Filter modules Asset Handling Set A setting that defines how assets are handled during the cataloging process and when accessing assets Asset Information The information about an asset as stored in the record associated with the asset Asset Information window A
370. y choose the Suppress option if you are working in a network environment and want to avoid all dia logs about mounting when accessing the server In case the server can t be mounted you will access the assets via Server Client Asset Transfer It is highly recommended to choose the Show option oS MacBinary AssetStore TAR AssetStore The Mac Binary AssetStore enables Cumulus to catalog MacBinary converted assets even on Windows machines In addition to creating a record for the entire BIN file it creates records for the compressed file in the BIN file No properties to be defined The TAR AssetStore enables Cumulus to catalog and access assets compressed within TAR archive files It automatically catalogs all files in a TAR file In addition to creating a record for the entire TAR file it creates records for each file included in the TAR file even for files in a TAR file within another TAR file The Cumulus TAR AssetStore supports Bzip2 gzip and uncompressed TAR files The TAR AssetStore automatically creates categories when cataloging TAR files On the Categories tab under a category named tar for each cataloged TAR file a 120 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE category is created named after the TAR file e g sample tar If a TAR file contains another TAR file a subcategory named after this additional file will also be cre ated You can define the character encoding used to create the TAR file that is to b
371. y re ordered category tree activate Enable View language specific category sorting and custom ordering NOTE Language specific sorting is performed either according to the rules of the application language or according to the rules of the selected preferred language if a preferred language is specified e To specify a preferred language for the display of categories activate Pre ferred language and select the desired language from the list To automat ically have displayed the language chosen in the View menu select As defined in View Menu If for any reason the name of a category is not available in the preferred lan guage it is displayed in the base language To have additonally displayed the name of the used base language activate the If not available option Asset Handling Sets An Asset Handling Set affects how Cumulus deals with your assets during the cataloging process and when accessing assets The options of a set are not spe cifi c to any one catalog In the Asset Handling Sets section of the Cumulus Preferences you can define dif fer ent Asset Handling Sets When a certain set is used depends on the individual user settings defined by the user In the User settings of the Cumulus Preferences each user can define one Asset Handling Set for the cataloging done in all catalogs and one Asset Handling Set for the asset access done in all catalogs Each user can also assign different Asse
372. you have activated this option existing values are displayed which you can select to be searched for Limits filter results to records with values such as workflow states that contain or do not contain any or all of the values selected Select an option to indicate if the results contain the selected values Select Contains the following items to search for records that contain the val ues 46 CANTO CUMULUS SINGLE USER GUIDE Select Does not contain the following items to search for records that do not contain the values Select the value s to search for Select Restrict to existing values to search for exact matches with existing values Once you have activated this option existing values are displayed which you can select to be searched for Long amp Integer Real amp Data Size Limits filter results to records with numbers that match or do not match a num ber or numbers in a range Integer restrictions which are based on non decimal numbers limit results to records that contain or do not contain numbers in a range or list Select a matching option Select Matches to search for records that contain the numbers Select Does not match to search for records that do not contain the num bers Select the type of value to be searched for and enter or select the value Select Range to search a range of values Enter the From and to values Select Any of the following numbers to search for multip

Canto Single User - manual (English)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents